diff --git a/ChangeLog.md b/ChangeLog.md --- a/ChangeLog.md +++ b/ChangeLog.md @@ -1,5 +1,10 @@ # Changelog for dear-imgui +## [2.1.0] + +- `imgui` updated to [1.88]. + * Breaking: `ImGuiKeyModFlags` renamed to `ImGuiModFlags`. + ## [2.0.0] - `String` arguments replaced with `Text`. diff --git a/dear-imgui.cabal b/dear-imgui.cabal --- a/dear-imgui.cabal +++ b/dear-imgui.cabal @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ cabal-version: 3.0 name: dear-imgui -version: 2.0.0 +version: 2.1.0 author: Oliver Charles maintainer: ollie@ocharles.org.uk, aenor.realm@gmail.com license: BSD-3-Clause @@ -126,6 +126,17 @@ manual: True +flag use-ImDrawIdx32 + description: + Use 32-bit vertex indices (default is 16-bit) is one way to allow large meshes with more than 64K vertices. + Your renderer backend will need to support it (most example renderer backends support both 16/32-bit indices). + Another way to allow large meshes while keeping 16-bit indices is to handle ImDrawCmd::VtxOffset in your renderer. + Read about ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset for details. + default: + True + manual: + True + common common build-depends: base @@ -180,6 +191,10 @@ if flag(use-wchar32) cxx-options: -DIMGUI_USE_WCHAR32 cpp-options: -DIMGUI_USE_WCHAR32 + + if flag(use-ImDrawIdx32) + cxx-options: "-DImDrawIdx=unsigned int" + cpp-options: "-DImDrawIdx=unsigned int" if flag(opengl2) exposed-modules: diff --git a/imgui/backends/imgui_impl_glfw.cpp b/imgui/backends/imgui_impl_glfw.cpp --- a/imgui/backends/imgui_impl_glfw.cpp +++ b/imgui/backends/imgui_impl_glfw.cpp @@ -16,7 +16,9 @@ // CHANGELOG // (minor and older changes stripped away, please see git history for details) -// 2022-02-07: Added ImGui_ImplGlfw_InstallCallbacks()/ImGui_ImplGlfw_RestoreCallbacks() helpers to facilitate user installing callbacks after iniitializing backend. +// 2022-04-30: Inputs: Fixed ImGui_ImplGlfw_TranslateUntranslatedKey() for lower case letters on OSX. +// 2022-03-23: Inputs: Fixed a regression in 1.87 which resulted in keyboard modifiers events being reported incorrectly on Linux/X11. +// 2022-02-07: Added ImGui_ImplGlfw_InstallCallbacks()/ImGui_ImplGlfw_RestoreCallbacks() helpers to facilitate user installing callbacks after initializing backend. // 2022-01-26: Inputs: replaced short-lived io.AddKeyModsEvent() (added two weeks ago)with io.AddKeyEvent() using ImGuiKey_ModXXX flags. Sorry for the confusion. // 2021-01-20: Inputs: calling new io.AddKeyAnalogEvent() for gamepad support, instead of writing directly to io.NavInputs[]. // 2022-01-17: Inputs: calling new io.AddMousePosEvent(), io.AddMouseButtonEvent(), io.AddMouseWheelEvent() API (1.87+). @@ -105,7 +107,7 @@ GLFWcharfun PrevUserCallbackChar; GLFWmonitorfun PrevUserCallbackMonitor; - ImGui_ImplGlfw_Data() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } + ImGui_ImplGlfw_Data() { memset((void*)this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } }; // Backend data stored in io.BackendPlatformUserData to allow support for multiple Dear ImGui contexts @@ -244,6 +246,19 @@ } } +static int ImGui_ImplGlfw_KeyToModifier(int key) +{ + if (key == GLFW_KEY_LEFT_CONTROL || key == GLFW_KEY_RIGHT_CONTROL) + return GLFW_MOD_CONTROL; + if (key == GLFW_KEY_LEFT_SHIFT || key == GLFW_KEY_RIGHT_SHIFT) + return GLFW_MOD_SHIFT; + if (key == GLFW_KEY_LEFT_ALT || key == GLFW_KEY_RIGHT_ALT) + return GLFW_MOD_ALT; + if (key == GLFW_KEY_LEFT_SUPER || key == GLFW_KEY_RIGHT_SUPER) + return GLFW_MOD_SUPER; + return 0; +} + static void ImGui_ImplGlfw_UpdateKeyModifiers(int mods) { ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); @@ -294,6 +309,7 @@ IM_ASSERT(IM_ARRAYSIZE(char_names) == IM_ARRAYSIZE(char_keys)); if (key_name[0] >= '0' && key_name[0] <= '9') { key = GLFW_KEY_0 + (key_name[0] - '0'); } else if (key_name[0] >= 'A' && key_name[0] <= 'Z') { key = GLFW_KEY_A + (key_name[0] - 'A'); } + else if (key_name[0] >= 'a' && key_name[0] <= 'z') { key = GLFW_KEY_A + (key_name[0] - 'a'); } else if (const char* p = strchr(char_names, key_name[0])) { key = char_keys[p - char_names]; } } // if (action == GLFW_PRESS) printf("key %d scancode %d name '%s'\n", key, scancode, key_name); @@ -312,6 +328,9 @@ if (action != GLFW_PRESS && action != GLFW_RELEASE) return; + // Workaround: X11 does not include current pressed/released modifier key in 'mods' flags. https://github.com/glfw/glfw/issues/1630 + if (int keycode_to_mod = ImGui_ImplGlfw_KeyToModifier(keycode)) + mods = (action == GLFW_PRESS) ? (mods | keycode_to_mod) : (mods & ~keycode_to_mod); ImGui_ImplGlfw_UpdateKeyModifiers(mods); keycode = ImGui_ImplGlfw_TranslateUntranslatedKey(keycode, scancode); diff --git a/imgui/backends/imgui_impl_metal.h b/imgui/backends/imgui_impl_metal.h --- a/imgui/backends/imgui_impl_metal.h +++ b/imgui/backends/imgui_impl_metal.h @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ IMGUI_IMPL_API bool ImGui_ImplMetal_Init(id device); IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplMetal_Shutdown(); IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplMetal_NewFrame(MTLRenderPassDescriptor* renderPassDescriptor); -IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplMetal_RenderDrawData(ImDrawData* draw_data, +IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplMetal_RenderDrawData(ImDrawData* drawData, id commandBuffer, id commandEncoder); diff --git a/imgui/backends/imgui_impl_metal.mm b/imgui/backends/imgui_impl_metal.mm --- a/imgui/backends/imgui_impl_metal.mm +++ b/imgui/backends/imgui_impl_metal.mm @@ -12,6 +12,8 @@ // CHANGELOG // (minor and older changes stripped away, please see git history for details) +// 2022-06-01: Metal: Fixed null dereference on exit inside command buffer completion handler. +// 2022-04-27: Misc: Store backend data in a per-context struct, allowing to use this backend with multiple contexts. // 2022-01-03: Metal: Ignore ImDrawCmd where ElemCount == 0 (very rare but can technically be manufactured by user code). // 2021-12-30: Metal: Added Metal C++ support. Enable with '#define IMGUI_IMPL_METAL_CPP' in your imconfig.h file. // 2021-08-24: Metal: Fixed a crash when clipping rect larger than framebuffer is submitted. (#4464) @@ -26,59 +28,56 @@ #include "imgui.h" #include "imgui_impl_metal.h" - +#import #import -// #import // Not supported in XCode 9.2. Maybe a macro to detect the SDK version can be used (something like #if MACOS_SDK >= 10.13 ...) -#import #pragma mark - Support classes // A wrapper around a MTLBuffer object that knows the last time it was reused @interface MetalBuffer : NSObject @property (nonatomic, strong) id buffer; -@property (nonatomic, assign) NSTimeInterval lastReuseTime; +@property (nonatomic, assign) double lastReuseTime; - (instancetype)initWithBuffer:(id)buffer; @end // An object that encapsulates the data necessary to uniquely identify a // render pipeline state. These are used as cache keys. @interface FramebufferDescriptor : NSObject -@property (nonatomic, assign) unsigned long sampleCount; +@property (nonatomic, assign) unsigned long sampleCount; @property (nonatomic, assign) MTLPixelFormat colorPixelFormat; @property (nonatomic, assign) MTLPixelFormat depthPixelFormat; @property (nonatomic, assign) MTLPixelFormat stencilPixelFormat; -- (instancetype)initWithRenderPassDescriptor:(MTLRenderPassDescriptor *)renderPassDescriptor; +- (instancetype)initWithRenderPassDescriptor:(MTLRenderPassDescriptor*)renderPassDescriptor; @end // A singleton that stores long-lived objects that are needed by the Metal // renderer backend. Stores the render pipeline state cache and the default // font texture, and manages the reusable buffer cache. @interface MetalContext : NSObject -@property (nonatomic, strong) id depthStencilState; -@property (nonatomic, strong) FramebufferDescriptor *framebufferDescriptor; // framebuffer descriptor for current frame; transient -@property (nonatomic, strong) NSMutableDictionary *renderPipelineStateCache; // pipeline cache; keyed on framebuffer descriptors -@property (nonatomic, strong, nullable) id fontTexture; -@property (nonatomic, strong) NSMutableArray *bufferCache; -@property (nonatomic, assign) NSTimeInterval lastBufferCachePurge; -- (void)makeDeviceObjectsWithDevice:(id)device; -- (void)makeFontTextureWithDevice:(id)device; -- (MetalBuffer *)dequeueReusableBufferOfLength:(NSUInteger)length device:(id)device; -- (void)enqueueReusableBuffer:(MetalBuffer *)buffer; -- (id)renderPipelineStateForFrameAndDevice:(id)device; -- (void)emptyRenderPipelineStateCache; -- (void)setupRenderState:(ImDrawData *)drawData - commandBuffer:(id)commandBuffer - commandEncoder:(id)commandEncoder - renderPipelineState:(id)renderPipelineState - vertexBuffer:(MetalBuffer *)vertexBuffer - vertexBufferOffset:(size_t)vertexBufferOffset; -- (void)renderDrawData:(ImDrawData *)drawData - commandBuffer:(id)commandBuffer - commandEncoder:(id)commandEncoder; +@property (nonatomic, strong) id device; +@property (nonatomic, strong) id depthStencilState; +@property (nonatomic, strong) FramebufferDescriptor* framebufferDescriptor; // framebuffer descriptor for current frame; transient +@property (nonatomic, strong) NSMutableDictionary* renderPipelineStateCache; // pipeline cache; keyed on framebuffer descriptors +@property (nonatomic, strong, nullable) id fontTexture; +@property (nonatomic, strong) NSMutableArray* bufferCache; +@property (nonatomic, assign) double lastBufferCachePurge; +- (MetalBuffer*)dequeueReusableBufferOfLength:(NSUInteger)length device:(id)device; +- (id)renderPipelineStateForFramebufferDescriptor:(FramebufferDescriptor*)descriptor device:(id)device; @end -static MetalContext *g_sharedMetalContext = nil; +struct ImGui_ImplMetal_Data +{ + MetalContext* SharedMetalContext; + ImGui_ImplMetal_Data() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } +}; + +static ImGui_ImplMetal_Data* ImGui_ImplMetal_CreateBackendData() { return IM_NEW(ImGui_ImplMetal_Data)(); } +static ImGui_ImplMetal_Data* ImGui_ImplMetal_GetBackendData() { return ImGui::GetCurrentContext() ? (ImGui_ImplMetal_Data*)ImGui::GetIO().BackendRendererUserData : NULL; } +static void ImGui_ImplMetal_DestroyBackendData() { IM_DELETE(ImGui_ImplMetal_GetBackendData()); } + +static inline CFTimeInterval GetMachAbsoluteTimeInSeconds() { return static_cast(static_cast(clock_gettime_nsec_np(CLOCK_UPTIME_RAW)) / 1e9); } + #ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_METAL_CPP #pragma mark - Dear ImGui Metal C++ Backend API @@ -119,16 +118,14 @@ bool ImGui_ImplMetal_Init(id device) { + ImGui_ImplMetal_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplMetal_CreateBackendData(); ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); + io.BackendRendererUserData = (void*)bd; io.BackendRendererName = "imgui_impl_metal"; io.BackendFlags |= ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset; // We can honor the ImDrawCmd::VtxOffset field, allowing for large meshes. - static dispatch_once_t onceToken; - dispatch_once(&onceToken, ^{ - g_sharedMetalContext = [[MetalContext alloc] init]; - }); - - ImGui_ImplMetal_CreateDeviceObjects(device); + bd->SharedMetalContext = [[MetalContext alloc] init]; + bd->SharedMetalContext.device = device; return true; } @@ -136,42 +133,221 @@ void ImGui_ImplMetal_Shutdown() { ImGui_ImplMetal_DestroyDeviceObjects(); + ImGui_ImplMetal_DestroyBackendData(); } -void ImGui_ImplMetal_NewFrame(MTLRenderPassDescriptor *renderPassDescriptor) +void ImGui_ImplMetal_NewFrame(MTLRenderPassDescriptor* renderPassDescriptor) { - IM_ASSERT(g_sharedMetalContext != nil && "No Metal context. Did you call ImGui_ImplMetal_Init() ?"); + ImGui_ImplMetal_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplMetal_GetBackendData(); + IM_ASSERT(bd->SharedMetalContext != nil && "No Metal context. Did you call ImGui_ImplMetal_Init() ?"); + bd->SharedMetalContext.framebufferDescriptor = [[FramebufferDescriptor alloc] initWithRenderPassDescriptor:renderPassDescriptor]; - g_sharedMetalContext.framebufferDescriptor = [[FramebufferDescriptor alloc] initWithRenderPassDescriptor:renderPassDescriptor]; + if (bd->SharedMetalContext.depthStencilState == nil) + ImGui_ImplMetal_CreateDeviceObjects(bd->SharedMetalContext.device); } +static void ImGui_ImplMetal_SetupRenderState(ImDrawData* drawData, id commandBuffer, + id commandEncoder, id renderPipelineState, + MetalBuffer* vertexBuffer, size_t vertexBufferOffset) +{ + IM_UNUSED(commandBuffer); + ImGui_ImplMetal_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplMetal_GetBackendData(); + [commandEncoder setCullMode:MTLCullModeNone]; + [commandEncoder setDepthStencilState:bd->SharedMetalContext.depthStencilState]; + + // Setup viewport, orthographic projection matrix + // Our visible imgui space lies from draw_data->DisplayPos (top left) to + // draw_data->DisplayPos+data_data->DisplaySize (bottom right). DisplayMin is typically (0,0) for single viewport apps. + MTLViewport viewport = + { + .originX = 0.0, + .originY = 0.0, + .width = (double)(drawData->DisplaySize.x * drawData->FramebufferScale.x), + .height = (double)(drawData->DisplaySize.y * drawData->FramebufferScale.y), + .znear = 0.0, + .zfar = 1.0 + }; + [commandEncoder setViewport:viewport]; + + float L = drawData->DisplayPos.x; + float R = drawData->DisplayPos.x + drawData->DisplaySize.x; + float T = drawData->DisplayPos.y; + float B = drawData->DisplayPos.y + drawData->DisplaySize.y; + float N = (float)viewport.znear; + float F = (float)viewport.zfar; + const float ortho_projection[4][4] = + { + { 2.0f/(R-L), 0.0f, 0.0f, 0.0f }, + { 0.0f, 2.0f/(T-B), 0.0f, 0.0f }, + { 0.0f, 0.0f, 1/(F-N), 0.0f }, + { (R+L)/(L-R), (T+B)/(B-T), N/(F-N), 1.0f }, + }; + [commandEncoder setVertexBytes:&ortho_projection length:sizeof(ortho_projection) atIndex:1]; + + [commandEncoder setRenderPipelineState:renderPipelineState]; + + [commandEncoder setVertexBuffer:vertexBuffer.buffer offset:0 atIndex:0]; + [commandEncoder setVertexBufferOffset:vertexBufferOffset atIndex:0]; +} + // Metal Render function. -void ImGui_ImplMetal_RenderDrawData(ImDrawData* draw_data, id commandBuffer, id commandEncoder) +void ImGui_ImplMetal_RenderDrawData(ImDrawData* drawData, id commandBuffer, id commandEncoder) { - [g_sharedMetalContext renderDrawData:draw_data commandBuffer:commandBuffer commandEncoder:commandEncoder]; + ImGui_ImplMetal_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplMetal_GetBackendData(); + MetalContext* ctx = bd->SharedMetalContext; + + // Avoid rendering when minimized, scale coordinates for retina displays (screen coordinates != framebuffer coordinates) + int fb_width = (int)(drawData->DisplaySize.x * drawData->FramebufferScale.x); + int fb_height = (int)(drawData->DisplaySize.y * drawData->FramebufferScale.y); + if (fb_width <= 0 || fb_height <= 0 || drawData->CmdListsCount == 0) + return; + + // Try to retrieve a render pipeline state that is compatible with the framebuffer config for this frame + // The hit rate for this cache should be very near 100%. + id renderPipelineState = ctx.renderPipelineStateCache[ctx.framebufferDescriptor]; + if (renderPipelineState == nil) + { + // No luck; make a new render pipeline state + renderPipelineState = [ctx renderPipelineStateForFramebufferDescriptor:ctx.framebufferDescriptor device:commandBuffer.device]; + + // Cache render pipeline state for later reuse + ctx.renderPipelineStateCache[ctx.framebufferDescriptor] = renderPipelineState; + } + + size_t vertexBufferLength = (size_t)drawData->TotalVtxCount * sizeof(ImDrawVert); + size_t indexBufferLength = (size_t)drawData->TotalIdxCount * sizeof(ImDrawIdx); + MetalBuffer* vertexBuffer = [ctx dequeueReusableBufferOfLength:vertexBufferLength device:commandBuffer.device]; + MetalBuffer* indexBuffer = [ctx dequeueReusableBufferOfLength:indexBufferLength device:commandBuffer.device]; + + ImGui_ImplMetal_SetupRenderState(drawData, commandBuffer, commandEncoder, renderPipelineState, vertexBuffer, 0); + + // Will project scissor/clipping rectangles into framebuffer space + ImVec2 clip_off = drawData->DisplayPos; // (0,0) unless using multi-viewports + ImVec2 clip_scale = drawData->FramebufferScale; // (1,1) unless using retina display which are often (2,2) + + // Render command lists + size_t vertexBufferOffset = 0; + size_t indexBufferOffset = 0; + for (int n = 0; n < drawData->CmdListsCount; n++) + { + const ImDrawList* cmd_list = drawData->CmdLists[n]; + + memcpy((char*)vertexBuffer.buffer.contents + vertexBufferOffset, cmd_list->VtxBuffer.Data, (size_t)cmd_list->VtxBuffer.Size * sizeof(ImDrawVert)); + memcpy((char*)indexBuffer.buffer.contents + indexBufferOffset, cmd_list->IdxBuffer.Data, (size_t)cmd_list->IdxBuffer.Size * sizeof(ImDrawIdx)); + + for (int cmd_i = 0; cmd_i < cmd_list->CmdBuffer.Size; cmd_i++) + { + const ImDrawCmd* pcmd = &cmd_list->CmdBuffer[cmd_i]; + if (pcmd->UserCallback) + { + // User callback, registered via ImDrawList::AddCallback() + // (ImDrawCallback_ResetRenderState is a special callback value used by the user to request the renderer to reset render state.) + if (pcmd->UserCallback == ImDrawCallback_ResetRenderState) + ImGui_ImplMetal_SetupRenderState(drawData, commandBuffer, commandEncoder, renderPipelineState, vertexBuffer, vertexBufferOffset); + else + pcmd->UserCallback(cmd_list, pcmd); + } + else + { + // Project scissor/clipping rectangles into framebuffer space + ImVec2 clip_min((pcmd->ClipRect.x - clip_off.x) * clip_scale.x, (pcmd->ClipRect.y - clip_off.y) * clip_scale.y); + ImVec2 clip_max((pcmd->ClipRect.z - clip_off.x) * clip_scale.x, (pcmd->ClipRect.w - clip_off.y) * clip_scale.y); + + // Clamp to viewport as setScissorRect() won't accept values that are off bounds + if (clip_min.x < 0.0f) { clip_min.x = 0.0f; } + if (clip_min.y < 0.0f) { clip_min.y = 0.0f; } + if (clip_max.x > fb_width) { clip_max.x = (float)fb_width; } + if (clip_max.y > fb_height) { clip_max.y = (float)fb_height; } + if (clip_max.x <= clip_min.x || clip_max.y <= clip_min.y) + continue; + if (pcmd->ElemCount == 0) // drawIndexedPrimitives() validation doesn't accept this + continue; + + // Apply scissor/clipping rectangle + MTLScissorRect scissorRect = + { + .x = NSUInteger(clip_min.x), + .y = NSUInteger(clip_min.y), + .width = NSUInteger(clip_max.x - clip_min.x), + .height = NSUInteger(clip_max.y - clip_min.y) + }; + [commandEncoder setScissorRect:scissorRect]; + + // Bind texture, Draw + if (ImTextureID tex_id = pcmd->GetTexID()) + [commandEncoder setFragmentTexture:(__bridge id)(tex_id) atIndex:0]; + + [commandEncoder setVertexBufferOffset:(vertexBufferOffset + pcmd->VtxOffset * sizeof(ImDrawVert)) atIndex:0]; + [commandEncoder drawIndexedPrimitives:MTLPrimitiveTypeTriangle + indexCount:pcmd->ElemCount + indexType:sizeof(ImDrawIdx) == 2 ? MTLIndexTypeUInt16 : MTLIndexTypeUInt32 + indexBuffer:indexBuffer.buffer + indexBufferOffset:indexBufferOffset + pcmd->IdxOffset * sizeof(ImDrawIdx)]; + } + } + + vertexBufferOffset += (size_t)cmd_list->VtxBuffer.Size * sizeof(ImDrawVert); + indexBufferOffset += (size_t)cmd_list->IdxBuffer.Size * sizeof(ImDrawIdx); + } + + [commandBuffer addCompletedHandler:^(id) + { + dispatch_async(dispatch_get_main_queue(), ^{ + ImGui_ImplMetal_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplMetal_GetBackendData(); + if (bd != NULL) + { + [bd->SharedMetalContext.bufferCache addObject:vertexBuffer]; + [bd->SharedMetalContext.bufferCache addObject:indexBuffer]; + } + }); + }]; } bool ImGui_ImplMetal_CreateFontsTexture(id device) { - [g_sharedMetalContext makeFontTextureWithDevice:device]; - + ImGui_ImplMetal_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplMetal_GetBackendData(); ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); - io.Fonts->SetTexID((__bridge void *)g_sharedMetalContext.fontTexture); // ImTextureID == void* - return (g_sharedMetalContext.fontTexture != nil); + // We are retrieving and uploading the font atlas as a 4-channels RGBA texture here. + // In theory we could call GetTexDataAsAlpha8() and upload a 1-channel texture to save on memory access bandwidth. + // However, using a shader designed for 1-channel texture would make it less obvious to use the ImTextureID facility to render users own textures. + // You can make that change in your implementation. + unsigned char* pixels; + int width, height; + io.Fonts->GetTexDataAsRGBA32(&pixels, &width, &height); + MTLTextureDescriptor* textureDescriptor = [MTLTextureDescriptor texture2DDescriptorWithPixelFormat:MTLPixelFormatRGBA8Unorm + width:(NSUInteger)width + height:(NSUInteger)height + mipmapped:NO]; + textureDescriptor.usage = MTLTextureUsageShaderRead; +#if TARGET_OS_OSX || TARGET_OS_MACCATALYST + textureDescriptor.storageMode = MTLStorageModeManaged; +#else + textureDescriptor.storageMode = MTLStorageModeShared; +#endif + id texture = [device newTextureWithDescriptor:textureDescriptor]; + [texture replaceRegion:MTLRegionMake2D(0, 0, (NSUInteger)width, (NSUInteger)height) mipmapLevel:0 withBytes:pixels bytesPerRow:(NSUInteger)width * 4]; + bd->SharedMetalContext.fontTexture = texture; + io.Fonts->SetTexID((__bridge void*)bd->SharedMetalContext.fontTexture); // ImTextureID == void* + + return (bd->SharedMetalContext.fontTexture != nil); } void ImGui_ImplMetal_DestroyFontsTexture() { + ImGui_ImplMetal_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplMetal_GetBackendData(); ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); - g_sharedMetalContext.fontTexture = nil; + bd->SharedMetalContext.fontTexture = nil; io.Fonts->SetTexID(nullptr); } bool ImGui_ImplMetal_CreateDeviceObjects(id device) { - [g_sharedMetalContext makeDeviceObjectsWithDevice:device]; - + ImGui_ImplMetal_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplMetal_GetBackendData(); + MTLDepthStencilDescriptor* depthStencilDescriptor = [[MTLDepthStencilDescriptor alloc] init]; + depthStencilDescriptor.depthWriteEnabled = NO; + depthStencilDescriptor.depthCompareFunction = MTLCompareFunctionAlways; + bd->SharedMetalContext.depthStencilState = [device newDepthStencilStateWithDescriptor:depthStencilDescriptor]; ImGui_ImplMetal_CreateFontsTexture(device); return true; @@ -179,8 +355,9 @@ void ImGui_ImplMetal_DestroyDeviceObjects() { + ImGui_ImplMetal_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplMetal_GetBackendData(); ImGui_ImplMetal_DestroyFontsTexture(); - [g_sharedMetalContext emptyRenderPipelineStateCache]; + [bd->SharedMetalContext.renderPipelineStateCache removeAllObjects]; } #pragma mark - MetalBuffer implementation @@ -191,7 +368,7 @@ if ((self = [super init])) { _buffer = buffer; - _lastReuseTime = [NSDate date].timeIntervalSince1970; + _lastReuseTime = GetMachAbsoluteTimeInSeconds(); } return self; } @@ -200,7 +377,7 @@ #pragma mark - FramebufferDescriptor implementation @implementation FramebufferDescriptor -- (instancetype)initWithRenderPassDescriptor:(MTLRenderPassDescriptor *)renderPassDescriptor +- (instancetype)initWithRenderPassDescriptor:(MTLRenderPassDescriptor*)renderPassDescriptor { if ((self = [super init])) { @@ -212,9 +389,9 @@ return self; } -- (nonnull id)copyWithZone:(nullable NSZone *)zone +- (nonnull id)copyWithZone:(nullable NSZone*)zone { - FramebufferDescriptor *copy = [[FramebufferDescriptor allocWithZone:zone] init]; + FramebufferDescriptor* copy = [[FramebufferDescriptor allocWithZone:zone] init]; copy.sampleCount = self.sampleCount; copy.colorPixelFormat = self.colorPixelFormat; copy.depthPixelFormat = self.depthPixelFormat; @@ -234,7 +411,7 @@ - (BOOL)isEqual:(id)object { - FramebufferDescriptor *other = object; + FramebufferDescriptor* other = object; if (![other isKindOfClass:[FramebufferDescriptor class]]) return NO; return other.sampleCount == self.sampleCount && @@ -248,71 +425,35 @@ #pragma mark - MetalContext implementation @implementation MetalContext -- (instancetype)init { +- (instancetype)init +{ if ((self = [super init])) { _renderPipelineStateCache = [NSMutableDictionary dictionary]; _bufferCache = [NSMutableArray array]; - _lastBufferCachePurge = [NSDate date].timeIntervalSince1970; + _lastBufferCachePurge = GetMachAbsoluteTimeInSeconds(); } return self; } -- (void)makeDeviceObjectsWithDevice:(id)device -{ - MTLDepthStencilDescriptor *depthStencilDescriptor = [[MTLDepthStencilDescriptor alloc] init]; - depthStencilDescriptor.depthWriteEnabled = NO; - depthStencilDescriptor.depthCompareFunction = MTLCompareFunctionAlways; - self.depthStencilState = [device newDepthStencilStateWithDescriptor:depthStencilDescriptor]; -} - -// We are retrieving and uploading the font atlas as a 4-channels RGBA texture here. -// In theory we could call GetTexDataAsAlpha8() and upload a 1-channel texture to save on memory access bandwidth. -// However, using a shader designed for 1-channel texture would make it less obvious to use the ImTextureID facility to render users own textures. -// You can make that change in your implementation. -- (void)makeFontTextureWithDevice:(id)device -{ - ImGuiIO &io = ImGui::GetIO(); - unsigned char* pixels; - int width, height; - io.Fonts->GetTexDataAsRGBA32(&pixels, &width, &height); - MTLTextureDescriptor *textureDescriptor = [MTLTextureDescriptor texture2DDescriptorWithPixelFormat:MTLPixelFormatRGBA8Unorm - width:(NSUInteger)width - height:(NSUInteger)height - mipmapped:NO]; - textureDescriptor.usage = MTLTextureUsageShaderRead; -#if TARGET_OS_OSX || TARGET_OS_MACCATALYST - textureDescriptor.storageMode = MTLStorageModeManaged; -#else - textureDescriptor.storageMode = MTLStorageModeShared; -#endif - id texture = [device newTextureWithDescriptor:textureDescriptor]; - [texture replaceRegion:MTLRegionMake2D(0, 0, (NSUInteger)width, (NSUInteger)height) mipmapLevel:0 withBytes:pixels bytesPerRow:(NSUInteger)width * 4]; - self.fontTexture = texture; -} - -- (MetalBuffer *)dequeueReusableBufferOfLength:(NSUInteger)length device:(id)device +- (MetalBuffer*)dequeueReusableBufferOfLength:(NSUInteger)length device:(id)device { - NSTimeInterval now = [NSDate date].timeIntervalSince1970; + uint64_t now = GetMachAbsoluteTimeInSeconds(); // Purge old buffers that haven't been useful for a while if (now - self.lastBufferCachePurge > 1.0) { - NSMutableArray *survivors = [NSMutableArray array]; - for (MetalBuffer *candidate in self.bufferCache) - { + NSMutableArray* survivors = [NSMutableArray array]; + for (MetalBuffer* candidate in self.bufferCache) if (candidate.lastReuseTime > self.lastBufferCachePurge) - { [survivors addObject:candidate]; - } - } self.bufferCache = [survivors mutableCopy]; self.lastBufferCachePurge = now; } // See if we have a buffer we can reuse - MetalBuffer *bestCandidate = nil; - for (MetalBuffer *candidate in self.bufferCache) + MetalBuffer* bestCandidate = nil; + for (MetalBuffer* candidate in self.bufferCache) if (candidate.buffer.length >= length && (bestCandidate == nil || bestCandidate.lastReuseTime > candidate.lastReuseTime)) bestCandidate = candidate; @@ -328,33 +469,12 @@ return [[MetalBuffer alloc] initWithBuffer:backing]; } -- (void)enqueueReusableBuffer:(MetalBuffer *)buffer -{ - [self.bufferCache addObject:buffer]; -} - -- (_Nullable id)renderPipelineStateForFrameAndDevice:(id)device -{ - // Try to retrieve a render pipeline state that is compatible with the framebuffer config for this frame - // The hit rate for this cache should be very near 100%. - id renderPipelineState = self.renderPipelineStateCache[self.framebufferDescriptor]; - - if (renderPipelineState == nil) - { - // No luck; make a new render pipeline state - renderPipelineState = [self _renderPipelineStateForFramebufferDescriptor:self.framebufferDescriptor device:device]; - // Cache render pipeline state for later reuse - self.renderPipelineStateCache[self.framebufferDescriptor] = renderPipelineState; - } - - return renderPipelineState; -} - -- (id)_renderPipelineStateForFramebufferDescriptor:(FramebufferDescriptor *)descriptor device:(id)device +// Bilinear sampling is required by default. Set 'io.Fonts->Flags |= ImFontAtlasFlags_NoBakedLines' or 'style.AntiAliasedLinesUseTex = false' to allow point/nearest sampling. +- (id)renderPipelineStateForFramebufferDescriptor:(FramebufferDescriptor*)descriptor device:(id)device { - NSError *error = nil; + NSError* error = nil; - NSString *shaderSource = @"" + NSString* shaderSource = @"" "#include \n" "using namespace metal;\n" "\n" @@ -406,7 +526,7 @@ return nil; } - MTLVertexDescriptor *vertexDescriptor = [MTLVertexDescriptor vertexDescriptor]; + MTLVertexDescriptor* vertexDescriptor = [MTLVertexDescriptor vertexDescriptor]; vertexDescriptor.attributes[0].offset = IM_OFFSETOF(ImDrawVert, pos); vertexDescriptor.attributes[0].format = MTLVertexFormatFloat2; // position vertexDescriptor.attributes[0].bufferIndex = 0; @@ -420,7 +540,7 @@ vertexDescriptor.layouts[0].stepFunction = MTLVertexStepFunctionPerVertex; vertexDescriptor.layouts[0].stride = sizeof(ImDrawVert); - MTLRenderPipelineDescriptor *pipelineDescriptor = [[MTLRenderPipelineDescriptor alloc] init]; + MTLRenderPipelineDescriptor* pipelineDescriptor = [[MTLRenderPipelineDescriptor alloc] init]; pipelineDescriptor.vertexFunction = vertexFunction; pipelineDescriptor.fragmentFunction = fragmentFunction; pipelineDescriptor.vertexDescriptor = vertexDescriptor; @@ -438,159 +558,9 @@ id renderPipelineState = [device newRenderPipelineStateWithDescriptor:pipelineDescriptor error:&error]; if (error != nil) - { NSLog(@"Error: failed to create Metal pipeline state: %@", error); - } return renderPipelineState; -} - -- (void)emptyRenderPipelineStateCache -{ - [self.renderPipelineStateCache removeAllObjects]; -} - -- (void)setupRenderState:(ImDrawData *)drawData - commandBuffer:(id)commandBuffer - commandEncoder:(id)commandEncoder - renderPipelineState:(id)renderPipelineState - vertexBuffer:(MetalBuffer *)vertexBuffer - vertexBufferOffset:(size_t)vertexBufferOffset -{ - [commandEncoder setCullMode:MTLCullModeNone]; - [commandEncoder setDepthStencilState:g_sharedMetalContext.depthStencilState]; - - // Setup viewport, orthographic projection matrix - // Our visible imgui space lies from draw_data->DisplayPos (top left) to - // draw_data->DisplayPos+data_data->DisplaySize (bottom right). DisplayMin is typically (0,0) for single viewport apps. - MTLViewport viewport = - { - .originX = 0.0, - .originY = 0.0, - .width = (double)(drawData->DisplaySize.x * drawData->FramebufferScale.x), - .height = (double)(drawData->DisplaySize.y * drawData->FramebufferScale.y), - .znear = 0.0, - .zfar = 1.0 - }; - [commandEncoder setViewport:viewport]; - - float L = drawData->DisplayPos.x; - float R = drawData->DisplayPos.x + drawData->DisplaySize.x; - float T = drawData->DisplayPos.y; - float B = drawData->DisplayPos.y + drawData->DisplaySize.y; - float N = (float)viewport.znear; - float F = (float)viewport.zfar; - const float ortho_projection[4][4] = - { - { 2.0f/(R-L), 0.0f, 0.0f, 0.0f }, - { 0.0f, 2.0f/(T-B), 0.0f, 0.0f }, - { 0.0f, 0.0f, 1/(F-N), 0.0f }, - { (R+L)/(L-R), (T+B)/(B-T), N/(F-N), 1.0f }, - }; - [commandEncoder setVertexBytes:&ortho_projection length:sizeof(ortho_projection) atIndex:1]; - - [commandEncoder setRenderPipelineState:renderPipelineState]; - - [commandEncoder setVertexBuffer:vertexBuffer.buffer offset:0 atIndex:0]; - [commandEncoder setVertexBufferOffset:vertexBufferOffset atIndex:0]; -} - -- (void)renderDrawData:(ImDrawData *)drawData - commandBuffer:(id)commandBuffer - commandEncoder:(id)commandEncoder -{ - // Avoid rendering when minimized, scale coordinates for retina displays (screen coordinates != framebuffer coordinates) - int fb_width = (int)(drawData->DisplaySize.x * drawData->FramebufferScale.x); - int fb_height = (int)(drawData->DisplaySize.y * drawData->FramebufferScale.y); - if (fb_width <= 0 || fb_height <= 0 || drawData->CmdListsCount == 0) - return; - - id renderPipelineState = [self renderPipelineStateForFrameAndDevice:commandBuffer.device]; - - size_t vertexBufferLength = (size_t)drawData->TotalVtxCount * sizeof(ImDrawVert); - size_t indexBufferLength = (size_t)drawData->TotalIdxCount * sizeof(ImDrawIdx); - MetalBuffer* vertexBuffer = [self dequeueReusableBufferOfLength:vertexBufferLength device:commandBuffer.device]; - MetalBuffer* indexBuffer = [self dequeueReusableBufferOfLength:indexBufferLength device:commandBuffer.device]; - - [self setupRenderState:drawData commandBuffer:commandBuffer commandEncoder:commandEncoder renderPipelineState:renderPipelineState vertexBuffer:vertexBuffer vertexBufferOffset:0]; - - // Will project scissor/clipping rectangles into framebuffer space - ImVec2 clip_off = drawData->DisplayPos; // (0,0) unless using multi-viewports - ImVec2 clip_scale = drawData->FramebufferScale; // (1,1) unless using retina display which are often (2,2) - - // Render command lists - size_t vertexBufferOffset = 0; - size_t indexBufferOffset = 0; - for (int n = 0; n < drawData->CmdListsCount; n++) - { - const ImDrawList* cmd_list = drawData->CmdLists[n]; - - memcpy((char *)vertexBuffer.buffer.contents + vertexBufferOffset, cmd_list->VtxBuffer.Data, (size_t)cmd_list->VtxBuffer.Size * sizeof(ImDrawVert)); - memcpy((char *)indexBuffer.buffer.contents + indexBufferOffset, cmd_list->IdxBuffer.Data, (size_t)cmd_list->IdxBuffer.Size * sizeof(ImDrawIdx)); - - for (int cmd_i = 0; cmd_i < cmd_list->CmdBuffer.Size; cmd_i++) - { - const ImDrawCmd* pcmd = &cmd_list->CmdBuffer[cmd_i]; - if (pcmd->UserCallback) - { - // User callback, registered via ImDrawList::AddCallback() - // (ImDrawCallback_ResetRenderState is a special callback value used by the user to request the renderer to reset render state.) - if (pcmd->UserCallback == ImDrawCallback_ResetRenderState) - [self setupRenderState:drawData commandBuffer:commandBuffer commandEncoder:commandEncoder renderPipelineState:renderPipelineState vertexBuffer:vertexBuffer vertexBufferOffset:vertexBufferOffset]; - else - pcmd->UserCallback(cmd_list, pcmd); - } - else - { - // Project scissor/clipping rectangles into framebuffer space - ImVec2 clip_min((pcmd->ClipRect.x - clip_off.x) * clip_scale.x, (pcmd->ClipRect.y - clip_off.y) * clip_scale.y); - ImVec2 clip_max((pcmd->ClipRect.z - clip_off.x) * clip_scale.x, (pcmd->ClipRect.w - clip_off.y) * clip_scale.y); - - // Clamp to viewport as setScissorRect() won't accept values that are off bounds - if (clip_min.x < 0.0f) { clip_min.x = 0.0f; } - if (clip_min.y < 0.0f) { clip_min.y = 0.0f; } - if (clip_max.x > fb_width) { clip_max.x = (float)fb_width; } - if (clip_max.y > fb_height) { clip_max.y = (float)fb_height; } - if (clip_max.x <= clip_min.x || clip_max.y <= clip_min.y) - continue; - if (pcmd->ElemCount == 0) // drawIndexedPrimitives() validation doesn't accept this - continue; - - // Apply scissor/clipping rectangle - MTLScissorRect scissorRect = - { - .x = NSUInteger(clip_min.x), - .y = NSUInteger(clip_min.y), - .width = NSUInteger(clip_max.x - clip_min.x), - .height = NSUInteger(clip_max.y - clip_min.y) - }; - [commandEncoder setScissorRect:scissorRect]; - - // Bind texture, Draw - if (ImTextureID tex_id = pcmd->GetTexID()) - [commandEncoder setFragmentTexture:(__bridge id)(tex_id) atIndex:0]; - - [commandEncoder setVertexBufferOffset:(vertexBufferOffset + pcmd->VtxOffset * sizeof(ImDrawVert)) atIndex:0]; - [commandEncoder drawIndexedPrimitives:MTLPrimitiveTypeTriangle - indexCount:pcmd->ElemCount - indexType:sizeof(ImDrawIdx) == 2 ? MTLIndexTypeUInt16 : MTLIndexTypeUInt32 - indexBuffer:indexBuffer.buffer - indexBufferOffset:indexBufferOffset + pcmd->IdxOffset * sizeof(ImDrawIdx)]; - } - } - - vertexBufferOffset += (size_t)cmd_list->VtxBuffer.Size * sizeof(ImDrawVert); - indexBufferOffset += (size_t)cmd_list->IdxBuffer.Size * sizeof(ImDrawIdx); - } - - __weak id weakSelf = self; - [commandBuffer addCompletedHandler:^(id) - { - dispatch_async(dispatch_get_main_queue(), ^{ - [weakSelf enqueueReusableBuffer:vertexBuffer]; - [weakSelf enqueueReusableBuffer:indexBuffer]; - }); - }]; } @end diff --git a/imgui/backends/imgui_impl_opengl2.cpp b/imgui/backends/imgui_impl_opengl2.cpp --- a/imgui/backends/imgui_impl_opengl2.cpp +++ b/imgui/backends/imgui_impl_opengl2.cpp @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ { GLuint FontTexture; - ImGui_ImplOpenGL2_Data() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } + ImGui_ImplOpenGL2_Data() { memset((void*)this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } }; // Backend data stored in io.BackendRendererUserData to allow support for multiple Dear ImGui contexts @@ -244,6 +244,7 @@ io.Fonts->GetTexDataAsRGBA32(&pixels, &width, &height); // Load as RGBA 32-bit (75% of the memory is wasted, but default font is so small) because it is more likely to be compatible with user's existing shaders. If your ImTextureId represent a higher-level concept than just a GL texture id, consider calling GetTexDataAsAlpha8() instead to save on GPU memory. // Upload texture to graphics system + // (Bilinear sampling is required by default. Set 'io.Fonts->Flags |= ImFontAtlasFlags_NoBakedLines' or 'style.AntiAliasedLinesUseTex = false' to allow point/nearest sampling) GLint last_texture; glGetIntegerv(GL_TEXTURE_BINDING_2D, &last_texture); glGenTextures(1, &bd->FontTexture); diff --git a/imgui/backends/imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp b/imgui/backends/imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp --- a/imgui/backends/imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp +++ b/imgui/backends/imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp @@ -14,6 +14,8 @@ // CHANGELOG // (minor and older changes stripped away, please see git history for details) +// 2022-05-23: OpenGL: Reworking 2021-12-15 "Using buffer orphaning" so it only happens on Intel GPU, seems to cause problems otherwise. (#4468, #4825, #4832, #5127). +// 2022-05-13: OpenGL: Fix state corruption on OpenGL ES 2.0 due to not preserving GL_ELEMENT_ARRAY_BUFFER_BINDING and vertex attribute states. // 2021-12-15: OpenGL: Using buffer orphaning + glBufferSubData(), seems to fix leaks with multi-viewports with some Intel HD drivers. // 2021-08-23: OpenGL: Fixed ES 3.0 shader ("#version 300 es") use normal precision floats to avoid wobbly rendering at HD resolutions. // 2021-08-19: OpenGL: Embed and use our own minimal GL loader (imgui_impl_opengl3_loader.h), removing requirement and support for third-party loader. @@ -95,6 +97,9 @@ #else #include // intptr_t #endif +#if defined(__APPLE__) +#include +#endif // Clang warnings with -Weverything #if defined(__clang__) @@ -120,9 +125,6 @@ #include #endif #elif defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES3) -#if defined(__APPLE__) -#include -#endif #if (defined(__APPLE__) && (TARGET_OS_IOS || TARGET_OS_TV)) #include // Use GL ES 3 #else @@ -192,8 +194,9 @@ GLsizeiptr VertexBufferSize; GLsizeiptr IndexBufferSize; bool HasClipOrigin; + bool UseBufferSubData; - ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Data() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } + ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Data() { memset((void*)this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } }; // Backend data stored in io.BackendRendererUserData to allow support for multiple Dear ImGui contexts @@ -203,6 +206,30 @@ return ImGui::GetCurrentContext() ? (ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Data*)ImGui::GetIO().BackendRendererUserData : NULL; } +// OpenGL vertex attribute state (for ES 1.0 and ES 2.0 only) +#ifndef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_USE_VERTEX_ARRAY +struct ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_VtxAttribState +{ + GLint Enabled, Size, Type, Normalized, Stride; + GLvoid* Ptr; + + void GetState(GLint index) + { + glGetVertexAttribiv(index, GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY_ENABLED, &Enabled); + glGetVertexAttribiv(index, GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY_SIZE, &Size); + glGetVertexAttribiv(index, GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY_TYPE, &Type); + glGetVertexAttribiv(index, GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY_NORMALIZED, &Normalized); + glGetVertexAttribiv(index, GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY_STRIDE, &Stride); + glGetVertexAttribPointerv(index, GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY_POINTER, &Ptr); + } + void SetState(GLint index) + { + glVertexAttribPointer(index, Size, Type, (GLboolean)Normalized, Stride, Ptr); + if (Enabled) glEnableVertexAttribArray(index); else glDisableVertexAttribArray(index); + } +}; +#endif + // Functions bool ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Init(const char* glsl_version) { @@ -236,6 +263,14 @@ sscanf(gl_version, "%d.%d", &major, &minor); } bd->GlVersion = (GLuint)(major * 100 + minor * 10); + + // Query vendor to enable glBufferSubData kludge +#ifdef _WIN32 + if (const char* vendor = (const char*)glGetString(GL_VENDOR)) + if (strncmp(vendor, "Intel", 5) == 0) + bd->UseBufferSubData = true; +#endif + //printf("GL_MAJOR_VERSION = %d\nGL_MINOR_VERSION = %d\nGL_VENDOR = '%s'\nGL_RENDERER = '%s'\n", major, minor, (const char*)glGetString(GL_VENDOR), (const char*)glGetString(GL_RENDERER)); // [DEBUG] #else bd->GlVersion = 200; // GLES 2 #endif @@ -400,6 +435,13 @@ GLuint last_sampler; if (bd->GlVersion >= 330) { glGetIntegerv(GL_SAMPLER_BINDING, (GLint*)&last_sampler); } else { last_sampler = 0; } #endif GLuint last_array_buffer; glGetIntegerv(GL_ARRAY_BUFFER_BINDING, (GLint*)&last_array_buffer); +#ifndef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_USE_VERTEX_ARRAY + // This is part of VAO on OpenGL 3.0+ and OpenGL ES 3.0+. + GLint last_element_array_buffer; glGetIntegerv(GL_ELEMENT_ARRAY_BUFFER_BINDING, &last_element_array_buffer); + ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_VtxAttribState last_vtx_attrib_state_pos; last_vtx_attrib_state_pos.GetState(bd->AttribLocationVtxPos); + ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_VtxAttribState last_vtx_attrib_state_uv; last_vtx_attrib_state_uv.GetState(bd->AttribLocationVtxUV); + ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_VtxAttribState last_vtx_attrib_state_color; last_vtx_attrib_state_color.GetState(bd->AttribLocationVtxColor); +#endif #ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_USE_VERTEX_ARRAY GLuint last_vertex_array_object; glGetIntegerv(GL_VERTEX_ARRAY_BINDING, (GLint*)&last_vertex_array_object); #endif @@ -442,20 +484,31 @@ const ImDrawList* cmd_list = draw_data->CmdLists[n]; // Upload vertex/index buffers - GLsizeiptr vtx_buffer_size = (GLsizeiptr)cmd_list->VtxBuffer.Size * (int)sizeof(ImDrawVert); - GLsizeiptr idx_buffer_size = (GLsizeiptr)cmd_list->IdxBuffer.Size * (int)sizeof(ImDrawIdx); - if (bd->VertexBufferSize < vtx_buffer_size) + // - On Intel windows drivers we got reports that regular glBufferData() led to accumulating leaks when using multi-viewports, so we started using orphaning + glBufferSubData(). (See https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/4468) + // - On NVIDIA drivers we got reports that using orphaning + glBufferSubData() led to glitches when using multi-viewports. + // - OpenGL drivers are in a very sorry state in 2022, for now we are switching code path based on vendors. + const GLsizeiptr vtx_buffer_size = (GLsizeiptr)cmd_list->VtxBuffer.Size * (int)sizeof(ImDrawVert); + const GLsizeiptr idx_buffer_size = (GLsizeiptr)cmd_list->IdxBuffer.Size * (int)sizeof(ImDrawIdx); + if (bd->UseBufferSubData) { - bd->VertexBufferSize = vtx_buffer_size; - glBufferData(GL_ARRAY_BUFFER, bd->VertexBufferSize, NULL, GL_STREAM_DRAW); + if (bd->VertexBufferSize < vtx_buffer_size) + { + bd->VertexBufferSize = vtx_buffer_size; + glBufferData(GL_ARRAY_BUFFER, bd->VertexBufferSize, NULL, GL_STREAM_DRAW); + } + if (bd->IndexBufferSize < idx_buffer_size) + { + bd->IndexBufferSize = idx_buffer_size; + glBufferData(GL_ELEMENT_ARRAY_BUFFER, bd->IndexBufferSize, NULL, GL_STREAM_DRAW); + } + glBufferSubData(GL_ARRAY_BUFFER, 0, vtx_buffer_size, (const GLvoid*)cmd_list->VtxBuffer.Data); + glBufferSubData(GL_ELEMENT_ARRAY_BUFFER, 0, idx_buffer_size, (const GLvoid*)cmd_list->IdxBuffer.Data); } - if (bd->IndexBufferSize < idx_buffer_size) + else { - bd->IndexBufferSize = idx_buffer_size; - glBufferData(GL_ELEMENT_ARRAY_BUFFER, bd->IndexBufferSize, NULL, GL_STREAM_DRAW); + glBufferData(GL_ARRAY_BUFFER, vtx_buffer_size, (const GLvoid*)cmd_list->VtxBuffer.Data, GL_STREAM_DRAW); + glBufferData(GL_ELEMENT_ARRAY_BUFFER, idx_buffer_size, (const GLvoid*)cmd_list->IdxBuffer.Data, GL_STREAM_DRAW); } - glBufferSubData(GL_ARRAY_BUFFER, 0, vtx_buffer_size, (const GLvoid*)cmd_list->VtxBuffer.Data); - glBufferSubData(GL_ELEMENT_ARRAY_BUFFER, 0, idx_buffer_size, (const GLvoid*)cmd_list->IdxBuffer.Data); for (int cmd_i = 0; cmd_i < cmd_list->CmdBuffer.Size; cmd_i++) { @@ -509,6 +562,12 @@ glBindVertexArray(last_vertex_array_object); #endif glBindBuffer(GL_ARRAY_BUFFER, last_array_buffer); +#ifndef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_USE_VERTEX_ARRAY + glBindBuffer(GL_ELEMENT_ARRAY_BUFFER, last_element_array_buffer); + last_vtx_attrib_state_pos.SetState(bd->AttribLocationVtxPos); + last_vtx_attrib_state_uv.SetState(bd->AttribLocationVtxUV); + last_vtx_attrib_state_color.SetState(bd->AttribLocationVtxColor); +#endif glBlendEquationSeparate(last_blend_equation_rgb, last_blend_equation_alpha); glBlendFuncSeparate(last_blend_src_rgb, last_blend_dst_rgb, last_blend_src_alpha, last_blend_dst_alpha); if (last_enable_blend) glEnable(GL_BLEND); else glDisable(GL_BLEND); @@ -539,6 +598,7 @@ io.Fonts->GetTexDataAsRGBA32(&pixels, &width, &height); // Load as RGBA 32-bit (75% of the memory is wasted, but default font is so small) because it is more likely to be compatible with user's existing shaders. If your ImTextureId represent a higher-level concept than just a GL texture id, consider calling GetTexDataAsAlpha8() instead to save on GPU memory. // Upload texture to graphics system + // (Bilinear sampling is required by default. Set 'io.Fonts->Flags |= ImFontAtlasFlags_NoBakedLines' or 'style.AntiAliasedLinesUseTex = false' to allow point/nearest sampling) GLint last_texture; glGetIntegerv(GL_TEXTURE_BINDING_2D, &last_texture); glGenTextures(1, &bd->FontTexture); diff --git a/imgui/backends/imgui_impl_opengl3.h b/imgui/backends/imgui_impl_opengl3.h --- a/imgui/backends/imgui_impl_opengl3.h +++ b/imgui/backends/imgui_impl_opengl3.h @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ #endif #if (defined(__APPLE__) && (TARGET_OS_IOS || TARGET_OS_TV)) || (defined(__ANDROID__)) #define IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES3 // iOS, Android -> GL ES 3, "#version 300 es" -#elif defined(__EMSCRIPTEN__) +#elif defined(__EMSCRIPTEN__) || defined(__amigaos4__) #define IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES2 // Emscripten -> GL ES 2, "#version 100" #else // Otherwise imgui_impl_opengl3_loader.h will be used. diff --git a/imgui/backends/imgui_impl_opengl3_loader.h b/imgui/backends/imgui_impl_opengl3_loader.h --- a/imgui/backends/imgui_impl_opengl3_loader.h +++ b/imgui/backends/imgui_impl_opengl3_loader.h @@ -164,6 +164,8 @@ #define GL_FLOAT 0x1406 #define GL_RGBA 0x1908 #define GL_FILL 0x1B02 +#define GL_VENDOR 0x1F00 +#define GL_RENDERER 0x1F01 #define GL_VERSION 0x1F02 #define GL_EXTENSIONS 0x1F03 #define GL_LINEAR 0x2601 @@ -177,6 +179,7 @@ typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCLEARCOLORPROC) (GLfloat red, GLfloat green, GLfloat blue, GLfloat alpha); typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLDISABLEPROC) (GLenum cap); typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLENABLEPROC) (GLenum cap); +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLFLUSHPROC) (void); typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPIXELSTOREIPROC) (GLenum pname, GLint param); typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLREADPIXELSPROC) (GLint x, GLint y, GLsizei width, GLsizei height, GLenum format, GLenum type, void *pixels); typedef GLenum (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETERRORPROC) (void); @@ -193,6 +196,7 @@ GLAPI void APIENTRY glClearColor (GLfloat red, GLfloat green, GLfloat blue, GLfloat alpha); GLAPI void APIENTRY glDisable (GLenum cap); GLAPI void APIENTRY glEnable (GLenum cap); +GLAPI void APIENTRY glFlush (void); GLAPI void APIENTRY glPixelStorei (GLenum pname, GLint param); GLAPI void APIENTRY glReadPixels (GLint x, GLint y, GLsizei width, GLsizei height, GLenum format, GLenum type, void *pixels); GLAPI GLenum APIENTRY glGetError (void); @@ -244,6 +248,7 @@ #define GL_ARRAY_BUFFER 0x8892 #define GL_ELEMENT_ARRAY_BUFFER 0x8893 #define GL_ARRAY_BUFFER_BINDING 0x8894 +#define GL_ELEMENT_ARRAY_BUFFER_BINDING 0x8895 #define GL_STREAM_DRAW 0x88E0 typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLBINDBUFFERPROC) (GLenum target, GLuint buffer); typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLDELETEBUFFERSPROC) (GLsizei n, const GLuint *buffers); @@ -264,7 +269,13 @@ typedef khronos_int8_t GLbyte; typedef khronos_uint16_t GLushort; #define GL_BLEND_EQUATION_RGB 0x8009 +#define GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY_ENABLED 0x8622 +#define GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY_SIZE 0x8623 +#define GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY_STRIDE 0x8624 +#define GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY_TYPE 0x8625 +#define GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY_POINTER 0x8645 #define GL_BLEND_EQUATION_ALPHA 0x883D +#define GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY_NORMALIZED 0x886A #define GL_FRAGMENT_SHADER 0x8B30 #define GL_VERTEX_SHADER 0x8B31 #define GL_COMPILE_STATUS 0x8B81 @@ -280,6 +291,7 @@ typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLDELETEPROGRAMPROC) (GLuint program); typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLDELETESHADERPROC) (GLuint shader); typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLDETACHSHADERPROC) (GLuint program, GLuint shader); +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLDISABLEVERTEXATTRIBARRAYPROC) (GLuint index); typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLENABLEVERTEXATTRIBARRAYPROC) (GLuint index); typedef GLint (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETATTRIBLOCATIONPROC) (GLuint program, const GLchar *name); typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETPROGRAMIVPROC) (GLuint program, GLenum pname, GLint *params); @@ -287,6 +299,8 @@ typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETSHADERIVPROC) (GLuint shader, GLenum pname, GLint *params); typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETSHADERINFOLOGPROC) (GLuint shader, GLsizei bufSize, GLsizei *length, GLchar *infoLog); typedef GLint (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETUNIFORMLOCATIONPROC) (GLuint program, const GLchar *name); +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETVERTEXATTRIBIVPROC) (GLuint index, GLenum pname, GLint *params); +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETVERTEXATTRIBPOINTERVPROC) (GLuint index, GLenum pname, void **pointer); typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLLINKPROGRAMPROC) (GLuint program); typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLSHADERSOURCEPROC) (GLuint shader, GLsizei count, const GLchar *const*string, const GLint *length); typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLUSEPROGRAMPROC) (GLuint program); @@ -302,6 +316,7 @@ GLAPI void APIENTRY glDeleteProgram (GLuint program); GLAPI void APIENTRY glDeleteShader (GLuint shader); GLAPI void APIENTRY glDetachShader (GLuint program, GLuint shader); +GLAPI void APIENTRY glDisableVertexAttribArray (GLuint index); GLAPI void APIENTRY glEnableVertexAttribArray (GLuint index); GLAPI GLint APIENTRY glGetAttribLocation (GLuint program, const GLchar *name); GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetProgramiv (GLuint program, GLenum pname, GLint *params); @@ -309,6 +324,8 @@ GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetShaderiv (GLuint shader, GLenum pname, GLint *params); GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetShaderInfoLog (GLuint shader, GLsizei bufSize, GLsizei *length, GLchar *infoLog); GLAPI GLint APIENTRY glGetUniformLocation (GLuint program, const GLchar *name); +GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetVertexAttribiv (GLuint index, GLenum pname, GLint *params); +GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetVertexAttribPointerv (GLuint index, GLenum pname, void **pointer); GLAPI void APIENTRY glLinkProgram (GLuint program); GLAPI void APIENTRY glShaderSource (GLuint shader, GLsizei count, const GLchar *const*string, const GLint *length); GLAPI void APIENTRY glUseProgram (GLuint program); @@ -437,122 +454,130 @@ /* gl3w internal state */ union GL3WProcs { - GL3WglProc ptr[54]; + GL3WglProc ptr[58]; struct { - PFNGLACTIVETEXTUREPROC ActiveTexture; - PFNGLATTACHSHADERPROC AttachShader; - PFNGLBINDBUFFERPROC BindBuffer; - PFNGLBINDSAMPLERPROC BindSampler; - PFNGLBINDTEXTUREPROC BindTexture; - PFNGLBINDVERTEXARRAYPROC BindVertexArray; - PFNGLBLENDEQUATIONPROC BlendEquation; - PFNGLBLENDEQUATIONSEPARATEPROC BlendEquationSeparate; - PFNGLBLENDFUNCSEPARATEPROC BlendFuncSeparate; - PFNGLBUFFERDATAPROC BufferData; - PFNGLBUFFERSUBDATAPROC BufferSubData; - PFNGLCLEARPROC Clear; - PFNGLCLEARCOLORPROC ClearColor; - PFNGLCOMPILESHADERPROC CompileShader; - PFNGLCREATEPROGRAMPROC CreateProgram; - PFNGLCREATESHADERPROC CreateShader; - PFNGLDELETEBUFFERSPROC DeleteBuffers; - PFNGLDELETEPROGRAMPROC DeleteProgram; - PFNGLDELETESHADERPROC DeleteShader; - PFNGLDELETETEXTURESPROC DeleteTextures; - PFNGLDELETEVERTEXARRAYSPROC DeleteVertexArrays; - PFNGLDETACHSHADERPROC DetachShader; - PFNGLDISABLEPROC Disable; - PFNGLDRAWELEMENTSPROC DrawElements; - PFNGLDRAWELEMENTSBASEVERTEXPROC DrawElementsBaseVertex; - PFNGLENABLEPROC Enable; - PFNGLENABLEVERTEXATTRIBARRAYPROC EnableVertexAttribArray; - PFNGLGENBUFFERSPROC GenBuffers; - PFNGLGENTEXTURESPROC GenTextures; - PFNGLGENVERTEXARRAYSPROC GenVertexArrays; - PFNGLGETATTRIBLOCATIONPROC GetAttribLocation; - PFNGLGETERRORPROC GetError; - PFNGLGETINTEGERVPROC GetIntegerv; - PFNGLGETPROGRAMINFOLOGPROC GetProgramInfoLog; - PFNGLGETPROGRAMIVPROC GetProgramiv; - PFNGLGETSHADERINFOLOGPROC GetShaderInfoLog; - PFNGLGETSHADERIVPROC GetShaderiv; - PFNGLGETSTRINGPROC GetString; - PFNGLGETSTRINGIPROC GetStringi; - PFNGLGETUNIFORMLOCATIONPROC GetUniformLocation; - PFNGLISENABLEDPROC IsEnabled; - PFNGLLINKPROGRAMPROC LinkProgram; - PFNGLPIXELSTOREIPROC PixelStorei; - PFNGLPOLYGONMODEPROC PolygonMode; - PFNGLREADPIXELSPROC ReadPixels; - PFNGLSCISSORPROC Scissor; - PFNGLSHADERSOURCEPROC ShaderSource; - PFNGLTEXIMAGE2DPROC TexImage2D; - PFNGLTEXPARAMETERIPROC TexParameteri; - PFNGLUNIFORM1IPROC Uniform1i; - PFNGLUNIFORMMATRIX4FVPROC UniformMatrix4fv; - PFNGLUSEPROGRAMPROC UseProgram; - PFNGLVERTEXATTRIBPOINTERPROC VertexAttribPointer; - PFNGLVIEWPORTPROC Viewport; + PFNGLACTIVETEXTUREPROC ActiveTexture; + PFNGLATTACHSHADERPROC AttachShader; + PFNGLBINDBUFFERPROC BindBuffer; + PFNGLBINDSAMPLERPROC BindSampler; + PFNGLBINDTEXTUREPROC BindTexture; + PFNGLBINDVERTEXARRAYPROC BindVertexArray; + PFNGLBLENDEQUATIONPROC BlendEquation; + PFNGLBLENDEQUATIONSEPARATEPROC BlendEquationSeparate; + PFNGLBLENDFUNCSEPARATEPROC BlendFuncSeparate; + PFNGLBUFFERDATAPROC BufferData; + PFNGLBUFFERSUBDATAPROC BufferSubData; + PFNGLCLEARPROC Clear; + PFNGLCLEARCOLORPROC ClearColor; + PFNGLCOMPILESHADERPROC CompileShader; + PFNGLCREATEPROGRAMPROC CreateProgram; + PFNGLCREATESHADERPROC CreateShader; + PFNGLDELETEBUFFERSPROC DeleteBuffers; + PFNGLDELETEPROGRAMPROC DeleteProgram; + PFNGLDELETESHADERPROC DeleteShader; + PFNGLDELETETEXTURESPROC DeleteTextures; + PFNGLDELETEVERTEXARRAYSPROC DeleteVertexArrays; + PFNGLDETACHSHADERPROC DetachShader; + PFNGLDISABLEPROC Disable; + PFNGLDISABLEVERTEXATTRIBARRAYPROC DisableVertexAttribArray; + PFNGLDRAWELEMENTSPROC DrawElements; + PFNGLDRAWELEMENTSBASEVERTEXPROC DrawElementsBaseVertex; + PFNGLENABLEPROC Enable; + PFNGLENABLEVERTEXATTRIBARRAYPROC EnableVertexAttribArray; + PFNGLFLUSHPROC Flush; + PFNGLGENBUFFERSPROC GenBuffers; + PFNGLGENTEXTURESPROC GenTextures; + PFNGLGENVERTEXARRAYSPROC GenVertexArrays; + PFNGLGETATTRIBLOCATIONPROC GetAttribLocation; + PFNGLGETERRORPROC GetError; + PFNGLGETINTEGERVPROC GetIntegerv; + PFNGLGETPROGRAMINFOLOGPROC GetProgramInfoLog; + PFNGLGETPROGRAMIVPROC GetProgramiv; + PFNGLGETSHADERINFOLOGPROC GetShaderInfoLog; + PFNGLGETSHADERIVPROC GetShaderiv; + PFNGLGETSTRINGPROC GetString; + PFNGLGETSTRINGIPROC GetStringi; + PFNGLGETUNIFORMLOCATIONPROC GetUniformLocation; + PFNGLGETVERTEXATTRIBPOINTERVPROC GetVertexAttribPointerv; + PFNGLGETVERTEXATTRIBIVPROC GetVertexAttribiv; + PFNGLISENABLEDPROC IsEnabled; + PFNGLLINKPROGRAMPROC LinkProgram; + PFNGLPIXELSTOREIPROC PixelStorei; + PFNGLPOLYGONMODEPROC PolygonMode; + PFNGLREADPIXELSPROC ReadPixels; + PFNGLSCISSORPROC Scissor; + PFNGLSHADERSOURCEPROC ShaderSource; + PFNGLTEXIMAGE2DPROC TexImage2D; + PFNGLTEXPARAMETERIPROC TexParameteri; + PFNGLUNIFORM1IPROC Uniform1i; + PFNGLUNIFORMMATRIX4FVPROC UniformMatrix4fv; + PFNGLUSEPROGRAMPROC UseProgram; + PFNGLVERTEXATTRIBPOINTERPROC VertexAttribPointer; + PFNGLVIEWPORTPROC Viewport; } gl; }; GL3W_API extern union GL3WProcs imgl3wProcs; /* OpenGL functions */ -#define glActiveTexture imgl3wProcs.gl.ActiveTexture -#define glAttachShader imgl3wProcs.gl.AttachShader -#define glBindBuffer imgl3wProcs.gl.BindBuffer -#define glBindSampler imgl3wProcs.gl.BindSampler -#define glBindTexture imgl3wProcs.gl.BindTexture -#define glBindVertexArray imgl3wProcs.gl.BindVertexArray -#define glBlendEquation imgl3wProcs.gl.BlendEquation -#define glBlendEquationSeparate imgl3wProcs.gl.BlendEquationSeparate -#define glBlendFuncSeparate imgl3wProcs.gl.BlendFuncSeparate -#define glBufferData imgl3wProcs.gl.BufferData -#define glBufferSubData imgl3wProcs.gl.BufferSubData -#define glClear imgl3wProcs.gl.Clear -#define glClearColor imgl3wProcs.gl.ClearColor -#define glCompileShader imgl3wProcs.gl.CompileShader -#define glCreateProgram imgl3wProcs.gl.CreateProgram -#define glCreateShader imgl3wProcs.gl.CreateShader -#define glDeleteBuffers imgl3wProcs.gl.DeleteBuffers -#define glDeleteProgram imgl3wProcs.gl.DeleteProgram -#define glDeleteShader imgl3wProcs.gl.DeleteShader -#define glDeleteTextures imgl3wProcs.gl.DeleteTextures -#define glDeleteVertexArrays imgl3wProcs.gl.DeleteVertexArrays -#define glDetachShader imgl3wProcs.gl.DetachShader -#define glDisable imgl3wProcs.gl.Disable -#define glDrawElements imgl3wProcs.gl.DrawElements -#define glDrawElementsBaseVertex imgl3wProcs.gl.DrawElementsBaseVertex -#define glEnable imgl3wProcs.gl.Enable -#define glEnableVertexAttribArray imgl3wProcs.gl.EnableVertexAttribArray -#define glGenBuffers imgl3wProcs.gl.GenBuffers -#define glGenTextures imgl3wProcs.gl.GenTextures -#define glGenVertexArrays imgl3wProcs.gl.GenVertexArrays -#define glGetAttribLocation imgl3wProcs.gl.GetAttribLocation -#define glGetError imgl3wProcs.gl.GetError -#define glGetIntegerv imgl3wProcs.gl.GetIntegerv -#define glGetProgramInfoLog imgl3wProcs.gl.GetProgramInfoLog -#define glGetProgramiv imgl3wProcs.gl.GetProgramiv -#define glGetShaderInfoLog imgl3wProcs.gl.GetShaderInfoLog -#define glGetShaderiv imgl3wProcs.gl.GetShaderiv -#define glGetString imgl3wProcs.gl.GetString -#define glGetStringi imgl3wProcs.gl.GetStringi -#define glGetUniformLocation imgl3wProcs.gl.GetUniformLocation -#define glIsEnabled imgl3wProcs.gl.IsEnabled -#define glLinkProgram imgl3wProcs.gl.LinkProgram -#define glPixelStorei imgl3wProcs.gl.PixelStorei -#define glPolygonMode imgl3wProcs.gl.PolygonMode -#define glReadPixels imgl3wProcs.gl.ReadPixels -#define glScissor imgl3wProcs.gl.Scissor -#define glShaderSource imgl3wProcs.gl.ShaderSource -#define glTexImage2D imgl3wProcs.gl.TexImage2D -#define glTexParameteri imgl3wProcs.gl.TexParameteri -#define glUniform1i imgl3wProcs.gl.Uniform1i -#define glUniformMatrix4fv imgl3wProcs.gl.UniformMatrix4fv -#define glUseProgram imgl3wProcs.gl.UseProgram -#define glVertexAttribPointer imgl3wProcs.gl.VertexAttribPointer -#define glViewport imgl3wProcs.gl.Viewport +#define glActiveTexture imgl3wProcs.gl.ActiveTexture +#define glAttachShader imgl3wProcs.gl.AttachShader +#define glBindBuffer imgl3wProcs.gl.BindBuffer +#define glBindSampler imgl3wProcs.gl.BindSampler +#define glBindTexture imgl3wProcs.gl.BindTexture +#define glBindVertexArray imgl3wProcs.gl.BindVertexArray +#define glBlendEquation imgl3wProcs.gl.BlendEquation +#define glBlendEquationSeparate imgl3wProcs.gl.BlendEquationSeparate +#define glBlendFuncSeparate imgl3wProcs.gl.BlendFuncSeparate +#define glBufferData imgl3wProcs.gl.BufferData +#define glBufferSubData imgl3wProcs.gl.BufferSubData +#define glClear imgl3wProcs.gl.Clear +#define glClearColor imgl3wProcs.gl.ClearColor +#define glCompileShader imgl3wProcs.gl.CompileShader +#define glCreateProgram imgl3wProcs.gl.CreateProgram +#define glCreateShader imgl3wProcs.gl.CreateShader +#define glDeleteBuffers imgl3wProcs.gl.DeleteBuffers +#define glDeleteProgram imgl3wProcs.gl.DeleteProgram +#define glDeleteShader imgl3wProcs.gl.DeleteShader +#define glDeleteTextures imgl3wProcs.gl.DeleteTextures +#define glDeleteVertexArrays imgl3wProcs.gl.DeleteVertexArrays +#define glDetachShader imgl3wProcs.gl.DetachShader +#define glDisable imgl3wProcs.gl.Disable +#define glDisableVertexAttribArray imgl3wProcs.gl.DisableVertexAttribArray +#define glDrawElements imgl3wProcs.gl.DrawElements +#define glDrawElementsBaseVertex imgl3wProcs.gl.DrawElementsBaseVertex +#define glEnable imgl3wProcs.gl.Enable +#define glEnableVertexAttribArray imgl3wProcs.gl.EnableVertexAttribArray +#define glFlush imgl3wProcs.gl.Flush +#define glGenBuffers imgl3wProcs.gl.GenBuffers +#define glGenTextures imgl3wProcs.gl.GenTextures +#define glGenVertexArrays imgl3wProcs.gl.GenVertexArrays +#define glGetAttribLocation imgl3wProcs.gl.GetAttribLocation +#define glGetError imgl3wProcs.gl.GetError +#define glGetIntegerv imgl3wProcs.gl.GetIntegerv +#define glGetProgramInfoLog imgl3wProcs.gl.GetProgramInfoLog +#define glGetProgramiv imgl3wProcs.gl.GetProgramiv +#define glGetShaderInfoLog imgl3wProcs.gl.GetShaderInfoLog +#define glGetShaderiv imgl3wProcs.gl.GetShaderiv +#define glGetString imgl3wProcs.gl.GetString +#define glGetStringi imgl3wProcs.gl.GetStringi +#define glGetUniformLocation imgl3wProcs.gl.GetUniformLocation +#define glGetVertexAttribPointerv imgl3wProcs.gl.GetVertexAttribPointerv +#define glGetVertexAttribiv imgl3wProcs.gl.GetVertexAttribiv +#define glIsEnabled imgl3wProcs.gl.IsEnabled +#define glLinkProgram imgl3wProcs.gl.LinkProgram +#define glPixelStorei imgl3wProcs.gl.PixelStorei +#define glPolygonMode imgl3wProcs.gl.PolygonMode +#define glReadPixels imgl3wProcs.gl.ReadPixels +#define glScissor imgl3wProcs.gl.Scissor +#define glShaderSource imgl3wProcs.gl.ShaderSource +#define glTexImage2D imgl3wProcs.gl.TexImage2D +#define glTexParameteri imgl3wProcs.gl.TexParameteri +#define glUniform1i imgl3wProcs.gl.Uniform1i +#define glUniformMatrix4fv imgl3wProcs.gl.UniformMatrix4fv +#define glUseProgram imgl3wProcs.gl.UseProgram +#define glVertexAttribPointer imgl3wProcs.gl.VertexAttribPointer +#define glViewport imgl3wProcs.gl.Viewport #ifdef __cplusplus } @@ -709,10 +734,12 @@ "glDeleteVertexArrays", "glDetachShader", "glDisable", + "glDisableVertexAttribArray", "glDrawElements", "glDrawElementsBaseVertex", "glEnable", "glEnableVertexAttribArray", + "glFlush", "glGenBuffers", "glGenTextures", "glGenVertexArrays", @@ -726,6 +753,8 @@ "glGetString", "glGetStringi", "glGetUniformLocation", + "glGetVertexAttribPointerv", + "glGetVertexAttribiv", "glIsEnabled", "glLinkProgram", "glPixelStorei", diff --git a/imgui/backends/imgui_impl_osx.h b/imgui/backends/imgui_impl_osx.h --- a/imgui/backends/imgui_impl_osx.h +++ b/imgui/backends/imgui_impl_osx.h @@ -22,4 +22,3 @@ IMGUI_IMPL_API bool ImGui_ImplOSX_Init(NSView* _Nonnull view); IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplOSX_Shutdown(); IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplOSX_NewFrame(NSView* _Nullable view); -IMGUI_IMPL_API bool ImGui_ImplOSX_HandleEvent(NSEvent* _Nonnull event, NSView* _Nullable view); diff --git a/imgui/backends/imgui_impl_osx.mm b/imgui/backends/imgui_impl_osx.mm --- a/imgui/backends/imgui_impl_osx.mm +++ b/imgui/backends/imgui_impl_osx.mm @@ -17,12 +17,15 @@ #import "imgui.h" #import "imgui_impl_osx.h" #import -#import #import #import +#import // CHANGELOG // (minor and older changes stripped away, please see git history for details) +// 2022-05-03: Inputs: Removed ImGui_ImplOSX_HandleEvent() from backend API in favor of backend automatically handling event capture. +// 2022-04-27: Misc: Store backend data in a per-context struct, allowing to use this backend with multiple contexts. +// 2022-03-22: Inputs: Monitor NSKeyUp events to catch missing keyUp for key when user press Cmd + key // 2022-02-07: Inputs: Forward keyDown/keyUp events to OS when unused by dear imgui. // 2022-01-31: Fix building with old Xcode versions that are missing gamepad features. // 2022-01-26: Inputs: replaced short-lived io.AddKeyModsEvent() (added two weeks ago)with io.AddKeyEvent() using ImGuiKey_ModXXX flags. Sorry for the confusion. @@ -52,18 +55,33 @@ #define APPLE_HAS_CONTROLLER (__IPHONE_OS_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED >= 140000 || __MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED >= 110000 || __TV_OS_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED >= 140000) #define APPLE_HAS_THUMBSTICKS (__IPHONE_OS_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED >= 120100 || __MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED >= 101401 || __TV_OS_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED >= 120100) -@class ImFocusObserver; +@class ImGuiObserver; @class KeyEventResponder; // Data -static double g_HostClockPeriod = 0.0; -static double g_Time = 0.0; -static NSCursor* g_MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_COUNT] = {}; -static bool g_MouseCursorHidden = false; -static ImFocusObserver* g_FocusObserver = nil; -static KeyEventResponder* g_KeyEventResponder = nil; -static NSTextInputContext* g_InputContext = nil; +struct ImGui_ImplOSX_Data +{ + CFTimeInterval Time; + NSCursor* MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_COUNT]; + bool MouseCursorHidden; + ImGuiObserver* Observer; + KeyEventResponder* KeyEventResponder; + NSTextInputContext* InputContext; + id Monitor; + ImGui_ImplOSX_Data() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } +}; + +static ImGui_ImplOSX_Data* ImGui_ImplOSX_CreateBackendData() { return IM_NEW(ImGui_ImplOSX_Data)(); } +static ImGui_ImplOSX_Data* ImGui_ImplOSX_GetBackendData() { return (ImGui_ImplOSX_Data*)ImGui::GetIO().BackendPlatformUserData; } +static void ImGui_ImplOSX_DestroyBackendData() { IM_DELETE(ImGui_ImplOSX_GetBackendData()); } + +static inline CFTimeInterval GetMachAbsoluteTimeInSeconds() { return static_cast(static_cast(clock_gettime_nsec_np(CLOCK_UPTIME_RAW)) / 1e9); } + +// Forward Declarations +static void ImGui_ImplOSX_AddTrackingArea(NSView* _Nonnull view); +static bool ImGui_ImplOSX_HandleEvent(NSEvent* event, NSView* view); + // Undocumented methods for creating cursors. @interface NSCursor() + (id)_windowResizeNorthWestSouthEastCursor; @@ -72,18 +90,6 @@ + (id)_windowResizeEastWestCursor; @end -static void InitHostClockPeriod() -{ - struct mach_timebase_info info; - mach_timebase_info(&info); - g_HostClockPeriod = 1e-9 * ((double)info.denom / (double)info.numer); // Period is the reciprocal of frequency. -} - -static double GetMachAbsoluteTimeInSeconds() -{ - return (double)mach_absolute_time() * g_HostClockPeriod; -} - /** KeyEventResponder implements the NSTextInputClient protocol as is required by the macOS text input manager. @@ -212,14 +218,14 @@ @end -@interface ImFocusObserver : NSObject +@interface ImGuiObserver : NSObject - (void)onApplicationBecomeActive:(NSNotification*)aNotification; - (void)onApplicationBecomeInactive:(NSNotification*)aNotification; @end -@implementation ImFocusObserver +@implementation ImGuiObserver - (void)onApplicationBecomeActive:(NSNotification*)aNotification { @@ -362,6 +368,8 @@ bool ImGui_ImplOSX_Init(NSView* view) { ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); + ImGui_ImplOSX_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplOSX_CreateBackendData(); + io.BackendPlatformUserData = (void*)bd; // Setup backend capabilities flags io.BackendFlags |= ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors; // We can honor GetMouseCursor() values (optional) @@ -370,17 +378,19 @@ //io.BackendFlags |= ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseHoveredViewport; // We can set io.MouseHoveredViewport correctly (optional, not easy) io.BackendPlatformName = "imgui_impl_osx"; + bd->Observer = [ImGuiObserver new]; + // Load cursors. Some of them are undocumented. - g_MouseCursorHidden = false; - g_MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_Arrow] = [NSCursor arrowCursor]; - g_MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_TextInput] = [NSCursor IBeamCursor]; - g_MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeAll] = [NSCursor closedHandCursor]; - g_MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_Hand] = [NSCursor pointingHandCursor]; - g_MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_NotAllowed] = [NSCursor operationNotAllowedCursor]; - g_MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNS] = [NSCursor respondsToSelector:@selector(_windowResizeNorthSouthCursor)] ? [NSCursor _windowResizeNorthSouthCursor] : [NSCursor resizeUpDownCursor]; - g_MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeEW] = [NSCursor respondsToSelector:@selector(_windowResizeEastWestCursor)] ? [NSCursor _windowResizeEastWestCursor] : [NSCursor resizeLeftRightCursor]; - g_MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNESW] = [NSCursor respondsToSelector:@selector(_windowResizeNorthEastSouthWestCursor)] ? [NSCursor _windowResizeNorthEastSouthWestCursor] : [NSCursor closedHandCursor]; - g_MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNWSE] = [NSCursor respondsToSelector:@selector(_windowResizeNorthWestSouthEastCursor)] ? [NSCursor _windowResizeNorthWestSouthEastCursor] : [NSCursor closedHandCursor]; + bd->MouseCursorHidden = false; + bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_Arrow] = [NSCursor arrowCursor]; + bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_TextInput] = [NSCursor IBeamCursor]; + bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeAll] = [NSCursor closedHandCursor]; + bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_Hand] = [NSCursor pointingHandCursor]; + bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_NotAllowed] = [NSCursor operationNotAllowedCursor]; + bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNS] = [NSCursor respondsToSelector:@selector(_windowResizeNorthSouthCursor)] ? [NSCursor _windowResizeNorthSouthCursor] : [NSCursor resizeUpDownCursor]; + bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeEW] = [NSCursor respondsToSelector:@selector(_windowResizeEastWestCursor)] ? [NSCursor _windowResizeEastWestCursor] : [NSCursor resizeLeftRightCursor]; + bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNESW] = [NSCursor respondsToSelector:@selector(_windowResizeNorthEastSouthWestCursor)] ? [NSCursor _windowResizeNorthEastSouthWestCursor] : [NSCursor closedHandCursor]; + bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNWSE] = [NSCursor respondsToSelector:@selector(_windowResizeNorthWestSouthEastCursor)] ? [NSCursor _windowResizeNorthWestSouthEastCursor] : [NSCursor closedHandCursor]; // Note that imgui.cpp also include default OSX clipboard handlers which can be enabled // by adding '#define IMGUI_ENABLE_OSX_DEFAULT_CLIPBOARD_FUNCTIONS' in imconfig.h and adding '-framework ApplicationServices' to your linker command-line. @@ -411,44 +421,36 @@ return s_clipboard.Data; }; - g_FocusObserver = [[ImFocusObserver alloc] init]; - [[NSNotificationCenter defaultCenter] addObserver:g_FocusObserver + [[NSNotificationCenter defaultCenter] addObserver:bd->Observer selector:@selector(onApplicationBecomeActive:) name:NSApplicationDidBecomeActiveNotification object:nil]; - [[NSNotificationCenter defaultCenter] addObserver:g_FocusObserver + [[NSNotificationCenter defaultCenter] addObserver:bd->Observer selector:@selector(onApplicationBecomeInactive:) name:NSApplicationDidResignActiveNotification object:nil]; // Add the NSTextInputClient to the view hierarchy, // to receive keyboard events and translate them to input text. - g_KeyEventResponder = [[KeyEventResponder alloc] initWithFrame:NSZeroRect]; - g_InputContext = [[NSTextInputContext alloc] initWithClient:g_KeyEventResponder]; - [view addSubview:g_KeyEventResponder]; - - // Some events do not raise callbacks of AppView in some circumstances (for example when CMD key is held down). - // This monitor taps into global event stream and captures these events. - NSEventMask eventMask = NSEventMaskFlagsChanged; - [NSEvent addLocalMonitorForEventsMatchingMask:eventMask handler:^NSEvent * _Nullable(NSEvent *event) - { - ImGui_ImplOSX_HandleEvent(event, g_KeyEventResponder); - return event; - }]; + bd->KeyEventResponder = [[KeyEventResponder alloc] initWithFrame:NSZeroRect]; + bd->InputContext = [[NSTextInputContext alloc] initWithClient:bd->KeyEventResponder]; + [view addSubview:bd->KeyEventResponder]; + ImGui_ImplOSX_AddTrackingArea(view); io.SetPlatformImeDataFn = [](ImGuiViewport* viewport, ImGuiPlatformImeData* data) -> void { + ImGui_ImplOSX_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplOSX_GetBackendData(); if (data->WantVisible) { - [g_InputContext activate]; + [bd->InputContext activate]; } else { - [g_InputContext discardMarkedText]; - [g_InputContext invalidateCharacterCoordinates]; - [g_InputContext deactivate]; + [bd->InputContext discardMarkedText]; + [bd->InputContext invalidateCharacterCoordinates]; + [bd->InputContext deactivate]; } - [g_KeyEventResponder setImePosX:data->InputPos.x imePosY:data->InputPos.y + data->InputLineHeight]; + [bd->KeyEventResponder setImePosX:data->InputPos.x imePosY:data->InputPos.y + data->InputLineHeight]; }; return true; @@ -456,11 +458,19 @@ void ImGui_ImplOSX_Shutdown() { - g_FocusObserver = NULL; + ImGui_ImplOSX_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplOSX_GetBackendData(); + bd->Observer = NULL; + if (bd->Monitor != NULL) + { + [NSEvent removeMonitor:bd->Monitor]; + bd->Monitor = NULL; + } + ImGui_ImplOSX_DestroyBackendData(); } static void ImGui_ImplOSX_UpdateMouseCursor() { + ImGui_ImplOSX_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplOSX_GetBackendData(); ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); if (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouseCursorChange) return; @@ -469,23 +479,23 @@ if (io.MouseDrawCursor || imgui_cursor == ImGuiMouseCursor_None) { // Hide OS mouse cursor if imgui is drawing it or if it wants no cursor - if (!g_MouseCursorHidden) + if (!bd->MouseCursorHidden) { - g_MouseCursorHidden = true; + bd->MouseCursorHidden = true; [NSCursor hide]; } } else { - NSCursor* desired = g_MouseCursors[imgui_cursor] ?: g_MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_Arrow]; + NSCursor* desired = bd->MouseCursors[imgui_cursor] ?: bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_Arrow]; // -[NSCursor set] generates measureable overhead if called unconditionally. if (desired != NSCursor.currentCursor) { [desired set]; } - if (g_MouseCursorHidden) + if (bd->MouseCursorHidden) { - g_MouseCursorHidden = false; + bd->MouseCursorHidden = false; [NSCursor unhide]; } } @@ -552,15 +562,18 @@ static void ImGui_ImplOSX_UpdateImePosWithView(NSView* view) { + ImGui_ImplOSX_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplOSX_GetBackendData(); ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); if (io.WantTextInput) - [g_KeyEventResponder updateImePosWithView:view]; + [bd->KeyEventResponder updateImePosWithView:view]; } void ImGui_ImplOSX_NewFrame(NSView* view) { - // Setup display size + ImGui_ImplOSX_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplOSX_GetBackendData(); ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); + + // Setup display size if (view) { const float dpi = (float)[view.window backingScaleFactor]; @@ -569,21 +582,19 @@ } // Setup time step - if (g_Time == 0.0) - { - InitHostClockPeriod(); - g_Time = GetMachAbsoluteTimeInSeconds(); - } + if (bd->Time == 0.0) + bd->Time = GetMachAbsoluteTimeInSeconds(); + double current_time = GetMachAbsoluteTimeInSeconds(); - io.DeltaTime = (float)(current_time - g_Time); - g_Time = current_time; + io.DeltaTime = (float)(current_time - bd->Time); + bd->Time = current_time; ImGui_ImplOSX_UpdateMouseCursor(); ImGui_ImplOSX_UpdateGamepads(); ImGui_ImplOSX_UpdateImePosWithView(view); } -bool ImGui_ImplOSX_HandleEvent(NSEvent* event, NSView* view) +static bool ImGui_ImplOSX_HandleEvent(NSEvent* event, NSView* view) { ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); @@ -609,6 +620,7 @@ mousePoint = [view convertPoint:mousePoint fromView:nil]; mousePoint = NSMakePoint(mousePoint.x, view.bounds.size.height - mousePoint.y); io.AddMousePosEvent((float)mousePoint.x, (float)mousePoint.y); + return io.WantCaptureMouse; } if (event.type == NSEventTypeScrollWheel) @@ -648,7 +660,7 @@ wheel_dx = [event deltaX]; wheel_dy = [event deltaY]; } - if (wheel_dx != 0.0 || wheel_dx != 0.0) + if (wheel_dx != 0.0 || wheel_dy != 0.0) io.AddMouseWheelEvent((float)wheel_dx * 0.1f, (float)wheel_dy * 0.1f); return io.WantCaptureMouse; @@ -707,4 +719,28 @@ } return false; +} + +static void ImGui_ImplOSX_AddTrackingArea(NSView* _Nonnull view) +{ + // If we want to receive key events, we either need to be in the responder chain of the key view, + // or else we can install a local monitor. The consequence of this heavy-handed approach is that + // we receive events for all controls, not just Dear ImGui widgets. If we had native controls in our + // window, we'd want to be much more careful than just ingesting the complete event stream. + // To match the behavior of other backends, we pass every event down to the OS. + ImGui_ImplOSX_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplOSX_GetBackendData(); + if (bd->Monitor) + return; + NSEventMask eventMask = 0; + eventMask |= NSEventMaskMouseMoved | NSEventMaskScrollWheel; + eventMask |= NSEventMaskLeftMouseDown | NSEventMaskLeftMouseUp | NSEventMaskLeftMouseDragged; + eventMask |= NSEventMaskRightMouseDown | NSEventMaskRightMouseUp | NSEventMaskRightMouseDragged; + eventMask |= NSEventMaskOtherMouseDown | NSEventMaskOtherMouseUp | NSEventMaskOtherMouseDragged; + eventMask |= NSEventMaskKeyDown | NSEventMaskKeyUp | NSEventMaskFlagsChanged; + bd->Monitor = [NSEvent addLocalMonitorForEventsMatchingMask:eventMask + handler:^NSEvent* _Nullable(NSEvent* event) + { + ImGui_ImplOSX_HandleEvent(event, view); + return event; + }]; } diff --git a/imgui/backends/imgui_impl_sdl.cpp b/imgui/backends/imgui_impl_sdl.cpp --- a/imgui/backends/imgui_impl_sdl.cpp +++ b/imgui/backends/imgui_impl_sdl.cpp @@ -18,8 +18,10 @@ // CHANGELOG // (minor and older changes stripped away, please see git history for details) +// 2022-03-22: Inputs: Fix mouse position issues when dragging outside of boundaries. SDL_CaptureMouse() erroneously still gives out LEAVE events when hovering OS decorations. +// 2022-03-22: Inputs: Added support for extra mouse buttons (SDL_BUTTON_X1/SDL_BUTTON_X2). // 2022-02-04: Added SDL_Renderer* parameter to ImGui_ImplSDL2_InitForSDLRenderer(), so we can use SDL_GetRendererOutputSize() instead of SDL_GL_GetDrawableSize() when bound to a SDL_Renderer. -// 2022-01-26: Inputs: replaced short-lived io.AddKeyModsEvent() (added two weeks ago)with io.AddKeyEvent() using ImGuiKey_ModXXX flags. Sorry for the confusion. +// 2022-01-26: Inputs: replaced short-lived io.AddKeyModsEvent() (added two weeks ago) with io.AddKeyEvent() using ImGuiKey_ModXXX flags. Sorry for the confusion. // 2021-01-20: Inputs: calling new io.AddKeyAnalogEvent() for gamepad support, instead of writing directly to io.NavInputs[]. // 2022-01-17: Inputs: calling new io.AddMousePosEvent(), io.AddMouseButtonEvent(), io.AddMouseWheelEvent() API (1.87+). // 2022-01-17: Inputs: always update key mods next and before key event (not in NewFrame) to fix input queue with very low framerates. @@ -68,7 +70,7 @@ #include #endif -#if SDL_VERSION_ATLEAST(2,0,4) && !defined(__EMSCRIPTEN__) && !defined(__ANDROID__) && !(defined(__APPLE__) && TARGET_OS_IOS) +#if SDL_VERSION_ATLEAST(2,0,4) && !defined(__EMSCRIPTEN__) && !defined(__ANDROID__) && !(defined(__APPLE__) && TARGET_OS_IOS) && !defined(__amigaos4__) #define SDL_HAS_CAPTURE_AND_GLOBAL_MOUSE 1 #else #define SDL_HAS_CAPTURE_AND_GLOBAL_MOUSE 0 @@ -84,10 +86,11 @@ Uint64 Time; int MouseButtonsDown; SDL_Cursor* MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_COUNT]; + int PendingMouseLeaveFrame; char* ClipboardTextData; bool MouseCanUseGlobalState; - ImGui_ImplSDL2_Data() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } + ImGui_ImplSDL2_Data() { memset((void*)this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } }; // Backend data stored in io.BackendPlatformUserData to allow support for multiple Dear ImGui contexts @@ -237,8 +240,8 @@ } // You can read the io.WantCaptureMouse, io.WantCaptureKeyboard flags to tell if dear imgui wants to use your inputs. -// - When io.WantCaptureMouse is true, do not dispatch mouse input data to your main application. -// - When io.WantCaptureKeyboard is true, do not dispatch keyboard input data to your main application. +// - When io.WantCaptureMouse is true, do not dispatch mouse input data to your main application, or clear/overwrite your copy of the mouse data. +// - When io.WantCaptureKeyboard is true, do not dispatch keyboard input data to your main application, or clear/overwrite your copy of the keyboard data. // Generally you may always pass all inputs to dear imgui, and hide them from your application based on those two flags. // If you have multiple SDL events and some of them are not meant to be used by dear imgui, you may need to filter events based on their windowID field. bool ImGui_ImplSDL2_ProcessEvent(const SDL_Event* event) @@ -267,6 +270,8 @@ if (event->button.button == SDL_BUTTON_LEFT) { mouse_button = 0; } if (event->button.button == SDL_BUTTON_RIGHT) { mouse_button = 1; } if (event->button.button == SDL_BUTTON_MIDDLE) { mouse_button = 2; } + if (event->button.button == SDL_BUTTON_X1) { mouse_button = 3; } + if (event->button.button == SDL_BUTTON_X2) { mouse_button = 4; } if (mouse_button == -1) break; io.AddMouseButtonEvent(mouse_button, (event->type == SDL_MOUSEBUTTONDOWN)); @@ -289,9 +294,17 @@ } case SDL_WINDOWEVENT: { - if (event->window.event == SDL_WINDOWEVENT_LEAVE) - io.AddMousePosEvent(-FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX); - if (event->window.event == SDL_WINDOWEVENT_FOCUS_GAINED) + // - When capturing mouse, SDL will send a bunch of conflicting LEAVE/ENTER event on every mouse move, but the final ENTER tends to be right. + // - However we won't get a correct LEAVE event for a captured window. + // - In some cases, when detaching a window from main viewport SDL may send SDL_WINDOWEVENT_ENTER one frame too late, + // causing SDL_WINDOWEVENT_LEAVE on previous frame to interrupt drag operation by clear mouse position. This is why + // we delay process the SDL_WINDOWEVENT_LEAVE events by one frame. See issue #5012 for details. + Uint8 window_event = event->window.event; + if (window_event == SDL_WINDOWEVENT_ENTER) + bd->PendingMouseLeaveFrame = 0; + if (window_event == SDL_WINDOWEVENT_LEAVE) + bd->PendingMouseLeaveFrame = ImGui::GetFrameCount() + 1; + if (window_event == SDL_WINDOWEVENT_FOCUS_GAINED) io.AddFocusEvent(true); else if (event->window.event == SDL_WINDOWEVENT_FOCUS_LOST) io.AddFocusEvent(false); @@ -536,6 +549,12 @@ Uint64 current_time = SDL_GetPerformanceCounter(); io.DeltaTime = bd->Time > 0 ? (float)((double)(current_time - bd->Time) / frequency) : (float)(1.0f / 60.0f); bd->Time = current_time; + + if (bd->PendingMouseLeaveFrame && bd->PendingMouseLeaveFrame >= ImGui::GetFrameCount() && bd->MouseButtonsDown == 0) + { + io.AddMousePosEvent(-FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX); + bd->PendingMouseLeaveFrame = 0; + } ImGui_ImplSDL2_UpdateMouseData(); ImGui_ImplSDL2_UpdateMouseCursor(); diff --git a/imgui/backends/imgui_impl_vulkan.cpp b/imgui/backends/imgui_impl_vulkan.cpp --- a/imgui/backends/imgui_impl_vulkan.cpp +++ b/imgui/backends/imgui_impl_vulkan.cpp @@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ ImGui_ImplVulkan_Data() { - memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); + memset((void*)this, 0, sizeof(*this)); BufferMemoryAlignment = 256; } }; @@ -741,6 +741,7 @@ if (bd->FontSampler) return; + // Bilinear sampling is required by default. Set 'io.Fonts->Flags |= ImFontAtlasFlags_NoBakedLines' or 'style.AntiAliasedLinesUseTex = false' to allow point/nearest sampling. VkSamplerCreateInfo info = {}; info.sType = VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_SAMPLER_CREATE_INFO; info.magFilter = VK_FILTER_LINEAR; diff --git a/imgui/backends/imgui_impl_vulkan.h b/imgui/backends/imgui_impl_vulkan.h --- a/imgui/backends/imgui_impl_vulkan.h +++ b/imgui/backends/imgui_impl_vulkan.h @@ -147,8 +147,8 @@ ImGui_ImplVulkanH_Window() { - memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); - PresentMode = VK_PRESENT_MODE_MAX_ENUM_KHR; + memset((void*)this, 0, sizeof(*this)); + PresentMode = (VkPresentModeKHR)~0; // Ensure we get an error if user doesn't set this. ClearEnable = true; } }; diff --git a/imgui/backends/imgui_impl_win32.h b/imgui/backends/imgui_impl_win32.h --- a/imgui/backends/imgui_impl_win32.h +++ b/imgui/backends/imgui_impl_win32.h @@ -22,6 +22,8 @@ // Win32 message handler your application need to call. // - Intentionally commented out in a '#if 0' block to avoid dragging dependencies on from this helper. // - You should COPY the line below into your .cpp code to forward declare the function and then you can call it. +// - Call from your application's message handler. Keep calling your message handler unless this function returns TRUE. + #if 0 extern IMGUI_IMPL_API LRESULT ImGui_ImplWin32_WndProcHandler(HWND hWnd, UINT msg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam); #endif diff --git a/imgui/imconfig.h b/imgui/imconfig.h --- a/imgui/imconfig.h +++ b/imgui/imconfig.h @@ -30,11 +30,11 @@ //#define IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS //#define IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO // 1.87: disable legacy io.KeyMap[]+io.KeysDown[] in favor io.AddKeyEvent(). This will be folded into IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS in a few versions. -//---- Disable all of Dear ImGui or don't implement standard windows. -// It is very strongly recommended to NOT disable the demo windows during development. Please read comments in imgui_demo.cpp. +//---- Disable all of Dear ImGui or don't implement standard windows/tools. +// It is very strongly recommended to NOT disable the demo windows and debug tool during development. They are extremely useful in day to day work. Please read comments in imgui_demo.cpp. //#define IMGUI_DISABLE // Disable everything: all headers and source files will be empty. -//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_DEMO_WINDOWS // Disable demo windows: ShowDemoWindow()/ShowStyleEditor() will be empty. Not recommended. -//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_METRICS_WINDOW // Disable metrics/debugger and other debug tools: ShowMetricsWindow() and ShowStackToolWindow() will be empty. +//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_DEMO_WINDOWS // Disable demo windows: ShowDemoWindow()/ShowStyleEditor() will be empty. +//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS // Disable metrics/debugger and other debug tools: ShowMetricsWindow(), ShowDebugLogWindow() and ShowStackToolWindow() will be empty (this was called IMGUI_DISABLE_METRICS_WINDOW before 1.88). //---- Don't implement some functions to reduce linkage requirements. //#define IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_CLIPBOARD_FUNCTIONS // [Win32] Don't implement default clipboard handler. Won't use and link with OpenClipboard/GetClipboardData/CloseClipboard etc. (user32.lib/.a, kernel32.lib/.a) @@ -62,12 +62,13 @@ // By default the embedded implementations are declared static and not available outside of Dear ImGui sources files. //#define IMGUI_STB_TRUETYPE_FILENAME "my_folder/stb_truetype.h" //#define IMGUI_STB_RECT_PACK_FILENAME "my_folder/stb_rect_pack.h" +//#define IMGUI_STB_SPRINTF_FILENAME "my_folder/stb_sprintf.h" // only used if enabled //#define IMGUI_DISABLE_STB_TRUETYPE_IMPLEMENTATION //#define IMGUI_DISABLE_STB_RECT_PACK_IMPLEMENTATION -//---- Use stb_printf's faster implementation of vsnprintf instead of the one from libc (unless IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FORMAT_FUNCTIONS is defined) -// Requires 'stb_sprintf.h' to be available in the include path. Compatibility checks of arguments and formats done by clang and GCC will be disabled in order to support the extra formats provided by STB sprintf. -// #define IMGUI_USE_STB_SPRINTF +//---- Use stb_sprintf.h for a faster implementation of vsnprintf instead of the one from libc (unless IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FORMAT_FUNCTIONS is defined) +// Compatibility checks of arguments and formats done by clang and GCC will be disabled in order to support the extra formats provided by stb_sprintf.h. +//#define IMGUI_USE_STB_SPRINTF //---- Use FreeType to build and rasterize the font atlas (instead of stb_truetype which is embedded by default in Dear ImGui) // Requires FreeType headers to be available in the include path. Requires program to be compiled with 'misc/freetype/imgui_freetype.cpp' (in this repository) + the FreeType library (not provided). @@ -81,12 +82,12 @@ //---- Define constructor and implicit cast operators to convert back<>forth between your math types and ImVec2/ImVec4. // This will be inlined as part of ImVec2 and ImVec4 class declarations. /* -#define IM_VEC2_CLASS_EXTRA \ - ImVec2(const MyVec2& f) { x = f.x; y = f.y; } \ +#define IM_VEC2_CLASS_EXTRA \ + constexpr ImVec2(const MyVec2& f) : x(f.x), y(f.y) {} \ operator MyVec2() const { return MyVec2(x,y); } -#define IM_VEC4_CLASS_EXTRA \ - ImVec4(const MyVec4& f) { x = f.x; y = f.y; z = f.z; w = f.w; } \ +#define IM_VEC4_CLASS_EXTRA \ + constexpr ImVec4(const MyVec4& f) : x(f.x), y(f.y), z(f.z), w(f.w) {} \ operator MyVec4() const { return MyVec4(x,y,z,w); } */ diff --git a/imgui/imgui.cpp b/imgui/imgui.cpp --- a/imgui/imgui.cpp +++ b/imgui/imgui.cpp @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -// dear imgui, v1.87 +// dear imgui, v1.88 // (main code and documentation) // Help: @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ // - FAQ http://dearimgui.org/faq // - Homepage & latest https://github.com/ocornut/imgui // - Releases & changelog https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/releases -// - Gallery https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/4451 (please post your screenshots/video there!) +// - Gallery https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/5243 (please post your screenshots/video there!) // - Wiki https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki (lots of good stuff there) // - Glossary https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Glossary // - Issues & support https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues @@ -83,6 +83,7 @@ // [SECTION] VIEWPORTS // [SECTION] PLATFORM DEPENDENT HELPERS // [SECTION] METRICS/DEBUGGER WINDOW +// [SECTION] DEBUG LOG WINDOW // [SECTION] OTHER DEBUG TOOLS (ITEM PICKER, STACK TOOL) */ @@ -101,6 +102,7 @@ - Easy to hack and improve. - Minimize setup and maintenance. - Minimize state storage on user side. + - Minimize state synchronization. - Portable, minimize dependencies, run on target (consoles, phones, etc.). - Efficient runtime and memory consumption. @@ -291,6 +293,7 @@ void void MyImGuiRenderFunction(ImDrawData* draw_data) { // TODO: Setup render state: alpha-blending enabled, no face culling, no depth testing, scissor enabled + // TODO: Setup texture sampling state: sample with bilinear filtering (NOT point/nearest filtering). Use 'io.Fonts->Flags |= ImFontAtlasFlags_NoBakedLines;' to allow point/nearest filtering. // TODO: Setup viewport covering draw_data->DisplayPos to draw_data->DisplayPos + draw_data->DisplaySize // TODO: Setup orthographic projection matrix cover draw_data->DisplayPos to draw_data->DisplayPos + draw_data->DisplaySize // TODO: Setup shader: vertex { float2 pos, float2 uv, u32 color }, fragment shader sample color from 1 texture, multiply by vertex color. @@ -384,6 +387,9 @@ When you are not sure about an old symbol or function name, try using the Search/Find function of your IDE to look for comments or references in all imgui files. You can read releases logs https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/releases for more details. + - 2022/06/15 (1.88) - renamed IMGUI_DISABLE_METRICS_WINDOW to IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS for correctness. kept support for old define (will obsolete). + - 2022/05/03 (1.88) - backends: osx: removed ImGui_ImplOSX_HandleEvent() from backend API in favor of backend automatically handling event capture. All ImGui_ImplOSX_HandleEvent() calls should be removed as they are now unnecessary. + - 2022/04/05 (1.88) - inputs: renamed ImGuiKeyModFlags to ImGuiModFlags. Kept inline redirection enums (will obsolete). This was never used in public API functions but technically present in imgui.h and ImGuiIO. - 2022/01/20 (1.87) - inputs: reworded gamepad IO. - Backend writing to io.NavInputs[] -> backend should call io.AddKeyEvent()/io.AddKeyAnalogEvent() with ImGuiKey_GamepadXXX values. - 2022/01/19 (1.87) - sliders, drags: removed support for legacy arithmetic operators (+,+-,*,/) when inputing text. This doesn't break any api/code but a feature that used to be accessible by end-users (which seemingly no one used). @@ -392,10 +398,12 @@ - Backend writing to io.MouseDown[] -> backend should call io.AddMouseButtonEvent() - Backend writing to io.MouseWheel -> backend should call io.AddMouseWheelEvent() - Backend writing to io.MouseHoveredViewport -> backend should call io.AddMouseViewportEvent() [Docking branch w/ multi-viewports only] + note: for all calls to IO new functions, the Dear ImGui context should be bound/current. + read https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/4921 for details. - 2022/01/10 (1.87) - inputs: reworked keyboard IO. Removed io.KeyMap[], io.KeysDown[] in favor of calling io.AddKeyEvent(). Removed GetKeyIndex(), now unecessary. All IsKeyXXX() functions now take ImGuiKey values. All features are still functional until IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO is defined. Read Changelog and Release Notes for details. - IsKeyPressed(MY_NATIVE_KEY_XXX) -> use IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_XXX) - IsKeyPressed(GetKeyIndex(ImGuiKey_XXX)) -> use IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_XXX) - - Backend writing to io.KeyMap[],io.KeysDown[] -> backend should call io.AddKeyEvent() + - Backend writing to io.KeyMap[],io.KeysDown[] -> backend should call io.AddKeyEvent() (+ call io.SetKeyEventNativeData() if you want legacy user code to stil function with legacy key codes). - Backend writing to io.KeyCtrl, io.KeyShift.. -> backend should call io.AddKeyEvent() with ImGuiKey_ModXXX values. *IF YOU PULLED CODE BETWEEN 2021/01/10 and 2021/01/27: We used to have a io.AddKeyModsEvent() function which was now replaced by io.AddKeyEvent() with ImGuiKey_ModXXX values.* - one case won't work with backward compatibility: if your custom backend used ImGuiKey as mock native indices (e.g. "io.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_A] = ImGuiKey_A") because those values are now larger than the legacy KeyDown[] array. Will assert. - inputs: added ImGuiKey_ModCtrl/ImGuiKey_ModShift/ImGuiKey_ModAlt/ImGuiKey_ModSuper values to submit keyboard modifiers using io.AddKeyEvent(), instead of writing directly to io.KeyCtrl, io.KeyShift, io.KeyAlt, io.KeySuper. @@ -1055,7 +1063,7 @@ ColumnsMinSpacing = 6.0f; // Minimum horizontal spacing between two columns. Preferably > (FramePadding.x + 1). ScrollbarSize = 14.0f; // Width of the vertical scrollbar, Height of the horizontal scrollbar ScrollbarRounding = 9.0f; // Radius of grab corners rounding for scrollbar - GrabMinSize = 10.0f; // Minimum width/height of a grab box for slider/scrollbar + GrabMinSize = 12.0f; // Minimum width/height of a grab box for slider/scrollbar GrabRounding = 0.0f; // Radius of grabs corners rounding. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular slider grabs. LogSliderDeadzone = 4.0f; // The size in pixels of the dead-zone around zero on logarithmic sliders that cross zero. TabRounding = 4.0f; // Radius of upper corners of a tab. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular tabs. @@ -1068,7 +1076,7 @@ DisplaySafeAreaPadding = ImVec2(3,3); // If you cannot see the edge of your screen (e.g. on a TV) increase the safe area padding. Covers popups/tooltips as well regular windows. MouseCursorScale = 1.0f; // Scale software rendered mouse cursor (when io.MouseDrawCursor is enabled). May be removed later. AntiAliasedLines = true; // Enable anti-aliased lines/borders. Disable if you are really tight on CPU/GPU. - AntiAliasedLinesUseTex = true; // Enable anti-aliased lines/borders using textures where possible. Require backend to render with bilinear filtering. + AntiAliasedLinesUseTex = true; // Enable anti-aliased lines/borders using textures where possible. Require backend to render with bilinear filtering (NOT point/nearest filtering). AntiAliasedFill = true; // Enable anti-aliased filled shapes (rounded rectangles, circles, etc.). CurveTessellationTol = 1.25f; // Tessellation tolerance when using PathBezierCurveTo() without a specific number of segments. Decrease for highly tessellated curves (higher quality, more polygons), increase to reduce quality. CircleTessellationMaxError = 0.30f; // Maximum error (in pixels) allowed when using AddCircle()/AddCircleFilled() or drawing rounded corner rectangles with no explicit segment count specified. Decrease for higher quality but more geometry. @@ -1164,6 +1172,7 @@ for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(MouseDownDuration); i++) MouseDownDuration[i] = MouseDownDurationPrev[i] = -1.0f; for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(KeysData); i++) { KeysData[i].DownDuration = KeysData[i].DownDurationPrev = -1.0f; } for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(NavInputsDownDuration); i++) NavInputsDownDuration[i] = -1.0f; + AppAcceptingEvents = true; BackendUsingLegacyKeyArrays = (ImS8)-1; BackendUsingLegacyNavInputArray = true; // assume using legacy array until proven wrong } @@ -1176,11 +1185,11 @@ { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; IM_ASSERT(&g.IO == this && "Can only add events to current context."); - if (c == 0) + if (c == 0 || !AppAcceptingEvents) return; ImGuiInputEvent e; - e.Type = ImGuiInputEventType_Char; + e.Type = ImGuiInputEventType_Text; e.Source = ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard; e.Text.Char = c; g.InputEventsQueue.push_back(e); @@ -1190,7 +1199,7 @@ // we should save the high surrogate. void ImGuiIO::AddInputCharacterUTF16(ImWchar16 c) { - if (c == 0 && InputQueueSurrogate == 0) + if ((c == 0 && InputQueueSurrogate == 0) || !AppAcceptingEvents) return; if ((c & 0xFC00) == 0xD800) // High surrogate, must save @@ -1224,6 +1233,8 @@ void ImGuiIO::AddInputCharactersUTF8(const char* utf8_chars) { + if (!AppAcceptingEvents) + return; while (*utf8_chars != 0) { unsigned int c = 0; @@ -1250,7 +1261,7 @@ KeysData[n].DownDurationPrev = -1.0f; } KeyCtrl = KeyShift = KeyAlt = KeySuper = false; - KeyMods = KeyModsPrev = ImGuiKeyModFlags_None; + KeyMods = ImGuiModFlags_None; for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(NavInputsDownDuration); n++) NavInputsDownDuration[n] = NavInputsDownDurationPrev[n] = -1.0f; } @@ -1261,8 +1272,8 @@ // - float analog_value: 0.0f..1.0f void ImGuiIO::AddKeyAnalogEvent(ImGuiKey key, bool down, float analog_value) { - //if (e->Down) { IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("AddKeyEvent() Key='%s' %d, NativeKeycode = %d, NativeScancode = %d\n", ImGui::GetKeyName(e->Key), e->Down, e->NativeKeycode, e->NativeScancode); } - if (key == ImGuiKey_None) + //if (e->Down) { IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("AddKeyEvent() Key='%s' %d, NativeKeycode = %d, NativeScancode = %d\n", ImGui::GetKeyName(e->Key), e->Down, e->NativeKeycode, e->NativeScancode); } + if (key == ImGuiKey_None || !AppAcceptingEvents) return; ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; IM_ASSERT(&g.IO == this && "Can only add events to current context."); @@ -1303,6 +1314,8 @@ void ImGuiIO::AddKeyEvent(ImGuiKey key, bool down) { + if (!AppAcceptingEvents) + return; AddKeyAnalogEvent(key, down, down ? 1.0f : 0.0f); } @@ -1321,19 +1334,29 @@ // Build native->imgui map so old user code can still call key functions with native 0..511 values. #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO const int legacy_key = (native_legacy_index != -1) ? native_legacy_index : native_keycode; - if (ImGui::IsLegacyKey(legacy_key)) - KeyMap[legacy_key] = key; + if (!ImGui::IsLegacyKey(legacy_key)) + return; + KeyMap[legacy_key] = key; + KeyMap[key] = legacy_key; #else IM_UNUSED(key); IM_UNUSED(native_legacy_index); #endif } +// Set master flag for accepting key/mouse/text events (default to true). Useful if you have native dialog boxes that are interrupting your application loop/refresh, and you want to disable events being queued while your app is frozen. +void ImGuiIO::SetAppAcceptingEvents(bool accepting_events) +{ + AppAcceptingEvents = accepting_events; +} + // Queue a mouse move event void ImGuiIO::AddMousePosEvent(float x, float y) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; IM_ASSERT(&g.IO == this && "Can only add events to current context."); + if (!AppAcceptingEvents) + return; ImGuiInputEvent e; e.Type = ImGuiInputEventType_MousePos; @@ -1348,6 +1371,8 @@ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; IM_ASSERT(&g.IO == this && "Can only add events to current context."); IM_ASSERT(mouse_button >= 0 && mouse_button < ImGuiMouseButton_COUNT); + if (!AppAcceptingEvents) + return; ImGuiInputEvent e; e.Type = ImGuiInputEventType_MouseButton; @@ -1362,7 +1387,7 @@ { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; IM_ASSERT(&g.IO == this && "Can only add events to current context."); - if (wheel_x == 0.0f && wheel_y == 0.0f) + if ((wheel_x == 0.0f && wheel_y == 0.0f) || !AppAcceptingEvents) return; ImGuiInputEvent e; @@ -1637,8 +1662,12 @@ // designed using two-passes worst case, which probably could be improved using the stbsp_vsprintfcb() function.) #ifdef IMGUI_USE_STB_SPRINTF #define STB_SPRINTF_IMPLEMENTATION +#ifdef IMGUI_STB_SPRINTF_FILENAME +#include IMGUI_STB_SPRINTF_FILENAME +#else #include "stb_sprintf.h" #endif +#endif #if defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(vsnprintf) #define vsnprintf _vsnprintf @@ -1678,6 +1707,25 @@ } #endif // #ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FORMAT_FUNCTIONS +void ImFormatStringToTempBuffer(const char** out_buf, const char** out_buf_end, const char* fmt, ...) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + va_list args; + va_start(args, fmt); + int buf_len = ImFormatStringV(g.TempBuffer.Data, g.TempBuffer.Size, fmt, args); + *out_buf = g.TempBuffer.Data; + if (out_buf_end) { *out_buf_end = g.TempBuffer.Data + buf_len; } + va_end(args); +} + +void ImFormatStringToTempBufferV(const char** out_buf, const char** out_buf_end, const char* fmt, va_list args) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + int buf_len = ImFormatStringV(g.TempBuffer.Data, g.TempBuffer.Size, fmt, args); + *out_buf = g.TempBuffer.Data; + if (out_buf_end) { *out_buf_end = g.TempBuffer.Data + buf_len; } +} + // CRC32 needs a 1KB lookup table (not cache friendly) // Although the code to generate the table is simple and shorter than the table itself, using a const table allows us to easily: // - avoid an unnecessary branch/memory tap, - keep the ImHashXXX functions usable by static constructors, - make it thread-safe. @@ -2239,18 +2287,15 @@ //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // Helper: Parse and apply text filters. In format "aaaaa[,bbbb][,ccccc]" -ImGuiTextFilter::ImGuiTextFilter(const char* default_filter) +ImGuiTextFilter::ImGuiTextFilter(const char* default_filter) //-V1077 { + InputBuf[0] = 0; + CountGrep = 0; if (default_filter) { ImStrncpy(InputBuf, default_filter, IM_ARRAYSIZE(InputBuf)); Build(); } - else - { - InputBuf[0] = 0; - CountGrep = 0; - } } bool ImGuiTextFilter::Draw(const char* label, float width) @@ -2565,15 +2610,14 @@ void ImGuiListClipper::End() { - // In theory here we should assert that we are already at the right position, but it seems saner to just seek at the end and not assert/crash the user. ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if (ItemsCount >= 0 && ItemsCount < INT_MAX && DisplayStart >= 0) - ImGuiListClipper_SeekCursorForItem(this, ItemsCount); - ItemsCount = -1; - - // Restore temporary buffer and fix back pointers which may be invalidated when nesting if (ImGuiListClipperData* data = (ImGuiListClipperData*)TempData) { + // In theory here we should assert that we are already at the right position, but it seems saner to just seek at the end and not assert/crash the user. + if (ItemsCount >= 0 && ItemsCount < INT_MAX && DisplayStart >= 0) + ImGuiListClipper_SeekCursorForItem(this, ItemsCount); + + // Restore temporary buffer and fix back pointers which may be invalidated when nesting IM_ASSERT(data->ListClipper == this); data->StepNo = data->Ranges.Size; if (--g.ClipperTempDataStacked > 0) @@ -2583,6 +2627,7 @@ } TempData = NULL; } + ItemsCount = -1; } void ImGuiListClipper::ForceDisplayRangeByIndices(int item_min, int item_max) @@ -2599,6 +2644,7 @@ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; ImGuiListClipperData* data = (ImGuiListClipperData*)TempData; + IM_ASSERT(data != NULL && "Called ImGuiListClipper::Step() too many times, or before ImGuiListClipper::Begin() ?"); ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable; if (table && table->IsInsideRow) @@ -2715,8 +2761,8 @@ // Advance the cursor to the end of the list and then returns 'false' to end the loop. if (ItemsCount < INT_MAX) ImGuiListClipper_SeekCursorForItem(this, ItemsCount); - ItemsCount = -1; + End(); return false; } @@ -3193,6 +3239,32 @@ } } +void ImGui::RenderMouseCursor(ImVec2 base_pos, float base_scale, ImGuiMouseCursor mouse_cursor, ImU32 col_fill, ImU32 col_border, ImU32 col_shadow) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(mouse_cursor > ImGuiMouseCursor_None && mouse_cursor < ImGuiMouseCursor_COUNT); + for (int n = 0; n < g.Viewports.Size; n++) + { + ImGuiViewportP* viewport = g.Viewports[n]; + ImDrawList* draw_list = GetForegroundDrawList(viewport); + ImFontAtlas* font_atlas = draw_list->_Data->Font->ContainerAtlas; + ImVec2 offset, size, uv[4]; + if (font_atlas->GetMouseCursorTexData(mouse_cursor, &offset, &size, &uv[0], &uv[2])) + { + const ImVec2 pos = base_pos - offset; + const float scale = base_scale; + ImTextureID tex_id = font_atlas->TexID; + draw_list->PushTextureID(tex_id); + draw_list->AddImage(tex_id, pos + ImVec2(1, 0) * scale, pos + (ImVec2(1, 0) + size) * scale, uv[2], uv[3], col_shadow); + draw_list->AddImage(tex_id, pos + ImVec2(2, 0) * scale, pos + (ImVec2(2, 0) + size) * scale, uv[2], uv[3], col_shadow); + draw_list->AddImage(tex_id, pos, pos + size * scale, uv[2], uv[3], col_border); + draw_list->AddImage(tex_id, pos, pos + size * scale, uv[0], uv[1], col_fill); + draw_list->PopTextureID(); + } + } +} + + //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // [SECTION] MAIN CODE (most of the code! lots of stuff, needs tidying up!) //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -3232,7 +3304,6 @@ { ImGuiID seed = IDStack.back(); ImGuiID id = ImHashStr(str, str_end ? (str_end - str) : 0, seed); - ImGui::KeepAliveID(id); ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; if (g.DebugHookIdInfo == id) ImGui::DebugHookIdInfo(id, ImGuiDataType_String, str, str_end); @@ -3243,7 +3314,6 @@ { ImGuiID seed = IDStack.back(); ImGuiID id = ImHashData(&ptr, sizeof(void*), seed); - ImGui::KeepAliveID(id); ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; if (g.DebugHookIdInfo == id) ImGui::DebugHookIdInfo(id, ImGuiDataType_Pointer, ptr, NULL); @@ -3254,50 +3324,18 @@ { ImGuiID seed = IDStack.back(); ImGuiID id = ImHashData(&n, sizeof(n), seed); - ImGui::KeepAliveID(id); ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; if (g.DebugHookIdInfo == id) ImGui::DebugHookIdInfo(id, ImGuiDataType_S32, (void*)(intptr_t)n, NULL); return id; } -ImGuiID ImGuiWindow::GetIDNoKeepAlive(const char* str, const char* str_end) -{ - ImGuiID seed = IDStack.back(); - ImGuiID id = ImHashStr(str, str_end ? (str_end - str) : 0, seed); - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if (g.DebugHookIdInfo == id) - ImGui::DebugHookIdInfo(id, ImGuiDataType_String, str, str_end); - return id; -} - -ImGuiID ImGuiWindow::GetIDNoKeepAlive(const void* ptr) -{ - ImGuiID seed = IDStack.back(); - ImGuiID id = ImHashData(&ptr, sizeof(void*), seed); - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if (g.DebugHookIdInfo == id) - ImGui::DebugHookIdInfo(id, ImGuiDataType_Pointer, ptr, NULL); - return id; -} - -ImGuiID ImGuiWindow::GetIDNoKeepAlive(int n) -{ - ImGuiID seed = IDStack.back(); - ImGuiID id = ImHashData(&n, sizeof(n), seed); - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if (g.DebugHookIdInfo == id) - ImGui::DebugHookIdInfo(id, ImGuiDataType_S32, (void*)(intptr_t)n, NULL); - return id; -} - // This is only used in rare/specific situations to manufacture an ID out of nowhere. ImGuiID ImGuiWindow::GetIDFromRectangle(const ImRect& r_abs) { ImGuiID seed = IDStack.back(); ImRect r_rel = ImGui::WindowRectAbsToRel(this, r_abs); ImGuiID id = ImHashData(&r_rel, sizeof(r_rel), seed); - ImGui::KeepAliveID(id); return id; } @@ -3347,9 +3385,21 @@ void ImGui::SetActiveID(ImGuiID id, ImGuiWindow* window) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + + // While most behaved code would make an effort to not steal active id during window move/drag operations, + // we at least need to be resilient to it. Cancelling the move is rather aggressive and users of 'master' branch + // may prefer the weird ill-defined half working situation ('docking' did assert), so may need to rework that. + if (g.MovingWindow != NULL && g.ActiveId == g.MovingWindow->MoveId) + { + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_ACTIVEID("SetActiveID() cancel MovingWindow\n"); + g.MovingWindow = NULL; + } + + // Set active id g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated = (g.ActiveId != id); if (g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated) { + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_ACTIVEID("SetActiveID() old:0x%08X (window \"%s\") -> new:0x%08X (window \"%s\")\n", g.ActiveId, g.ActiveIdWindow ? g.ActiveIdWindow->Name : "", id, window ? window->Name : ""); g.ActiveIdTimer = 0.0f; g.ActiveIdHasBeenPressedBefore = false; g.ActiveIdHasBeenEditedBefore = false; @@ -3400,6 +3450,8 @@ return g.HoveredId ? g.HoveredId : g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame; } +// This is called by ItemAdd(). +// Code not using ItemAdd() may need to call this manually otherwise ActiveId will be cleared. In IMGUI_VERSION_NUM < 18717 this was called by GetID(). void ImGui::KeepAliveID(ImGuiID id) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; @@ -3448,7 +3500,7 @@ { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - if (g.NavDisableMouseHover && !g.NavDisableHighlight) + if (g.NavDisableMouseHover && !g.NavDisableHighlight && !(flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_NoNavOverride)) { if ((g.LastItemData.InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled) && !(flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenDisabled)) return false; @@ -3509,8 +3561,6 @@ return false; if (!IsMouseHoveringRect(bb.Min, bb.Max)) return false; - if (g.NavDisableMouseHover) - return false; if (!IsWindowContentHoverable(window, ImGuiHoveredFlags_None)) { g.HoveredIdDisabled = true; @@ -3546,6 +3596,9 @@ IM_DEBUG_BREAK(); } + if (g.NavDisableMouseHover) + return false; + return true; } @@ -3663,20 +3716,23 @@ ImGuiContext* ImGui::CreateContext(ImFontAtlas* shared_font_atlas) { + ImGuiContext* prev_ctx = GetCurrentContext(); ImGuiContext* ctx = IM_NEW(ImGuiContext)(shared_font_atlas); - if (GImGui == NULL) - SetCurrentContext(ctx); - Initialize(ctx); + SetCurrentContext(ctx); + Initialize(); + if (prev_ctx != NULL) + SetCurrentContext(prev_ctx); // Restore previous context if any, else keep new one. return ctx; } void ImGui::DestroyContext(ImGuiContext* ctx) { - if (ctx == NULL) - ctx = GImGui; - Shutdown(ctx); - if (GImGui == ctx) - SetCurrentContext(NULL); + ImGuiContext* prev_ctx = GetCurrentContext(); + if (ctx == NULL) //-V1051 + ctx = prev_ctx; + SetCurrentContext(ctx); + Shutdown(); + SetCurrentContext((prev_ctx != ctx) ? prev_ctx : NULL); IM_DELETE(ctx); } @@ -3823,11 +3879,7 @@ if (g.IO.MouseDown[0] && IsMousePosValid(&g.IO.MousePos)) { ImVec2 pos = g.IO.MousePos - g.ActiveIdClickOffset; - if (moving_window->Pos.x != pos.x || moving_window->Pos.y != pos.y) - { - MarkIniSettingsDirty(moving_window); - SetWindowPos(moving_window, pos, ImGuiCond_Always); - } + SetWindowPos(moving_window, pos, ImGuiCond_Always); FocusWindow(g.MovingWindow); } else @@ -3912,16 +3964,13 @@ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiIO& io = g.IO; - // Synchronize io.KeyMods with individual modifiers io.KeyXXX bools - io.KeyMods = GetMergedKeyModFlags(); - // Import legacy keys or verify they are not used #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO if (io.BackendUsingLegacyKeyArrays == 0) { - // Backend used new io.AddKeyEvent() API: Good! Verify that old arrays are never written too. - for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(io.KeysDown); n++) - IM_ASSERT(io.KeysDown[n] == false && "Backend needs to either only use io.AddKeyEvent(), either only fill legacy io.KeysDown[] + io.KeyMap[]. Not both!"); + // Backend used new io.AddKeyEvent() API: Good! Verify that old arrays are never written to externally. + for (int n = 0; n < ImGuiKey_LegacyNativeKey_END; n++) + IM_ASSERT((io.KeysDown[n] == false || IsKeyDown(n)) && "Backend needs to either only use io.AddKeyEvent(), either only fill legacy io.KeysDown[] + io.KeyMap[]. Not both!"); } else { @@ -3944,6 +3993,8 @@ const ImGuiKey key = (ImGuiKey)(io.KeyMap[n] != -1 ? io.KeyMap[n] : n); IM_ASSERT(io.KeyMap[n] == -1 || IsNamedKey(key)); io.KeysData[key].Down = io.KeysDown[n]; + if (key != n) + io.KeysDown[key] = io.KeysDown[n]; // Allow legacy code using io.KeysDown[GetKeyIndex()] with old backends io.BackendUsingLegacyKeyArrays = 1; } if (io.BackendUsingLegacyKeyArrays == 1) @@ -3956,6 +4007,9 @@ } #endif + // Synchronize io.KeyMods with individual modifiers io.KeyXXX bools + io.KeyMods = GetMergedModFlags(); + // Clear gamepad data if disabled if ((io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad) == 0) for (int i = ImGuiKey_Gamepad_BEGIN; i < ImGuiKey_Gamepad_END; i++) @@ -3967,9 +4021,9 @@ // Update keys for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(io.KeysData); i++) { - ImGuiKeyData& key_data = io.KeysData[i]; - key_data.DownDurationPrev = key_data.DownDuration; - key_data.DownDuration = key_data.Down ? (key_data.DownDuration < 0.0f ? 0.0f : key_data.DownDuration + io.DeltaTime) : -1.0f; + ImGuiKeyData* key_data = &io.KeysData[i]; + key_data->DownDurationPrev = key_data->DownDuration; + key_data->DownDuration = key_data->Down ? (key_data->DownDuration < 0.0f ? 0.0f : key_data->DownDuration + io.DeltaTime) : -1.0f; } } @@ -4061,7 +4115,9 @@ } } - if (g.IO.MouseWheel == 0.0f && g.IO.MouseWheelH == 0.0f) + float wheel_x = g.IO.MouseWheelH; + float wheel_y = g.IO.MouseWheel; + if (wheel_x == 0.0f && wheel_y == 0.0f) return; if ((g.ActiveId != 0 && g.ActiveIdUsingMouseWheel) || (g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame != 0 && g.HoveredIdPreviousFrameUsingMouseWheel)) @@ -4073,7 +4129,7 @@ // Zoom / Scale window // FIXME-OBSOLETE: This is an old feature, it still works but pretty much nobody is using it and may be best redesigned. - if (g.IO.MouseWheel != 0.0f && g.IO.KeyCtrl && g.IO.FontAllowUserScaling) + if (wheel_y != 0.0f && g.IO.KeyCtrl && g.IO.FontAllowUserScaling) { StartLockWheelingWindow(window); const float new_font_scale = ImClamp(window->FontWindowScale + g.IO.MouseWheel * 0.10f, 0.50f, 2.50f); @@ -4097,8 +4153,11 @@ // As a standard behavior holding SHIFT while using Vertical Mouse Wheel triggers Horizontal scroll instead // (we avoid doing it on OSX as it the OS input layer handles this already) const bool swap_axis = g.IO.KeyShift && !g.IO.ConfigMacOSXBehaviors; - const float wheel_y = swap_axis ? 0.0f : g.IO.MouseWheel; - const float wheel_x = swap_axis ? g.IO.MouseWheel : g.IO.MouseWheelH; + if (swap_axis) + { + wheel_x = wheel_y; + wheel_y = 0.0f; + } // Vertical Mouse Wheel scrolling if (wheel_y != 0.0f) @@ -4206,15 +4265,16 @@ io.WantTextInput = (g.WantTextInputNextFrame != -1) ? (g.WantTextInputNextFrame != 0) : false; } -ImGuiKeyModFlags ImGui::GetMergedKeyModFlags() +// [Internal] Do not use directly (can read io.KeyMods instead) +ImGuiModFlags ImGui::GetMergedModFlags() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiKeyModFlags key_mod_flags = ImGuiKeyModFlags_None; - if (g.IO.KeyCtrl) { key_mod_flags |= ImGuiKeyModFlags_Ctrl; } - if (g.IO.KeyShift) { key_mod_flags |= ImGuiKeyModFlags_Shift; } - if (g.IO.KeyAlt) { key_mod_flags |= ImGuiKeyModFlags_Alt; } - if (g.IO.KeySuper) { key_mod_flags |= ImGuiKeyModFlags_Super; } - return key_mod_flags; + ImGuiModFlags key_mods = ImGuiModFlags_None; + if (g.IO.KeyCtrl) { key_mods |= ImGuiModFlags_Ctrl; } + if (g.IO.KeyShift) { key_mods |= ImGuiModFlags_Shift; } + if (g.IO.KeyAlt) { key_mods |= ImGuiModFlags_Alt; } + if (g.IO.KeySuper) { key_mods |= ImGuiModFlags_Super; } + return key_mods; } void ImGui::NewFrame() @@ -4299,9 +4359,16 @@ g.HoveredIdUsingMouseWheel = false; g.HoveredIdDisabled = false; - // Update ActiveId data (clear reference to active widget if the widget isn't alive anymore) - if (g.ActiveIdIsAlive != g.ActiveId && g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame == g.ActiveId && g.ActiveId != 0) + // Clear ActiveID if the item is not alive anymore. + // In 1.87, the common most call to KeepAliveID() was moved from GetID() to ItemAdd(). + // As a result, custom widget using ButtonBehavior() _without_ ItemAdd() need to call KeepAliveID() themselves. + if (g.ActiveId != 0 && g.ActiveIdIsAlive != g.ActiveId && g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame == g.ActiveId) + { + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_ACTIVEID("NewFrame(): ClearActiveID() because it isn't marked alive anymore!\n"); ClearActiveID(); + } + + // Update ActiveId data (clear reference to active widget if the widget isn't alive anymore) if (g.ActiveId) g.ActiveIdTimer += g.IO.DeltaTime; g.LastActiveIdTimer += g.IO.DeltaTime; @@ -4428,9 +4495,9 @@ CallContextHooks(&g, ImGuiContextHookType_NewFramePost); } -void ImGui::Initialize(ImGuiContext* context) +void ImGui::Initialize() { - ImGuiContext& g = *context; + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; IM_ASSERT(!g.Initialized && !g.SettingsLoaded); // Add .ini handle for ImGuiWindow type @@ -4443,15 +4510,16 @@ ini_handler.ReadLineFn = WindowSettingsHandler_ReadLine; ini_handler.ApplyAllFn = WindowSettingsHandler_ApplyAll; ini_handler.WriteAllFn = WindowSettingsHandler_WriteAll; - g.SettingsHandlers.push_back(ini_handler); + AddSettingsHandler(&ini_handler); } // Add .ini handle for ImGuiTable type - TableSettingsInstallHandler(context); + TableSettingsAddSettingsHandler(); // Create default viewport ImGuiViewportP* viewport = IM_NEW(ImGuiViewportP)(); g.Viewports.push_back(viewport); + g.TempBuffer.resize(1024 * 3 + 1, 0); #ifdef IMGUI_HAS_DOCK #endif @@ -4460,10 +4528,10 @@ } // This function is merely here to free heap allocations. -void ImGui::Shutdown(ImGuiContext* context) +void ImGui::Shutdown() { // The fonts atlas can be used prior to calling NewFrame(), so we clear it even if g.Initialized is FALSE (which would happen if we never called NewFrame) - ImGuiContext& g = *context; + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; if (g.IO.Fonts && g.FontAtlasOwnedByContext) { g.IO.Fonts->Locked = false; @@ -4477,12 +4545,7 @@ // Save settings (unless we haven't attempted to load them: CreateContext/DestroyContext without a call to NewFrame shouldn't save an empty file) if (g.SettingsLoaded && g.IO.IniFilename != NULL) - { - ImGuiContext* backup_context = GImGui; - SetCurrentContext(&g); SaveIniSettingsToDisk(g.IO.IniFilename); - SetCurrentContext(backup_context); - } CallContextHooks(&g, ImGuiContextHookType_Shutdown); @@ -4531,6 +4594,7 @@ g.LogFile = NULL; } g.LogBuffer.clear(); + g.DebugLogBuf.clear(); g.Initialized = false; } @@ -4838,7 +4902,6 @@ // Clear Input data for next frame g.IO.MouseWheel = g.IO.MouseWheelH = 0.0f; g.IO.InputQueueCharacters.resize(0); - g.IO.KeyModsPrev = g.IO.KeyMods; // doing it here is better than in NewFrame() as we'll tolerate backend writing to KeyMods. If we want to firmly disallow it we should detect it. memset(g.IO.NavInputs, 0, sizeof(g.IO.NavInputs)); CallContextHooks(&g, ImGuiContextHookType_EndFramePost); @@ -4888,6 +4951,10 @@ if (windows_to_render_top_most[n] && IsWindowActiveAndVisible(windows_to_render_top_most[n])) // NavWindowingTarget is always temporarily displayed as the top-most window AddRootWindowToDrawData(windows_to_render_top_most[n]); + // Draw software mouse cursor if requested by io.MouseDrawCursor flag + if (g.IO.MouseDrawCursor && first_render_of_frame && g.MouseCursor != ImGuiMouseCursor_None) + RenderMouseCursor(g.IO.MousePos, g.Style.MouseCursorScale, g.MouseCursor, IM_COL32_WHITE, IM_COL32_BLACK, IM_COL32(0, 0, 0, 48)); + // Setup ImDrawData structures for end-user g.IO.MetricsRenderVertices = g.IO.MetricsRenderIndices = 0; for (int n = 0; n < g.Viewports.Size; n++) @@ -4895,10 +4962,6 @@ ImGuiViewportP* viewport = g.Viewports[n]; viewport->DrawDataBuilder.FlattenIntoSingleLayer(); - // Draw software mouse cursor if requested by io.MouseDrawCursor flag - if (g.IO.MouseDrawCursor && first_render_of_frame) - RenderMouseCursor(GetForegroundDrawList(viewport), g.IO.MousePos, g.Style.MouseCursorScale, g.MouseCursor, IM_COL32_WHITE, IM_COL32_BLACK, IM_COL32(0, 0, 0, 48)); - // Add foreground ImDrawList (for each active viewport) if (viewport->DrawLists[1] != NULL) AddDrawListToDrawData(&viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Layers[0], GetForegroundDrawList(viewport)); @@ -5154,15 +5217,16 @@ SetNextWindowSize(size); // Build up name. If you need to append to a same child from multiple location in the ID stack, use BeginChild(ImGuiID id) with a stable value. + const char* temp_window_name; if (name) - ImFormatString(g.TempBuffer, IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.TempBuffer), "%s/%s_%08X", parent_window->Name, name, id); + ImFormatStringToTempBuffer(&temp_window_name, NULL, "%s/%s_%08X", parent_window->Name, name, id); else - ImFormatString(g.TempBuffer, IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.TempBuffer), "%s/%08X", parent_window->Name, id); + ImFormatStringToTempBuffer(&temp_window_name, NULL, "%s/%08X", parent_window->Name, id); const float backup_border_size = g.Style.ChildBorderSize; if (!border) g.Style.ChildBorderSize = 0.0f; - bool ret = Begin(g.TempBuffer, NULL, flags); + bool ret = Begin(temp_window_name, NULL, flags); g.Style.ChildBorderSize = backup_border_size; ImGuiWindow* child_window = g.CurrentWindow; @@ -5336,7 +5400,7 @@ SetWindowConditionAllowFlags(window, ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver, false); ApplyWindowSettings(window, settings); } - window->DC.CursorStartPos = window->DC.CursorMaxPos = window->Pos; // So first call to CalcContentSize() doesn't return crazy values + window->DC.CursorStartPos = window->DC.CursorMaxPos = window->DC.IdealMaxPos = window->Pos; // So first call to CalcWindowContentSizes() doesn't return crazy values if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize) != 0) { @@ -5588,6 +5652,7 @@ if (resize_rect.Min.x > resize_rect.Max.x) ImSwap(resize_rect.Min.x, resize_rect.Max.x); if (resize_rect.Min.y > resize_rect.Max.y) ImSwap(resize_rect.Min.y, resize_rect.Max.y); ImGuiID resize_grip_id = window->GetID(resize_grip_n); // == GetWindowResizeCornerID() + KeepAliveID(resize_grip_id); ButtonBehavior(resize_rect, resize_grip_id, &hovered, &held, ImGuiButtonFlags_FlattenChildren | ImGuiButtonFlags_NoNavFocus); //GetForegroundDrawList(window)->AddRect(resize_rect.Min, resize_rect.Max, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255)); if (hovered || held) @@ -5623,6 +5688,7 @@ bool hovered, held; ImRect border_rect = GetResizeBorderRect(window, border_n, grip_hover_inner_size, WINDOWS_HOVER_PADDING); ImGuiID border_id = window->GetID(border_n + 4); // == GetWindowResizeBorderID() + KeepAliveID(border_id); ButtonBehavior(border_rect, border_id, &hovered, &held, ImGuiButtonFlags_FlattenChildren | ImGuiButtonFlags_NoNavFocus); //GetForegroundDrawLists(window)->AddRect(border_rect.Min, border_rect.Max, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255)); if ((hovered && g.HoveredIdTimer > WINDOWS_RESIZE_FROM_EDGES_FEEDBACK_TIMER) || held) @@ -5651,9 +5717,9 @@ { ImVec2 nav_resize_delta; if (g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard && g.IO.KeyShift) - nav_resize_delta = GetNavInputAmount2d(ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_RawKeyboard, ImGuiInputReadMode_Down); + nav_resize_delta = GetNavInputAmount2d(ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_RawKeyboard, ImGuiNavReadMode_Down); if (g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad) - nav_resize_delta = GetNavInputAmount2d(ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_PadDPad, ImGuiInputReadMode_Down); + nav_resize_delta = GetNavInputAmount2d(ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_PadDPad, ImGuiNavReadMode_Down); if (nav_resize_delta.x != 0.0f || nav_resize_delta.y != 0.0f) { const float NAV_RESIZE_SPEED = 600.0f; @@ -6024,6 +6090,7 @@ { ImGuiPopupData& popup_ref = g.OpenPopupStack[g.BeginPopupStack.Size]; popup_ref.Window = window; + popup_ref.ParentNavLayer = parent_window_in_stack->DC.NavLayerCurrent; g.BeginPopupStack.push_back(popup_ref); window->PopupId = popup_ref.PopupId; } @@ -6146,6 +6213,9 @@ // SELECT VIEWPORT // FIXME-VIEWPORT: In the docking/viewport branch, this is the point where we select the current viewport (which may affect the style) + + ImGuiViewportP* viewport = (ImGuiViewportP*)(void*)GetMainViewport(); + SetWindowViewport(window, viewport); SetCurrentWindow(window); // LOCK BORDER SIZE AND PADDING FOR THE FRAME (so that altering them doesn't cause inconsistencies) @@ -6259,7 +6329,6 @@ // Calculate the range of allowed position for that window (to be movable and visible past safe area padding) // When clamping to stay visible, we will enforce that window->Pos stays inside of visibility_rect. - ImGuiViewportP* viewport = (ImGuiViewportP*)(void*)GetMainViewport(); ImRect viewport_rect(viewport->GetMainRect()); ImRect viewport_work_rect(viewport->GetWorkRect()); ImVec2 visibility_padding = ImMax(style.DisplayWindowPadding, style.DisplaySafeAreaPadding); @@ -6484,6 +6553,7 @@ window->DC.IdealMaxPos = window->DC.CursorStartPos; window->DC.CurrLineSize = window->DC.PrevLineSize = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset = window->DC.PrevLineTextBaseOffset = 0.0f; + window->DC.IsSameLine = false; window->DC.NavLayerCurrent = ImGuiNavLayer_Main; window->DC.NavLayersActiveMask = window->DC.NavLayersActiveMaskNext; @@ -6730,16 +6800,13 @@ if (g.NavWindow != window) { - g.NavWindow = window; + SetNavWindow(window); if (window && g.NavDisableMouseHover) g.NavMousePosDirty = true; g.NavId = window ? window->NavLastIds[0] : 0; // Restore NavId + g.NavLayer = ImGuiNavLayer_Main; g.NavFocusScopeId = 0; g.NavIdIsAlive = false; - g.NavLayer = ImGuiNavLayer_Main; - g.NavInitRequest = g.NavMoveSubmitted = g.NavMoveScoringItems = false; - NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag(); - //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("FocusWindow(\"%s\")\n", window ? window->Name : NULL); } // Close popups if any @@ -7081,6 +7148,9 @@ const ImVec2 old_pos = window->Pos; window->Pos = ImFloor(pos); ImVec2 offset = window->Pos - old_pos; + if (offset.x == 0.0f && offset.y == 0.0f) + return; + MarkIniSettingsDirty(window); window->DC.CursorPos += offset; // As we happen to move the window while it is being appended to (which is a bad idea - will smear) let's at least offset the cursor window->DC.CursorMaxPos += offset; // And more importantly we need to offset CursorMaxPos/CursorStartPos this so ContentSize calculation doesn't get affected. window->DC.IdealMaxPos += offset; @@ -7115,26 +7185,19 @@ window->SetWindowSizeAllowFlags &= ~(ImGuiCond_Once | ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver | ImGuiCond_Appearing); // Set - if (size.x > 0.0f) - { - window->AutoFitFramesX = 0; - window->SizeFull.x = IM_FLOOR(size.x); - } - else - { - window->AutoFitFramesX = 2; + ImVec2 old_size = window->SizeFull; + window->AutoFitFramesX = (size.x <= 0.0f) ? 2 : 0; + window->AutoFitFramesY = (size.y <= 0.0f) ? 2 : 0; + if (size.x <= 0.0f) window->AutoFitOnlyGrows = false; - } - if (size.y > 0.0f) - { - window->AutoFitFramesY = 0; - window->SizeFull.y = IM_FLOOR(size.y); - } else - { - window->AutoFitFramesY = 2; + window->SizeFull.x = IM_FLOOR(size.x); + if (size.y <= 0.0f) window->AutoFitOnlyGrows = false; - } + else + window->SizeFull.y = IM_FLOOR(size.y); + if (old_size.x != window->SizeFull.x || old_size.y != window->SizeFull.y) + MarkIniSettingsDirty(window); } void ImGui::SetWindowSize(const ImVec2& size, ImGuiCond cond) @@ -7327,12 +7390,26 @@ g.FocusScopeStack.pop_back(); } +// Note: this will likely be called ActivateItem() once we rework our Focus/Activation system! void ImGui::SetKeyboardFocusHere(int offset) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; IM_ASSERT(offset >= -1); // -1 is allowed but not below - g.NavWindow = window; + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_ACTIVEID("SetKeyboardFocusHere(%d) in window \"%s\"\n", offset, window->Name); + + // It makes sense in the vast majority of cases to never interrupt a drag and drop. + // When we refactor this function into ActivateItem() we may want to make this an option. + // MovingWindow is protected from most user inputs using SetActiveIdUsingNavAndKeys(), but + // is also automatically dropped in the event g.ActiveId is stolen. + if (g.DragDropActive || g.MovingWindow != NULL) + { + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_ACTIVEID("SetKeyboardFocusHere() ignored while DragDropActive!\n"); + return; + } + + SetNavWindow(window); + ImGuiScrollFlags scroll_flags = window->Appearing ? ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeX | ImGuiScrollFlags_AlwaysCenterY : ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeX | ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeY; NavMoveRequestSubmit(ImGuiDir_None, offset < 0 ? ImGuiDir_Up : ImGuiDir_Down, ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Tabbing | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_FocusApi, scroll_flags); // FIXME-NAV: Once we refactor tabbing, add LegacyApi flag to not activate non-inputable. if (offset == -1) @@ -7381,7 +7458,7 @@ { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - ImGuiID id = window->GetIDNoKeepAlive(str_id); + ImGuiID id = window->GetID(str_id); window->IDStack.push_back(id); } @@ -7389,7 +7466,7 @@ { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - ImGuiID id = window->GetIDNoKeepAlive(str_id_begin, str_id_end); + ImGuiID id = window->GetID(str_id_begin, str_id_end); window->IDStack.push_back(id); } @@ -7397,7 +7474,7 @@ { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - ImGuiID id = window->GetIDNoKeepAlive(ptr_id); + ImGuiID id = window->GetID(ptr_id); window->IDStack.push_back(id); } @@ -7405,7 +7482,7 @@ { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - ImGuiID id = window->GetIDNoKeepAlive(int_id); + ImGuiID id = window->GetID(int_id); window->IDStack.push_back(id); } @@ -7425,7 +7502,6 @@ ImGuiID ImGui::GetIDWithSeed(const char* str, const char* str_end, ImGuiID seed) { ImGuiID id = ImHashStr(str, str_end ? (str_end - str) : 0, seed); - KeepAliveID(id); ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; if (g.DebugHookIdInfo == id) DebugHookIdInfo(id, ImGuiDataType_String, str, str_end); @@ -7565,14 +7641,6 @@ return GKeyNames[key - ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN]; } -// Note that Dear ImGui doesn't know the meaning/semantic of ImGuiKey from 0..511: they are legacy native keycodes. -// Consider transitioning from 'IsKeyDown(MY_ENGINE_KEY_A)' (<1.87) to IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_A) (>= 1.87) -bool ImGui::IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey key) -{ - const ImGuiKeyData* key_data = GetKeyData(key); - return key_data->Down; -} - // t0 = previous time (e.g.: g.Time - g.IO.DeltaTime) // t1 = current time (e.g.: g.Time) // An event is triggered at: @@ -7599,22 +7667,35 @@ return CalcTypematicRepeatAmount(t - g.IO.DeltaTime, t, repeat_delay, repeat_rate); } +// Note that Dear ImGui doesn't know the meaning/semantic of ImGuiKey from 0..511: they are legacy native keycodes. +// Consider transitioning from 'IsKeyDown(MY_ENGINE_KEY_A)' (<1.87) to IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_A) (>= 1.87) +bool ImGui::IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey key) +{ + const ImGuiKeyData* key_data = GetKeyData(key); + if (!key_data->Down) + return false; + return true; +} + bool ImGui::IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey key, bool repeat) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; const ImGuiKeyData* key_data = GetKeyData(key); const float t = key_data->DownDuration; - if (t == 0.0f) - return true; - if (repeat && t > g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay) - return GetKeyPressedAmount(key, g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay, g.IO.KeyRepeatRate) > 0; - return false; + if (t < 0.0f) + return false; + const bool pressed = (t == 0.0f) || (repeat && t > g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay && GetKeyPressedAmount(key, g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay, g.IO.KeyRepeatRate) > 0); + if (!pressed) + return false; + return true; } bool ImGui::IsKeyReleased(ImGuiKey key) { const ImGuiKeyData* key_data = GetKeyData(key); - return key_data->DownDurationPrev >= 0.0f && !key_data->Down; + if (key_data->DownDurationPrev < 0.0f || key_data->Down) + return false; + return true; } bool ImGui::IsMouseDown(ImGuiMouseButton button) @@ -7631,14 +7712,8 @@ const float t = g.IO.MouseDownDuration[button]; if (t == 0.0f) return true; - if (repeat && t > g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay) - { - // FIXME: 2019/05/03: Our old repeat code was wrong here and led to doubling the repeat rate, which made it an ok rate for repeat on mouse hold. - int amount = CalcTypematicRepeatAmount(t - g.IO.DeltaTime, t, g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay, g.IO.KeyRepeatRate * 0.50f); - if (amount > 0) - return true; - } + return CalcTypematicRepeatAmount(t - g.IO.DeltaTime, t, g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay, g.IO.KeyRepeatRate) > 0; return false; } @@ -7755,27 +7830,39 @@ g.MouseCursor = cursor_type; } -void ImGui::CaptureKeyboardFromApp(bool capture) +void ImGui::SetNextFrameWantCaptureKeyboard(bool want_capture_keyboard) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - g.WantCaptureKeyboardNextFrame = capture ? 1 : 0; + g.WantCaptureKeyboardNextFrame = want_capture_keyboard ? 1 : 0; } -void ImGui::CaptureMouseFromApp(bool capture) +void ImGui::SetNextFrameWantCaptureMouse(bool want_capture_mouse) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - g.WantCaptureMouseNextFrame = capture ? 1 : 0; + g.WantCaptureMouseNextFrame = want_capture_mouse ? 1 : 0; } +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS static const char* GetInputSourceName(ImGuiInputSource source) { const char* input_source_names[] = { "None", "Mouse", "Keyboard", "Gamepad", "Nav", "Clipboard" }; IM_ASSERT(IM_ARRAYSIZE(input_source_names) == ImGuiInputSource_COUNT && source >= 0 && source < ImGuiInputSource_COUNT); return input_source_names[source]; } +#endif +/*static void DebugPrintInputEvent(const char* prefix, const ImGuiInputEvent* e) +{ + if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_MousePos) { IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("%s: MousePos (%.1f %.1f)\n", prefix, e->MousePos.PosX, e->MousePos.PosY); return; } + if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_MouseButton) { IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("%s: MouseButton %d %s\n", prefix, e->MouseButton.Button, e->MouseButton.Down ? "Down" : "Up"); return; } + if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_MouseWheel) { IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("%s: MouseWheel (%.1f %.1f)\n", prefix, e->MouseWheel.WheelX, e->MouseWheel.WheelY); return; } + if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_Key) { IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("%s: Key \"%s\" %s\n", prefix, ImGui::GetKeyName(e->Key.Key), e->Key.Down ? "Down" : "Up"); return; } + if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_Text) { IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("%s: Text: %c (U+%08X)\n", prefix, e->Text.Char, e->Text.Char); return; } + if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_Focus) { IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("%s: AppFocused %d\n", prefix, e->AppFocused.Focused); return; } +}*/ // Process input queue +// We always call this with the value of 'bool g.IO.ConfigInputTrickleEventQueue'. // - trickle_fast_inputs = false : process all events, turn into flattened input state (e.g. successive down/up/down/up will be lost) // - trickle_fast_inputs = true : process as many events as possible (successive down/up/down/up will be trickled over several frames so nothing is lost) (new feature in 1.87) void ImGui::UpdateInputEvents(bool trickle_fast_inputs) @@ -7783,7 +7870,12 @@ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiIO& io = g.IO; - bool mouse_moved = false, mouse_wheeled = false, key_changed = false, text_inputed = false; + // Only trickle chars<>key when working with InputText() + // FIXME: InputText() could parse event trail? + // FIXME: Could specialize chars<>keys trickling rules for control keys (those not typically associated to characters) + const bool trickle_interleaved_keys_and_text = (trickle_fast_inputs && g.WantTextInputNextFrame == 1); + + bool mouse_moved = false, mouse_wheeled = false, key_changed = false, text_inputted = false; int mouse_button_changed = 0x00; ImBitArray key_changed_mask; @@ -7799,7 +7891,7 @@ if (io.MousePos.x != event_pos.x || io.MousePos.y != event_pos.y) { // Trickling Rule: Stop processing queued events if we already handled a mouse button change - if (trickle_fast_inputs && (mouse_button_changed != 0 || mouse_wheeled || key_changed || text_inputed)) + if (trickle_fast_inputs && (mouse_button_changed != 0 || mouse_wheeled || key_changed || text_inputted)) break; io.MousePos = event_pos; mouse_moved = true; @@ -7823,7 +7915,7 @@ if (e->MouseWheel.WheelX != 0.0f || e->MouseWheel.WheelY != 0.0f) { // Trickling Rule: Stop processing queued events if we got multiple action on the event - if (trickle_fast_inputs && (mouse_wheeled || mouse_button_changed != 0)) + if (trickle_fast_inputs && (mouse_moved || mouse_button_changed != 0)) break; io.MouseWheelH += e->MouseWheel.WheelX; io.MouseWheel += e->MouseWheel.WheelY; @@ -7839,7 +7931,7 @@ if (keydata->Down != e->Key.Down || keydata->AnalogValue != e->Key.AnalogValue) { // Trickling Rule: Stop processing queued events if we got multiple action on the same button - if (trickle_fast_inputs && keydata->Down != e->Key.Down && (key_changed_mask.TestBit(keydata_index) || text_inputed || mouse_button_changed != 0)) + if (trickle_fast_inputs && keydata->Down != e->Key.Down && (key_changed_mask.TestBit(keydata_index) || text_inputted || mouse_button_changed != 0)) break; keydata->Down = e->Key.Down; keydata->AnalogValue = e->Key.AnalogValue; @@ -7852,18 +7944,26 @@ if (key == ImGuiKey_ModShift) { io.KeyShift = keydata->Down; } if (key == ImGuiKey_ModAlt) { io.KeyAlt = keydata->Down; } if (key == ImGuiKey_ModSuper) { io.KeySuper = keydata->Down; } - io.KeyMods = GetMergedKeyModFlags(); + io.KeyMods = GetMergedModFlags(); } + + // Allow legacy code using io.KeysDown[GetKeyIndex()] with new backends +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO + io.KeysDown[key] = keydata->Down; + if (io.KeyMap[key] != -1) + io.KeysDown[io.KeyMap[key]] = keydata->Down; +#endif } } - else if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_Char) + else if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_Text) { // Trickling Rule: Stop processing queued events if keys/mouse have been interacted with - if (trickle_fast_inputs && (key_changed || mouse_button_changed != 0 || mouse_moved || mouse_wheeled)) + if (trickle_fast_inputs && ((key_changed && trickle_interleaved_keys_and_text) || mouse_button_changed != 0 || mouse_moved || mouse_wheeled)) break; unsigned int c = e->Text.Char; io.InputQueueCharacters.push_back(c <= IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_MAX ? (ImWchar)c : IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_INVALID); - text_inputed = true; + if (trickle_interleaved_keys_and_text) + text_inputted = true; } else if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_Focus) { @@ -7878,10 +7978,15 @@ } // Record trail (for domain-specific applications wanting to access a precise trail) - //if (event_n != 0) IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("Processed: %d / Remaining: %d\n", event_n, g.InputEventsQueue.Size - event_n); + //if (event_n != 0) IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("Processed: %d / Remaining: %d\n", event_n, g.InputEventsQueue.Size - event_n); for (int n = 0; n < event_n; n++) g.InputEventsTrail.push_back(g.InputEventsQueue[n]); + // [DEBUG] + /*if (event_n != 0) + for (int n = 0; n < g.InputEventsQueue.Size; n++) + DebugPrintInputEvent(n < event_n ? "Processed" : "Remaining", &g.InputEventsQueue[n]);*/ + // Remaining events will be processed on the next frame if (event_n == g.InputEventsQueue.Size) g.InputEventsQueue.resize(0); @@ -7904,9 +8009,12 @@ // Helper function to verify ABI compatibility between caller code and compiled version of Dear ImGui. // Verify that the type sizes are matching between the calling file's compilation unit and imgui.cpp's compilation unit -// If the user has inconsistent compilation settings, imgui configuration #define, packing pragma, etc. your user code -// may see different structures than what imgui.cpp sees, which is problematic. -// We usually require settings to be in imconfig.h to make sure that they are accessible to all compilation units involved with Dear ImGui. +// If this triggers you have an issue: +// - Most commonly: mismatched headers and compiled code version. +// - Or: mismatched configuration #define, compilation settings, packing pragma etc. +// The configuration settings mentioned in imconfig.h must be set for all compilation units involved with Dear ImGui, +// which is way it is required you put them in your imconfig file (and not just before including imgui.h). +// Otherwise it is possible that different compilation units would see different structure layout bool ImGui::DebugCheckVersionAndDataLayout(const char* version, size_t sz_io, size_t sz_style, size_t sz_vec2, size_t sz_vec4, size_t sz_vert, size_t sz_idx) { bool error = false; @@ -7940,13 +8048,14 @@ IM_ASSERT(g.IO.DisplaySize.x >= 0.0f && g.IO.DisplaySize.y >= 0.0f && "Invalid DisplaySize value!"); IM_ASSERT(g.IO.Fonts->IsBuilt() && "Font Atlas not built! Make sure you called ImGui_ImplXXXX_NewFrame() function for renderer backend, which should call io.Fonts->GetTexDataAsRGBA32() / GetTexDataAsAlpha8()"); IM_ASSERT(g.Style.CurveTessellationTol > 0.0f && "Invalid style setting!"); - IM_ASSERT(g.Style.CircleTessellationMaxError > 0.0f && "Invalid style setting!"); + IM_ASSERT(g.Style.CircleTessellationMaxError > 0.0f && "Invalid style setting!"); IM_ASSERT(g.Style.Alpha >= 0.0f && g.Style.Alpha <= 1.0f && "Invalid style setting!"); // Allows us to avoid a few clamps in color computations IM_ASSERT(g.Style.WindowMinSize.x >= 1.0f && g.Style.WindowMinSize.y >= 1.0f && "Invalid style setting."); IM_ASSERT(g.Style.WindowMenuButtonPosition == ImGuiDir_None || g.Style.WindowMenuButtonPosition == ImGuiDir_Left || g.Style.WindowMenuButtonPosition == ImGuiDir_Right); + IM_ASSERT(g.Style.ColorButtonPosition == ImGuiDir_Left || g.Style.ColorButtonPosition == ImGuiDir_Right); #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO for (int n = ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN; n < ImGuiKey_COUNT; n++) - IM_ASSERT(g.IO.KeyMap[n] >= -1 && g.IO.KeyMap[n] < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.KeysDown) && "io.KeyMap[] contains an out of bound value (need to be 0..511, or -1 for unmapped key)"); + IM_ASSERT(g.IO.KeyMap[n] >= -1 && g.IO.KeyMap[n] < ImGuiKey_LegacyNativeKey_END && "io.KeyMap[] contains an out of bound value (need to be 0..511, or -1 for unmapped key)"); // Check: required key mapping (we intentionally do NOT check all keys to not pressure user into setting up everything, but Space is required and was only added in 1.60 WIP) if ((g.IO.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard) && g.IO.BackendUsingLegacyKeyArrays == 1) @@ -7968,11 +8077,11 @@ // send key release events mid-frame. This would normally trigger this assertion and lead to sheared inputs. // We silently accommodate for this case by ignoring/ the case where all io.KeyXXX modifiers were released (aka key_mod_flags == 0), // while still correctly asserting on mid-frame key press events. - const ImGuiKeyModFlags key_mod_flags = GetMergedKeyModFlags(); - IM_ASSERT((key_mod_flags == 0 || g.IO.KeyMods == key_mod_flags) && "Mismatching io.KeyCtrl/io.KeyShift/io.KeyAlt/io.KeySuper vs io.KeyMods"); - IM_UNUSED(key_mod_flags); + const ImGuiModFlags key_mods = GetMergedModFlags(); + IM_ASSERT((key_mods == 0 || g.IO.KeyMods == key_mods) && "Mismatching io.KeyCtrl/io.KeyShift/io.KeyAlt/io.KeySuper vs io.KeyMods"); + IM_UNUSED(key_mods); - // Recover from errors + // [EXPERIMENTAL] Recover from errors: You may call this yourself before EndFrame(). //ErrorCheckEndFrameRecover(); // Report when there is a mismatch of Begin/BeginChild vs End/EndChild calls. Important: Remember that the Begin/BeginChild API requires you @@ -8012,7 +8121,6 @@ IM_ASSERT(window->IsFallbackWindow); break; } - IM_ASSERT(window == g.CurrentWindow); if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) { if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing EndChild() for '%s'", window->Name); @@ -8155,7 +8263,7 @@ // - GetWindowContentRegionMin(), GetWindowContentRegionMax() // - BeginGroup() // - EndGroup() -// Also see in imgui_widgets: tab bars, columns. +// Also see in imgui_widgets: tab bars, and in imgui_tables: tables, columns. //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // Advance cursor given item size for layout. @@ -8172,14 +8280,16 @@ // In theory we should be offsetting the starting position (window->DC.CursorPos), that will be the topic of a larger refactor, // but since ItemSize() is not yet an API that moves the cursor (to handle e.g. wrapping) enlarging the height has the same effect. const float offset_to_match_baseline_y = (text_baseline_y >= 0) ? ImMax(0.0f, window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset - text_baseline_y) : 0.0f; - const float line_height = ImMax(window->DC.CurrLineSize.y, size.y + offset_to_match_baseline_y); + const float line_y1 = window->DC.IsSameLine ? window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.y : window->DC.CursorPos.y; + const float line_height = ImMax(window->DC.CurrLineSize.y, /*ImMax(*/window->DC.CursorPos.y - line_y1/*, 0.0f)*/ + size.y + offset_to_match_baseline_y); + // Always align ourselves on pixel boundaries //if (g.IO.KeyAlt) window->DrawList->AddRect(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(size.x, line_height), IM_COL32(255,0,0,200)); // [DEBUG] window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.x = window->DC.CursorPos.x + size.x; - window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.y = window->DC.CursorPos.y; + window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.y = line_y1; window->DC.CursorPos.x = IM_FLOOR(window->Pos.x + window->DC.Indent.x + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x); // Next line - window->DC.CursorPos.y = IM_FLOOR(window->DC.CursorPos.y + line_height + g.Style.ItemSpacing.y); // Next line + window->DC.CursorPos.y = IM_FLOOR(line_y1 + line_height + g.Style.ItemSpacing.y); // Next line window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x = ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x, window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.x); window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y = ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y, window->DC.CursorPos.y - g.Style.ItemSpacing.y); //if (g.IO.KeyAlt) window->DrawList->AddCircle(window->DC.CursorMaxPos, 3.0f, IM_COL32(255,0,0,255), 4); // [DEBUG] @@ -8188,17 +8298,13 @@ window->DC.CurrLineSize.y = 0.0f; window->DC.PrevLineTextBaseOffset = ImMax(window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset, text_baseline_y); window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset = 0.0f; + window->DC.IsSameLine = false; // Horizontal layout mode if (window->DC.LayoutType == ImGuiLayoutType_Horizontal) SameLine(); } -void ImGui::ItemSize(const ImRect& bb, float text_baseline_y) -{ - ItemSize(bb.GetSize(), text_baseline_y); -} - // Declare item bounding box for clipping and interaction. // Note that the size can be different than the one provided to ItemSize(). Typically, widgets that spread over available surface // declare their minimum size requirement to ItemSize() and provide a larger region to ItemAdd() which is used drawing/interaction. @@ -8218,6 +8324,8 @@ // Directional navigation processing if (id != 0) { + KeepAliveID(id); + // Runs prior to clipping early-out // (a) So that NavInitRequest can be honored, for newly opened windows to select a default widget // (b) So that we can scroll up/down past clipped items. This adds a small O(N) cost to regular navigation requests @@ -8273,25 +8381,28 @@ // spacing_w >= 0 : enforce spacing amount void ImGui::SameLine(float offset_from_start_x, float spacing_w) { - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; if (window->SkipItems) return; - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; if (offset_from_start_x != 0.0f) { - if (spacing_w < 0.0f) spacing_w = 0.0f; + if (spacing_w < 0.0f) + spacing_w = 0.0f; window->DC.CursorPos.x = window->Pos.x - window->Scroll.x + offset_from_start_x + spacing_w + window->DC.GroupOffset.x + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x; window->DC.CursorPos.y = window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.y; } else { - if (spacing_w < 0.0f) spacing_w = g.Style.ItemSpacing.x; + if (spacing_w < 0.0f) + spacing_w = g.Style.ItemSpacing.x; window->DC.CursorPos.x = window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.x + spacing_w; window->DC.CursorPos.y = window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.y; } window->DC.CurrLineSize = window->DC.PrevLineSize; window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset = window->DC.PrevLineTextBaseOffset; + window->DC.IsSameLine = true; } ImVec2 ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos() @@ -8436,7 +8547,8 @@ // The 4.0f here may be changed to match CalcItemWidth() and/or BeginChild() (right now we have a mismatch which is harmless but undesirable) ImVec2 ImGui::CalcItemSize(ImVec2 size, float default_w, float default_h) { - ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow; + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; ImVec2 region_max; if (size.x < 0.0f || size.y < 0.0f) @@ -8993,7 +9105,9 @@ void ImGui::OpenPopup(const char* str_id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - OpenPopupEx(g.CurrentWindow->GetID(str_id), popup_flags); + ImGuiID id = g.CurrentWindow->GetID(str_id); + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_POPUP("[popup] OpenPopup(\"%s\" -> 0x%08X\n", str_id, id); + OpenPopupEx(id, popup_flags); } void ImGui::OpenPopup(ImGuiID id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags) @@ -9024,7 +9138,7 @@ popup_ref.OpenPopupPos = NavCalcPreferredRefPos(); popup_ref.OpenMousePos = IsMousePosValid(&g.IO.MousePos) ? g.IO.MousePos : popup_ref.OpenPopupPos; - IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_POPUP("OpenPopupEx(0x%08X)\n", id); + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_POPUP("[popup] OpenPopupEx(0x%08X)\n", id); if (g.OpenPopupStack.Size < current_stack_size + 1) { g.OpenPopupStack.push_back(popup_ref); @@ -9093,7 +9207,7 @@ } if (popup_count_to_keep < g.OpenPopupStack.Size) // This test is not required but it allows to set a convenient breakpoint on the statement below { - IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_POPUP("ClosePopupsOverWindow(\"%s\") -> ClosePopupToLevel(%d)\n", ref_window->Name, popup_count_to_keep); + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_POPUP("[popup] ClosePopupsOverWindow(\"%s\")\n", ref_window ? ref_window->Name : ""); ClosePopupToLevel(popup_count_to_keep, restore_focus_to_window_under_popup); } } @@ -9116,7 +9230,7 @@ void ImGui::ClosePopupToLevel(int remaining, bool restore_focus_to_window_under_popup) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_POPUP("ClosePopupToLevel(%d), restore_focus_to_window_under_popup=%d\n", remaining, restore_focus_to_window_under_popup); + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_POPUP("[popup] ClosePopupToLevel(%d), restore_focus_to_window_under_popup=%d\n", remaining, restore_focus_to_window_under_popup); IM_ASSERT(remaining >= 0 && remaining < g.OpenPopupStack.Size); // Trim open popup stack @@ -9161,7 +9275,7 @@ break; popup_idx--; } - IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_POPUP("CloseCurrentPopup %d -> %d\n", g.BeginPopupStack.Size - 1, popup_idx); + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_POPUP("[popup] CloseCurrentPopup %d -> %d\n", g.BeginPopupStack.Size - 1, popup_idx); ClosePopupToLevel(popup_idx, true); // A common pattern is to close a popup when selecting a menu item/selectable that will open another window. @@ -9467,8 +9581,22 @@ // [SECTION] KEYBOARD/GAMEPAD NAVIGATION //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// FIXME-NAV: The existence of SetNavID vs SetFocusID properly needs to be clarified/reworked. -// In our terminology those should be interchangeable. Those two functions are merely a legacy artifact, so at minimum naming should be clarified. +// FIXME-NAV: The existence of SetNavID vs SetFocusID vs FocusWindow() needs to be clarified/reworked. +// In our terminology those should be interchangeable, yet right now this is super confusing. +// Those two functions are merely a legacy artifact, so at minimum naming should be clarified. + +void ImGui::SetNavWindow(ImGuiWindow* window) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (g.NavWindow != window) + { + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_FOCUS("[focus] SetNavWindow(\"%s\")\n", window ? window->Name : ""); + g.NavWindow = window; + } + g.NavInitRequest = g.NavMoveSubmitted = g.NavMoveScoringItems = false; + NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag(); +} + void ImGui::SetNavID(ImGuiID id, ImGuiNavLayer nav_layer, ImGuiID focus_scope_id, const ImRect& rect_rel) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; @@ -9486,12 +9614,12 @@ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; IM_ASSERT(id != 0); + if (g.NavWindow != window) + SetNavWindow(window); + // Assume that SetFocusID() is called in the context where its window->DC.NavLayerCurrent and window->DC.NavFocusScopeIdCurrent are valid. // Note that window may be != g.CurrentWindow (e.g. SetFocusID call in InputTextEx for multi-line text) const ImGuiNavLayer nav_layer = window->DC.NavLayerCurrent; - if (g.NavWindow != window) - g.NavInitRequest = false; - g.NavWindow = window; g.NavId = id; g.NavLayer = nav_layer; g.NavFocusScopeId = window->DC.NavFocusScopeIdCurrent; @@ -9691,10 +9819,10 @@ const ImGuiItemFlags item_flags = g.LastItemData.InFlags; // Process Init Request - if (g.NavInitRequest && g.NavLayer == window->DC.NavLayerCurrent) + if (g.NavInitRequest && g.NavLayer == window->DC.NavLayerCurrent && (item_flags & ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled) == 0) { // Even if 'ImGuiItemFlags_NoNavDefaultFocus' is on (typically collapse/close button) we record the first ResultId so they can be used as a fallback - const bool candidate_for_nav_default_focus = (item_flags & (ImGuiItemFlags_NoNavDefaultFocus | ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled)) == 0; + const bool candidate_for_nav_default_focus = (item_flags & ImGuiItemFlags_NoNavDefaultFocus) == 0; if (candidate_for_nav_default_focus || g.NavInitResultId == 0) { g.NavInitResultId = id; @@ -9739,7 +9867,8 @@ // Update window-relative bounding box of navigated item if (g.NavId == id) { - g.NavWindow = window; // Always refresh g.NavWindow, because some operations such as FocusItem() don't have a window. + if (g.NavWindow != window) + SetNavWindow(window); // Always refresh g.NavWindow, because some operations such as FocusItem() may not have a window. g.NavLayer = window->DC.NavLayerCurrent; g.NavFocusScopeId = window->DC.NavFocusScopeIdCurrent; g.NavIdIsAlive = true; @@ -9817,10 +9946,11 @@ g.NavMoveScrollFlags = scroll_flags; g.NavMoveForwardToNextFrame = false; g.NavMoveKeyMods = g.IO.KeyMods; - g.NavTabbingCounter = 0; g.NavMoveResultLocal.Clear(); g.NavMoveResultLocalVisible.Clear(); g.NavMoveResultOther.Clear(); + g.NavTabbingCounter = 0; + g.NavTabbingResultFirst.Clear(); NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag(); } @@ -9887,7 +10017,12 @@ { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; if (layer == ImGuiNavLayer_Main) - g.NavWindow = NavRestoreLastChildNavWindow(g.NavWindow); + { + ImGuiWindow* prev_nav_window = g.NavWindow; + g.NavWindow = NavRestoreLastChildNavWindow(g.NavWindow); // FIXME-NAV: Should clear ongoing nav requests? + if (prev_nav_window) + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_FOCUS("[focus] NavRestoreLayer: from \"%s\" to SetNavWindow(\"%s\")\n", prev_nav_window->Name, g.NavWindow->Name); + } ImGuiWindow* window = g.NavWindow; if (window->NavLastIds[layer] != 0) { @@ -9987,29 +10122,29 @@ return names[n]; } -float ImGui::GetNavInputAmount(ImGuiNavInput n, ImGuiInputReadMode mode) +float ImGui::GetNavInputAmount(ImGuiNavInput n, ImGuiNavReadMode mode) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if (mode == ImGuiInputReadMode_Down) + if (mode == ImGuiNavReadMode_Down) return g.IO.NavInputs[n]; // Instant, read analog input (0.0f..1.0f, as provided by user) const float t = g.IO.NavInputsDownDuration[n]; - if (t < 0.0f && mode == ImGuiInputReadMode_Released) // Return 1.0f when just released, no repeat, ignore analog input. + if (t < 0.0f && mode == ImGuiNavReadMode_Released) // Return 1.0f when just released, no repeat, ignore analog input. return (g.IO.NavInputsDownDurationPrev[n] >= 0.0f ? 1.0f : 0.0f); if (t < 0.0f) return 0.0f; - if (mode == ImGuiInputReadMode_Pressed) // Return 1.0f when just pressed, no repeat, ignore analog input. + if (mode == ImGuiNavReadMode_Pressed) // Return 1.0f when just pressed, no repeat, ignore analog input. return (t == 0.0f) ? 1.0f : 0.0f; - if (mode == ImGuiInputReadMode_Repeat) + if (mode == ImGuiNavReadMode_Repeat) return (float)CalcTypematicRepeatAmount(t - g.IO.DeltaTime, t, g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay * 0.72f, g.IO.KeyRepeatRate * 0.80f); - if (mode == ImGuiInputReadMode_RepeatSlow) + if (mode == ImGuiNavReadMode_RepeatSlow) return (float)CalcTypematicRepeatAmount(t - g.IO.DeltaTime, t, g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay * 1.25f, g.IO.KeyRepeatRate * 2.00f); - if (mode == ImGuiInputReadMode_RepeatFast) + if (mode == ImGuiNavReadMode_RepeatFast) return (float)CalcTypematicRepeatAmount(t - g.IO.DeltaTime, t, g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay * 0.72f, g.IO.KeyRepeatRate * 0.30f); return 0.0f; } -ImVec2 ImGui::GetNavInputAmount2d(ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags dir_sources, ImGuiInputReadMode mode, float slow_factor, float fast_factor) +ImVec2 ImGui::GetNavInputAmount2d(ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags dir_sources, ImGuiNavReadMode mode, float slow_factor, float fast_factor) { ImVec2 delta(0.0f, 0.0f); if (dir_sources & ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_RawKeyboard) @@ -10033,7 +10168,7 @@ ImGuiIO& io = g.IO; io.WantSetMousePos = false; - //if (g.NavScoringDebugCount > 0) IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("NavScoringDebugCount %d for '%s' layer %d (Init:%d, Move:%d)\n", g.NavScoringDebugCount, g.NavWindow ? g.NavWindow->Name : "NULL", g.NavLayer, g.NavInitRequest || g.NavInitResultId != 0, g.NavMoveRequest); + //if (g.NavScoringDebugCount > 0) IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV("[nav] NavScoringDebugCount %d for '%s' layer %d (Init:%d, Move:%d)\n", g.NavScoringDebugCount, g.NavWindow ? g.NavWindow->Name : "NULL", g.NavLayer, g.NavInitRequest || g.NavInitResultId != 0, g.NavMoveRequest); // Update Gamepad->Nav inputs mapping // Set input source as Gamepad when buttons are pressed (as some features differs when used with Gamepad vs Keyboard) @@ -10129,8 +10264,8 @@ { bool activate_down = IsNavInputDown(ImGuiNavInput_Activate); bool input_down = IsNavInputDown(ImGuiNavInput_Input); - bool activate_pressed = activate_down && IsNavInputTest(ImGuiNavInput_Activate, ImGuiInputReadMode_Pressed); - bool input_pressed = input_down && IsNavInputTest(ImGuiNavInput_Input, ImGuiInputReadMode_Pressed); + bool activate_pressed = activate_down && IsNavInputTest(ImGuiNavInput_Activate, ImGuiNavReadMode_Pressed); + bool input_pressed = input_down && IsNavInputTest(ImGuiNavInput_Input, ImGuiNavReadMode_Pressed); if (g.ActiveId == 0 && activate_pressed) { g.NavActivateId = g.NavId; @@ -10187,7 +10322,7 @@ // *Normal* Manual scroll with NavScrollXXX keys // Next movement request will clamp the NavId reference rectangle to the visible area, so navigation will resume within those bounds. - ImVec2 scroll_dir = GetNavInputAmount2d(ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_PadLStick, ImGuiInputReadMode_Down, 1.0f / 10.0f, 10.0f); + ImVec2 scroll_dir = GetNavInputAmount2d(ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_PadLStick, ImGuiNavReadMode_Down, 1.0f / 10.0f, 10.0f); if (scroll_dir.x != 0.0f && window->ScrollbarX) SetScrollX(window, ImFloor(window->Scroll.x + scroll_dir.x * scroll_speed)); if (scroll_dir.y != 0.0f) @@ -10207,7 +10342,7 @@ { io.MousePos = io.MousePosPrev = NavCalcPreferredRefPos(); io.WantSetMousePos = true; - //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("SetMousePos: (%.1f,%.1f)\n", io.MousePos.x, io.MousePos.y); + //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("SetMousePos: (%.1f,%.1f)\n", io.MousePos.x, io.MousePos.y); } // [DEBUG] @@ -10231,7 +10366,7 @@ // Apply result from previous navigation init request (will typically select the first item, unless SetItemDefaultFocus() has been called) // FIXME-NAV: On _NavFlattened windows, g.NavWindow will only be updated during subsequent frame. Not a problem currently. - IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV("[nav] NavInitRequest: result NavID 0x%08X in Layer %d Window \"%s\"\n", g.NavInitResultId, g.NavLayer, g.NavWindow->Name); + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV("[nav] NavInitRequest: ApplyResult: NavID 0x%08X in Layer %d Window \"%s\"\n", g.NavInitResultId, g.NavLayer, g.NavWindow->Name); SetNavID(g.NavInitResultId, g.NavLayer, 0, g.NavInitResultRectRel); g.NavIdIsAlive = true; // Mark as alive from previous frame as we got a result if (g.NavInitRequestFromMove) @@ -10260,7 +10395,7 @@ g.NavMoveScrollFlags = ImGuiScrollFlags_None; if (window && !g.NavWindowingTarget && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs)) { - const ImGuiInputReadMode read_mode = ImGuiInputReadMode_Repeat; + const ImGuiNavReadMode read_mode = ImGuiNavReadMode_Repeat; if (!IsActiveIdUsingNavDir(ImGuiDir_Left) && (IsNavInputTest(ImGuiNavInput_DpadLeft, read_mode) || IsNavInputTest(ImGuiNavInput_KeyLeft_, read_mode))) { g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Left; } if (!IsActiveIdUsingNavDir(ImGuiDir_Right) && (IsNavInputTest(ImGuiNavInput_DpadRight, read_mode) || IsNavInputTest(ImGuiNavInput_KeyRight_, read_mode))) { g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Right; } if (!IsActiveIdUsingNavDir(ImGuiDir_Up) && (IsNavInputTest(ImGuiNavInput_DpadUp, read_mode) || IsNavInputTest(ImGuiNavInput_KeyUp_, read_mode))) { g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Up; } @@ -10301,7 +10436,7 @@ // Moving with no reference triggers a init request (will be used as a fallback if the direction fails to find a match) if (g.NavMoveSubmitted && g.NavId == 0) { - IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV("[nav] NavInitRequest: from move, window \"%s\", layer=%d\n", g.NavWindow->Name, g.NavLayer); + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV("[nav] NavInitRequest: from move, window \"%s\", layer=%d\n", window ? window->Name : "", g.NavLayer); g.NavInitRequest = g.NavInitRequestFromMove = true; g.NavInitResultId = 0; g.NavDisableHighlight = false; @@ -10317,7 +10452,7 @@ ImRect inner_rect_rel = WindowRectAbsToRel(window, ImRect(window->InnerRect.Min - ImVec2(1, 1), window->InnerRect.Max + ImVec2(1, 1))); if ((clamp_x || clamp_y) && !inner_rect_rel.Contains(window->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer])) { - IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV("[nav] NavMoveRequest: clamp NavRectRel for gamepad move\n"); + //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV("[nav] NavMoveRequest: clamp NavRectRel for gamepad move\n"); float pad_x = ImMin(inner_rect_rel.GetWidth(), window->CalcFontSize() * 0.5f); float pad_y = ImMin(inner_rect_rel.GetHeight(), window->CalcFontSize() * 0.5f); // Terrible approximation for the intent of starting navigation from first fully visible item inner_rect_rel.Min.x = clamp_x ? (inner_rect_rel.Min.x + pad_x) : -FLT_MAX; @@ -10367,7 +10502,6 @@ ImGuiScrollFlags scroll_flags = window->Appearing ? ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeX | ImGuiScrollFlags_AlwaysCenterY : ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeX | ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeY; ImGuiDir clip_dir = (g.NavTabbingDir < 0) ? ImGuiDir_Up : ImGuiDir_Down; NavMoveRequestSubmit(ImGuiDir_None, clip_dir, ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Tabbing, scroll_flags); // FIXME-NAV: Once we refactor tabbing, add LegacyApi flag to not activate non-inputable. - g.NavTabbingResultFirst.Clear(); g.NavTabbingCounter = -1; } @@ -10425,7 +10559,11 @@ } } - g.NavWindow = result->Window; + if (g.NavWindow != result->Window) + { + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_FOCUS("[focus] NavMoveRequest: SetNavWindow(\"%s\")\n", result->Window->Name); + g.NavWindow = result->Window; + } if (g.ActiveId != result->ID) ClearActiveID(); if (g.NavId != result->ID) @@ -10467,7 +10605,7 @@ static void ImGui::NavUpdateCancelRequest() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if (!IsNavInputTest(ImGuiNavInput_Cancel, ImGuiInputReadMode_Pressed)) + if (!IsNavInputTest(ImGuiNavInput_Cancel, ImGuiNavReadMode_Pressed)) return; IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV("[nav] ImGuiNavInput_Cancel\n"); @@ -10493,11 +10631,10 @@ SetNavID(child_window->ChildId, ImGuiNavLayer_Main, 0, WindowRectAbsToRel(parent_window, child_rect)); NavRestoreHighlightAfterMove(); } - else if (g.OpenPopupStack.Size > 0) + else if (g.OpenPopupStack.Size > 0 && !(g.OpenPopupStack.back().Window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal)) { // Close open popup/menu - if (!(g.OpenPopupStack.back().Window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal)) - ClosePopupToLevel(g.OpenPopupStack.Size - 1, true); + ClosePopupToLevel(g.OpenPopupStack.Size - 1, true); } else { @@ -10717,7 +10854,7 @@ } // Start CTRL+Tab or Square+L/R window selection - const bool start_windowing_with_gamepad = allow_windowing && !g.NavWindowingTarget && IsNavInputTest(ImGuiNavInput_Menu, ImGuiInputReadMode_Pressed); + const bool start_windowing_with_gamepad = allow_windowing && !g.NavWindowingTarget && IsNavInputTest(ImGuiNavInput_Menu, ImGuiNavReadMode_Pressed); const bool start_windowing_with_keyboard = allow_windowing && !g.NavWindowingTarget && io.KeyCtrl && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Tab); if (start_windowing_with_gamepad || start_windowing_with_keyboard) if (ImGuiWindow* window = g.NavWindow ? g.NavWindow : FindWindowNavFocusable(g.WindowsFocusOrder.Size - 1, -INT_MAX, -1)) @@ -10736,7 +10873,7 @@ g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha = ImMax(g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha, ImSaturate((g.NavWindowingTimer - NAV_WINDOWING_HIGHLIGHT_DELAY) / 0.05f)); // Select window to focus - const int focus_change_dir = (int)IsNavInputTest(ImGuiNavInput_FocusPrev, ImGuiInputReadMode_RepeatSlow) - (int)IsNavInputTest(ImGuiNavInput_FocusNext, ImGuiInputReadMode_RepeatSlow); + const int focus_change_dir = (int)IsNavInputTest(ImGuiNavInput_FocusPrev, ImGuiNavReadMode_RepeatSlow) - (int)IsNavInputTest(ImGuiNavInput_FocusNext, ImGuiNavReadMode_RepeatSlow); if (focus_change_dir != 0) { NavUpdateWindowingHighlightWindow(focus_change_dir); @@ -10770,7 +10907,7 @@ // - Testing that only Alt is tested prevents Alt+Shift or AltGR from toggling menu layer. // - AltGR is normally Alt+Ctrl but we can't reliably detect it (not all backends/systems/layout emit it as Alt+Ctrl). But even on keyboards without AltGR we don't want Alt+Ctrl to open menu anyway. const bool nav_keyboard_active = (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard) != 0; - if (nav_keyboard_active && io.KeyMods == ImGuiKeyModFlags_Alt && (io.KeyModsPrev & ImGuiKeyModFlags_Alt) == 0) + if (nav_keyboard_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_ModAlt)) { g.NavWindowingToggleLayer = true; g.NavInputSource = ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard; @@ -10783,13 +10920,12 @@ g.NavWindowingToggleLayer = false; // Apply layer toggle on release - // Important: we don't assume that Alt was previously held in order to handle loss of focus when backend calls io.AddFocusEvent(false) // Important: as before version <18314 we lacked an explicit IO event for focus gain/loss, we also compare mouse validity to detect old backends clearing mouse pos on focus loss. - if (!(io.KeyMods & ImGuiKeyModFlags_Alt) && (io.KeyModsPrev & ImGuiKeyModFlags_Alt) && g.NavWindowingToggleLayer) + if (IsKeyReleased(ImGuiKey_ModAlt) && g.NavWindowingToggleLayer) if (g.ActiveId == 0 || g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap) if (IsMousePosValid(&io.MousePos) == IsMousePosValid(&io.MousePosPrev)) apply_toggle_layer = true; - if (!io.KeyAlt) + if (!IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_ModAlt)) g.NavWindowingToggleLayer = false; } @@ -10798,16 +10934,15 @@ { ImVec2 move_delta; if (g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard && !io.KeyShift) - move_delta = GetNavInputAmount2d(ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_RawKeyboard, ImGuiInputReadMode_Down); + move_delta = GetNavInputAmount2d(ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_RawKeyboard, ImGuiNavReadMode_Down); if (g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad) - move_delta = GetNavInputAmount2d(ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_PadLStick, ImGuiInputReadMode_Down); + move_delta = GetNavInputAmount2d(ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_PadLStick, ImGuiNavReadMode_Down); if (move_delta.x != 0.0f || move_delta.y != 0.0f) { const float NAV_MOVE_SPEED = 800.0f; const float move_speed = ImFloor(NAV_MOVE_SPEED * io.DeltaTime * ImMin(io.DisplayFramebufferScale.x, io.DisplayFramebufferScale.y)); // FIXME: Doesn't handle variable framerate very well ImGuiWindow* moving_window = g.NavWindowingTarget->RootWindow; SetWindowPos(moving_window, moving_window->Pos + move_delta * move_speed, ImGuiCond_Always); - MarkIniSettingsDirty(moving_window); g.NavDisableMouseHover = true; } } @@ -10914,6 +11049,12 @@ // [SECTION] DRAG AND DROP //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +bool ImGui::IsDragDropActive() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + return g.DragDropActive; +} + void ImGui::ClearDragDrop() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; @@ -10983,6 +11124,7 @@ // We don't need to maintain/call ClearActiveID() as releasing the button will early out this function and trigger !ActiveIdIsAlive. // Rely on keeping other window->LastItemXXX fields intact. source_id = g.LastItemData.ID = window->GetIDFromRectangle(g.LastItemData.Rect); + KeepAliveID(source_id); bool is_hovered = ItemHoverable(g.LastItemData.Rect, source_id); if (is_hovered && g.IO.MouseClicked[mouse_button]) { @@ -11149,7 +11291,10 @@ const ImRect& display_rect = (g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDisplayRect) ? g.LastItemData.DisplayRect : g.LastItemData.Rect; ImGuiID id = g.LastItemData.ID; if (id == 0) + { id = window->GetIDFromRectangle(display_rect); + KeepAliveID(id); + } if (g.DragDropPayload.SourceId == id) return false; @@ -11563,6 +11708,20 @@ return CreateNewWindowSettings(name); } +void ImGui::AddSettingsHandler(const ImGuiSettingsHandler* handler) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(FindSettingsHandler(handler->TypeName) == NULL); + g.SettingsHandlers.push_back(*handler); +} + +void ImGui::RemoveSettingsHandler(const char* type_name) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (ImGuiSettingsHandler* handler = FindSettingsHandler(type_name)) + g.SettingsHandlers.erase(handler); +} + ImGuiSettingsHandler* ImGui::FindSettingsHandler(const char* type_name) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; @@ -11588,7 +11747,8 @@ char* file_data = (char*)ImFileLoadToMemory(ini_filename, "rb", &file_data_size); if (!file_data) return; - LoadIniSettingsFromMemory(file_data, (size_t)file_data_size); + if (file_data_size > 0) + LoadIniSettingsFromMemory(file_data, (size_t)file_data_size); IM_FREE(file_data); } @@ -11779,6 +11939,7 @@ // [SECTION] VIEWPORTS, PLATFORM WINDOWS //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // - GetMainViewport() +// - SetWindowViewport() [Internal] // - UpdateViewportsNewFrame() [Internal] // (this section is more complete in the 'docking' branch) //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -11789,6 +11950,11 @@ return g.Viewports[0]; } +void ImGui::SetWindowViewport(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiViewportP* viewport) +{ + window->Viewport = viewport; +} + // Update viewports and monitor infos static void ImGui::UpdateViewportsNewFrame() { @@ -11999,11 +12165,15 @@ //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // - RenderViewportThumbnail() [Internal] // - RenderViewportsThumbnails() [Internal] +// - DebugTextEncoding() // - MetricsHelpMarker() [Internal] +// - ShowFontAtlas() [Internal] // - ShowMetricsWindow() // - DebugNodeColumns() [Internal] // - DebugNodeDrawList() [Internal] // - DebugNodeDrawCmdShowMeshAndBoundingBox() [Internal] +// - DebugNodeFont() [Internal] +// - DebugNodeFontGlyph() [Internal] // - DebugNodeStorage() [Internal] // - DebugNodeTabBar() [Internal] // - DebugNodeViewport() [Internal] @@ -12013,7 +12183,7 @@ // - DebugNodeWindowsListByBeginStackParent() [Internal] //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_METRICS_WINDOW +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS void ImGui::DebugRenderViewportThumbnail(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImGuiViewportP* viewport, const ImRect& bb) { @@ -12066,6 +12236,42 @@ ImGui::Dummy(bb_full.GetSize() * SCALE); } +// Helper tool to diagnose between text encoding issues and font loading issues. Pass your UTF-8 string and verify that there are correct. +void ImGui::DebugTextEncoding(const char* str) +{ + Text("Text: \"%s\"", str); + if (!BeginTable("list", 4, ImGuiTableFlags_Borders | ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg | ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit)) + return; + TableSetupColumn("Offset"); + TableSetupColumn("UTF-8"); + TableSetupColumn("Glyph"); + TableSetupColumn("Codepoint"); + TableHeadersRow(); + for (const char* p = str; *p != 0; ) + { + unsigned int c; + const int c_utf8_len = ImTextCharFromUtf8(&c, p, NULL); + TableNextColumn(); + Text("%d", (int)(p - str)); + TableNextColumn(); + for (int byte_index = 0; byte_index < c_utf8_len; byte_index++) + { + if (byte_index > 0) + SameLine(); + Text("0x%02X", (int)(unsigned char)p[byte_index]); + } + TableNextColumn(); + if (GetFont()->FindGlyphNoFallback((ImWchar)c)) + TextUnformatted(p, p + c_utf8_len); + else + TextUnformatted((c == IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_INVALID) ? "[invalid]" : "[missing]"); + TableNextColumn(); + Text("U+%04X", (int)c); + p += c_utf8_len; + } + EndTable(); +} + // Avoid naming collision with imgui_demo.cpp's HelpMarker() for unity builds. static void MetricsHelpMarker(const char* desc) { @@ -12080,15 +12286,32 @@ } } -#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEMO_WINDOWS -namespace ImGui { void ShowFontAtlas(ImFontAtlas* atlas); } -#endif +// [DEBUG] List fonts in a font atlas and display its texture +void ImGui::ShowFontAtlas(ImFontAtlas* atlas) +{ + for (int i = 0; i < atlas->Fonts.Size; i++) + { + ImFont* font = atlas->Fonts[i]; + PushID(font); + DebugNodeFont(font); + PopID(); + } + if (TreeNode("Atlas texture", "Atlas texture (%dx%d pixels)", atlas->TexWidth, atlas->TexHeight)) + { + ImVec4 tint_col = ImVec4(1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f); + ImVec4 border_col = ImVec4(1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f, 0.5f); + Image(atlas->TexID, ImVec2((float)atlas->TexWidth, (float)atlas->TexHeight), ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f), ImVec2(1.0f, 1.0f), tint_col, border_col); + TreePop(); + } +} void ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(bool* p_open) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiIO& io = g.IO; ImGuiMetricsConfig* cfg = &g.DebugMetricsConfig; + if (cfg->ShowDebugLog) + ShowDebugLogWindow(&cfg->ShowDebugLog); if (cfg->ShowStackTool) ShowStackToolWindow(&cfg->ShowStackTool); @@ -12121,19 +12344,20 @@ { static ImRect GetTableRect(ImGuiTable* table, int rect_type, int n) { + ImGuiTableInstanceData* table_instance = TableGetInstanceData(table, table->InstanceCurrent); // Always using last submitted instance if (rect_type == TRT_OuterRect) { return table->OuterRect; } else if (rect_type == TRT_InnerRect) { return table->InnerRect; } else if (rect_type == TRT_WorkRect) { return table->WorkRect; } else if (rect_type == TRT_HostClipRect) { return table->HostClipRect; } else if (rect_type == TRT_InnerClipRect) { return table->InnerClipRect; } else if (rect_type == TRT_BackgroundClipRect) { return table->BgClipRect; } - else if (rect_type == TRT_ColumnsRect) { ImGuiTableColumn* c = &table->Columns[n]; return ImRect(c->MinX, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y, c->MaxX, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y + table->LastOuterHeight); } + else if (rect_type == TRT_ColumnsRect) { ImGuiTableColumn* c = &table->Columns[n]; return ImRect(c->MinX, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y, c->MaxX, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y + table_instance->LastOuterHeight); } else if (rect_type == TRT_ColumnsWorkRect) { ImGuiTableColumn* c = &table->Columns[n]; return ImRect(c->WorkMinX, table->WorkRect.Min.y, c->WorkMaxX, table->WorkRect.Max.y); } else if (rect_type == TRT_ColumnsClipRect) { ImGuiTableColumn* c = &table->Columns[n]; return c->ClipRect; } - else if (rect_type == TRT_ColumnsContentHeadersUsed){ ImGuiTableColumn* c = &table->Columns[n]; return ImRect(c->WorkMinX, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y, c->ContentMaxXHeadersUsed, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y + table->LastFirstRowHeight); } // Note: y1/y2 not always accurate - else if (rect_type == TRT_ColumnsContentHeadersIdeal){ImGuiTableColumn* c = &table->Columns[n]; return ImRect(c->WorkMinX, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y, c->ContentMaxXHeadersIdeal, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y + table->LastFirstRowHeight); } - else if (rect_type == TRT_ColumnsContentFrozen) { ImGuiTableColumn* c = &table->Columns[n]; return ImRect(c->WorkMinX, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y, c->ContentMaxXFrozen, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y + table->LastFirstRowHeight); } - else if (rect_type == TRT_ColumnsContentUnfrozen) { ImGuiTableColumn* c = &table->Columns[n]; return ImRect(c->WorkMinX, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y + table->LastFirstRowHeight, c->ContentMaxXUnfrozen, table->InnerClipRect.Max.y); } + else if (rect_type == TRT_ColumnsContentHeadersUsed){ ImGuiTableColumn* c = &table->Columns[n]; return ImRect(c->WorkMinX, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y, c->ContentMaxXHeadersUsed, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y + table_instance->LastFirstRowHeight); } // Note: y1/y2 not always accurate + else if (rect_type == TRT_ColumnsContentHeadersIdeal){ImGuiTableColumn* c = &table->Columns[n]; return ImRect(c->WorkMinX, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y, c->ContentMaxXHeadersIdeal, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y + table_instance->LastFirstRowHeight); } + else if (rect_type == TRT_ColumnsContentFrozen) { ImGuiTableColumn* c = &table->Columns[n]; return ImRect(c->WorkMinX, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y, c->ContentMaxXFrozen, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y + table_instance->LastFirstRowHeight); } + else if (rect_type == TRT_ColumnsContentUnfrozen) { ImGuiTableColumn* c = &table->Columns[n]; return ImRect(c->WorkMinX, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y + table_instance->LastFirstRowHeight, c->ContentMaxXUnfrozen, table->InnerClipRect.Max.y); } IM_ASSERT(0); return ImRect(); } @@ -12156,9 +12380,33 @@ // Tools if (TreeNode("Tools")) { + bool show_encoding_viewer = TreeNode("UTF-8 Encoding viewer"); + SameLine(); + MetricsHelpMarker("You can also call ImGui::DebugTextEncoding() from your code with a given string to test that your UTF-8 encoding settings are correct."); + if (show_encoding_viewer) + { + static char buf[100] = ""; + SetNextItemWidth(-FLT_MIN); + InputText("##Text", buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf)); + if (buf[0] != 0) + DebugTextEncoding(buf); + TreePop(); + } + + // The Item Picker tool is super useful to visually select an item and break into the call-stack of where it was submitted. + if (Checkbox("Show Item Picker", &g.DebugItemPickerActive) && g.DebugItemPickerActive) + DebugStartItemPicker(); + SameLine(); + MetricsHelpMarker("Will call the IM_DEBUG_BREAK() macro to break in debugger.\nWarning: If you don't have a debugger attached, this will probably crash."); + // Stack Tool is your best friend! - Checkbox("Show stack tool", &cfg->ShowStackTool); + Checkbox("Show Debug Log", &cfg->ShowDebugLog); SameLine(); + MetricsHelpMarker("You can also call ImGui::ShowDebugLogWindow() from your code."); + + // Stack Tool is your best friend! + Checkbox("Show Stack Tool", &cfg->ShowStackTool); + SameLine(); MetricsHelpMarker("You can also call ImGui::ShowStackToolWindow() from your code."); Checkbox("Show windows begin order", &cfg->ShowWindowsBeginOrder); @@ -12223,12 +12471,6 @@ } } - // The Item Picker tool is super useful to visually select an item and break into the call-stack of where it was submitted. - if (Button("Item Picker..")) - DebugStartItemPicker(); - SameLine(); - MetricsHelpMarker("Will call the IM_DEBUG_BREAK() macro to break in debugger.\nWarning: If you don't have a debugger attached, this will probably crash."); - TreePop(); } @@ -12318,15 +12560,20 @@ } // Details for Fonts -#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEMO_WINDOWS ImFontAtlas* atlas = g.IO.Fonts; if (TreeNode("Fonts", "Fonts (%d)", atlas->Fonts.Size)) { ShowFontAtlas(atlas); TreePop(); } -#endif + // Details for InputText + if (TreeNode("InputText")) + { + DebugNodeInputTextState(&g.InputTextState); + TreePop(); + } + // Details for Docking #ifdef IMGUI_HAS_DOCK if (TreeNode("Docking")) @@ -12400,7 +12647,7 @@ Text("ActiveIdWindow: '%s'", g.ActiveIdWindow ? g.ActiveIdWindow->Name : "NULL"); int active_id_using_key_input_count = 0; - for (int n = 0; n < ImGuiKey_NamedKey_COUNT; n++) + for (int n = ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN; n < ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END; n++) active_id_using_key_input_count += g.ActiveIdUsingKeyInputMask[n] ? 1 : 0; Text("ActiveIdUsing: Wheel: %d, NavDirMask: %X, NavInputMask: %X, KeyInputMask: %d key(s)", g.ActiveIdUsingMouseWheel, g.ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask, g.ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask, active_id_using_key_input_count); Text("HoveredId: 0x%08X (%.2f sec), AllowOverlap: %d", g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame, g.HoveredIdTimer, g.HoveredIdAllowOverlap); // Not displaying g.HoveredId as it is update mid-frame @@ -12485,25 +12732,6 @@ End(); } -// [DEBUG] List fonts in a font atlas and display its texture -void ImGui::ShowFontAtlas(ImFontAtlas* atlas) -{ - for (int i = 0; i < atlas->Fonts.Size; i++) - { - ImFont* font = atlas->Fonts[i]; - PushID(font); - DebugNodeFont(font); - PopID(); - } - if (TreeNode("Atlas texture", "Atlas texture (%dx%d pixels)", atlas->TexWidth, atlas->TexHeight)) - { - ImVec4 tint_col = ImVec4(1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f); - ImVec4 border_col = ImVec4(1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f, 0.5f); - Image(atlas->TexID, ImVec2((float)atlas->TexWidth, (float)atlas->TexHeight), ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f), ImVec2(1.0f, 1.0f), tint_col, border_col); - TreePop(); - } -} - // [DEBUG] Display contents of Columns void ImGui::DebugNodeColumns(ImGuiOldColumns* columns) { @@ -12713,17 +12941,13 @@ ImVec2 cell_p2(cell_p1.x + cell_size, cell_p1.y + cell_size); const ImFontGlyph* glyph = font->FindGlyphNoFallback((ImWchar)(base + n)); draw_list->AddRect(cell_p1, cell_p2, glyph ? IM_COL32(255, 255, 255, 100) : IM_COL32(255, 255, 255, 50)); - if (glyph) - font->RenderChar(draw_list, cell_size, cell_p1, glyph_col, (ImWchar)(base + n)); - if (glyph && IsMouseHoveringRect(cell_p1, cell_p2)) + if (!glyph) + continue; + font->RenderChar(draw_list, cell_size, cell_p1, glyph_col, (ImWchar)(base + n)); + if (IsMouseHoveringRect(cell_p1, cell_p2)) { BeginTooltip(); - Text("Codepoint: U+%04X", base + n); - Separator(); - Text("Visible: %d", glyph->Visible); - Text("AdvanceX: %.1f", glyph->AdvanceX); - Text("Pos: (%.2f,%.2f)->(%.2f,%.2f)", glyph->X0, glyph->Y0, glyph->X1, glyph->Y1); - Text("UV: (%.3f,%.3f)->(%.3f,%.3f)", glyph->U0, glyph->V0, glyph->U1, glyph->V1); + DebugNodeFontGlyph(font, glyph); EndTooltip(); } } @@ -12735,6 +12959,16 @@ TreePop(); } +void ImGui::DebugNodeFontGlyph(ImFont*, const ImFontGlyph* glyph) +{ + Text("Codepoint: U+%04X", glyph->Codepoint); + Separator(); + Text("Visible: %d", glyph->Visible); + Text("AdvanceX: %.1f", glyph->AdvanceX); + Text("Pos: (%.2f,%.2f)->(%.2f,%.2f)", glyph->X0, glyph->Y0, glyph->X1, glyph->Y1); + Text("UV: (%.3f,%.3f)->(%.3f,%.3f)", glyph->U0, glyph->V0, glyph->U1, glyph->V1); +} + // [DEBUG] Display contents of ImGuiStorage void ImGui::DebugNodeStorage(ImGuiStorage* storage, const char* label) { @@ -12907,6 +13141,61 @@ } //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] DEBUG LOG +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void ImGui::DebugLog(const char* fmt, ...) +{ + va_list args; + va_start(args, fmt); + DebugLogV(fmt, args); + va_end(args); +} + +void ImGui::DebugLogV(const char* fmt, va_list args) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + const int old_size = g.DebugLogBuf.size(); + g.DebugLogBuf.appendf("[%05d] ", g.FrameCount); + g.DebugLogBuf.appendfv(fmt, args); + if (g.DebugLogFlags & ImGuiDebugLogFlags_OutputToTTY) + IMGUI_DEBUG_PRINTF("%s", g.DebugLogBuf.begin() + old_size); +} + +void ImGui::ShowDebugLogWindow(bool* p_open) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (!(g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSize)) + SetNextWindowSize(ImVec2(0.0f, GetFontSize() * 12.0f), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver); + if (!Begin("Dear ImGui Debug Log", p_open) || GetCurrentWindow()->BeginCount > 1) + { + End(); + return; + } + + AlignTextToFramePadding(); + Text("Log events:"); + SameLine(); CheckboxFlags("All", &g.DebugLogFlags, ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventMask_); + SameLine(); CheckboxFlags("ActiveId", &g.DebugLogFlags, ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventActiveId); + SameLine(); CheckboxFlags("Focus", &g.DebugLogFlags, ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventFocus); + SameLine(); CheckboxFlags("Popup", &g.DebugLogFlags, ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventPopup); + SameLine(); CheckboxFlags("Nav", &g.DebugLogFlags, ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventNav); + + if (SmallButton("Clear")) + g.DebugLogBuf.clear(); + SameLine(); + if (SmallButton("Copy")) + SetClipboardText(g.DebugLogBuf.c_str()); + BeginChild("##log", ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f), true, ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysVerticalScrollbar | ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysHorizontalScrollbar); + TextUnformatted(g.DebugLogBuf.begin(), g.DebugLogBuf.end()); // FIXME-OPT: Could use a line index, but TextUnformatted() has a semi-decent fast path for large text. + if (GetScrollY() >= GetScrollMaxY()) + SetScrollHereY(1.0f); + EndChild(); + + End(); +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // [SECTION] OTHER DEBUG TOOLS (ITEM PICKER, STACK TOOL) //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -13000,29 +13289,46 @@ ImGuiStackLevelInfo* info = &tool->Results[tool->StackLevel]; IM_ASSERT(info->ID == id && info->QueryFrameCount > 0); - int data_len; switch (data_type) { case ImGuiDataType_S32: ImFormatString(info->Desc, IM_ARRAYSIZE(info->Desc), "%d", (int)(intptr_t)data_id); break; case ImGuiDataType_String: - data_len = data_id_end ? (int)((const char*)data_id_end - (const char*)data_id) : (int)strlen((const char*)data_id); - ImFormatString(info->Desc, IM_ARRAYSIZE(info->Desc), "\"%.*s\"", data_len, (const char*)data_id); + ImFormatString(info->Desc, IM_ARRAYSIZE(info->Desc), "%.*s", data_id_end ? (int)((const char*)data_id_end - (const char*)data_id) : (int)strlen((const char*)data_id), (const char*)data_id); break; case ImGuiDataType_Pointer: ImFormatString(info->Desc, IM_ARRAYSIZE(info->Desc), "(void*)0x%p", data_id); break; case ImGuiDataType_ID: - if (info->Desc[0] == 0) // PushOverrideID() is often used to avoid hashing twice, which would lead to 2 calls to DebugHookIdInfo(). We prioritize the first one. - ImFormatString(info->Desc, IM_ARRAYSIZE(info->Desc), "0x%08X [override]", id); + if (info->Desc[0] != 0) // PushOverrideID() is often used to avoid hashing twice, which would lead to 2 calls to DebugHookIdInfo(). We prioritize the first one. + return; + ImFormatString(info->Desc, IM_ARRAYSIZE(info->Desc), "0x%08X [override]", id); break; default: IM_ASSERT(0); } info->QuerySuccess = true; + info->DataType = data_type; } +static int StackToolFormatLevelInfo(ImGuiStackTool* tool, int n, bool format_for_ui, char* buf, size_t buf_size) +{ + ImGuiStackLevelInfo* info = &tool->Results[n]; + ImGuiWindow* window = (info->Desc[0] == 0 && n == 0) ? ImGui::FindWindowByID(info->ID) : NULL; + if (window) // Source: window name (because the root ID don't call GetID() and so doesn't get hooked) + return ImFormatString(buf, buf_size, format_for_ui ? "\"%s\" [window]" : "%s", window->Name); + if (info->QuerySuccess) // Source: GetID() hooks (prioritize over ItemInfo() because we frequently use patterns like: PushID(str), Button("") where they both have same id) + return ImFormatString(buf, buf_size, (format_for_ui && info->DataType == ImGuiDataType_String) ? "\"%s\"" : "%s", info->Desc); + if (tool->StackLevel < tool->Results.Size) // Only start using fallback below when all queries are done, so during queries we don't flickering ??? markers. + return (*buf = 0); +#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE + if (const char* label = ImGuiTestEngine_FindItemDebugLabel(GImGui, info->ID)) // Source: ImGuiTestEngine's ItemInfo() + return ImFormatString(buf, buf_size, format_for_ui ? "??? \"%s\"" : "%s", label); +#endif + return ImFormatString(buf, buf_size, "???"); +} + // Stack Tool: Display UI void ImGui::ShowStackToolWindow(bool* p_open) { @@ -13036,6 +13342,7 @@ } // Display hovered/active status + ImGuiStackTool* tool = &g.DebugStackTool; const ImGuiID hovered_id = g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame; const ImGuiID active_id = g.ActiveId; #ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE @@ -13046,8 +13353,33 @@ SameLine(); MetricsHelpMarker("Hover an item with the mouse to display elements of the ID Stack leading to the item's final ID.\nEach level of the stack correspond to a PushID() call.\nAll levels of the stack are hashed together to make the final ID of a widget (ID displayed at the bottom level of the stack).\nRead FAQ entry about the ID stack for details."); + // CTRL+C to copy path + const float time_since_copy = (float)g.Time - tool->CopyToClipboardLastTime; + Checkbox("Ctrl+C: copy path to clipboard", &tool->CopyToClipboardOnCtrlC); + SameLine(); + TextColored((time_since_copy >= 0.0f && time_since_copy < 0.75f && ImFmod(time_since_copy, 0.25f) < 0.25f * 0.5f) ? ImVec4(1.f, 1.f, 0.3f, 1.f) : ImVec4(), "*COPIED*"); + if (tool->CopyToClipboardOnCtrlC && IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_ModCtrl) && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_C)) + { + tool->CopyToClipboardLastTime = (float)g.Time; + char* p = g.TempBuffer.Data; + char* p_end = p + g.TempBuffer.Size; + for (int stack_n = 0; stack_n < tool->Results.Size && p + 3 < p_end; stack_n++) + { + *p++ = '/'; + char level_desc[256]; + StackToolFormatLevelInfo(tool, stack_n, false, level_desc, IM_ARRAYSIZE(level_desc)); + for (int n = 0; level_desc[n] && p + 2 < p_end; n++) + { + if (level_desc[n] == '/') + *p++ = '\\'; + *p++ = level_desc[n]; + } + } + *p = '\0'; + SetClipboardText(g.TempBuffer.Data); + } + // Display decorated stack - ImGuiStackTool* tool = &g.DebugStackTool; tool->LastActiveFrame = g.FrameCount; if (tool->Results.Size > 0 && BeginTable("##table", 3, ImGuiTableFlags_Borders)) { @@ -13061,23 +13393,9 @@ ImGuiStackLevelInfo* info = &tool->Results[n]; TableNextColumn(); Text("0x%08X", (n > 0) ? tool->Results[n - 1].ID : 0); - TableNextColumn(); - ImGuiWindow* window = (info->Desc[0] == 0 && n == 0) ? FindWindowByID(info->ID) : NULL; - if (window) // Source: window name (because the root ID don't call GetID() and so doesn't get hooked) - Text("\"%s\" [window]", window->Name); - else if (info->QuerySuccess) // Source: GetID() hooks (prioritize over ItemInfo() because we frequently use patterns like: PushID(str), Button("") where they both have same id) - TextUnformatted(info->Desc); - else if (tool->StackLevel >= tool->Results.Size) // Only start using fallback below when all queries are done, so during queries we don't flickering ??? markers. - { -#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE - if (const char* label = ImGuiTestEngine_FindItemDebugLabel(&g, info->ID)) // Source: ImGuiTestEngine's ItemInfo() - Text("??? \"%s\"", label); - else -#endif - TextUnformatted("???"); - } - + StackToolFormatLevelInfo(tool, n, true, g.TempBuffer.Data, g.TempBuffer.Size); + TextUnformatted(g.TempBuffer.Data); TableNextColumn(); Text("0x%08X", info->ID); if (n == tool->Results.Size - 1) @@ -13103,12 +13421,15 @@ void ImGui::DebugNodeWindowsList(ImVector*, const char*) {} void ImGui::DebugNodeViewport(ImGuiViewportP*) {} +void ImGui::DebugLog(const char*, ...) {} +void ImGui::DebugLogV(const char*, va_list) {} +void ImGui::ShowDebugLogWindow(bool*) {} void ImGui::ShowStackToolWindow(bool*) {} void ImGui::DebugHookIdInfo(ImGuiID, ImGuiDataType, const void*, const void*) {} void ImGui::UpdateDebugToolItemPicker() {} void ImGui::UpdateDebugToolStackQueries() {} -#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_METRICS_WINDOW +#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/imgui/imgui.h b/imgui/imgui.h --- a/imgui/imgui.h +++ b/imgui/imgui.h @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -// dear imgui, v1.87 +// dear imgui, v1.88 // (headers) // Help: @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ // - FAQ http://dearimgui.org/faq // - Homepage & latest https://github.com/ocornut/imgui // - Releases & changelog https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/releases -// - Gallery https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/4451 (please post your screenshots/video there!) +// - Gallery https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/5243 (please post your screenshots/video there!) // - Wiki https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki (lots of good stuff there) // - Glossary https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Glossary // - Issues & support https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues @@ -64,8 +64,8 @@ // Version // (Integer encoded as XYYZZ for use in #if preprocessor conditionals. Work in progress versions typically starts at XYY99 then bounce up to XYY00, XYY01 etc. when release tagging happens) -#define IMGUI_VERSION "1.87" -#define IMGUI_VERSION_NUM 18700 +#define IMGUI_VERSION "1.88" +#define IMGUI_VERSION_NUM 18800 #define IMGUI_CHECKVERSION() ImGui::DebugCheckVersionAndDataLayout(IMGUI_VERSION, sizeof(ImGuiIO), sizeof(ImGuiStyle), sizeof(ImVec2), sizeof(ImVec4), sizeof(ImDrawVert), sizeof(ImDrawIdx)) #define IMGUI_HAS_TABLE @@ -164,7 +164,7 @@ // Enums/Flags (declared as int for compatibility with old C++, to allow using as flags without overhead, and to not pollute the top of this file) // - Tip: Use your programming IDE navigation facilities on the names in the _central column_ below to find the actual flags/enum lists! -// In Visual Studio IDE: CTRL+comma ("Edit.NavigateTo") can follow symbols in comments, whereas CTRL+F12 ("Edit.GoToImplementation") cannot. +// In Visual Studio IDE: CTRL+comma ("Edit.GoToAll") can follow symbols in comments, whereas CTRL+F12 ("Edit.GoToImplementation") cannot. // With Visual Assist installed: ALT+G ("VAssistX.GoToImplementation") can also follow symbols in comments. typedef int ImGuiCol; // -> enum ImGuiCol_ // Enum: A color identifier for styling typedef int ImGuiCond; // -> enum ImGuiCond_ // Enum: A condition for many Set*() functions @@ -189,7 +189,7 @@ typedef int ImGuiFocusedFlags; // -> enum ImGuiFocusedFlags_ // Flags: for IsWindowFocused() typedef int ImGuiHoveredFlags; // -> enum ImGuiHoveredFlags_ // Flags: for IsItemHovered(), IsWindowHovered() etc. typedef int ImGuiInputTextFlags; // -> enum ImGuiInputTextFlags_ // Flags: for InputText(), InputTextMultiline() -typedef int ImGuiKeyModFlags; // -> enum ImGuiKeyModFlags_ // Flags: for io.KeyMods (Ctrl/Shift/Alt/Super) +typedef int ImGuiModFlags; // -> enum ImGuiModFlags_ // Flags: for io.KeyMods (Ctrl/Shift/Alt/Super) typedef int ImGuiPopupFlags; // -> enum ImGuiPopupFlags_ // Flags: for OpenPopup*(), BeginPopupContext*(), IsPopupOpen() typedef int ImGuiSelectableFlags; // -> enum ImGuiSelectableFlags_ // Flags: for Selectable() typedef int ImGuiSliderFlags; // -> enum ImGuiSliderFlags_ // Flags: for DragFloat(), DragInt(), SliderFloat(), SliderInt() etc. @@ -249,8 +249,8 @@ struct ImVec2 { float x, y; - ImVec2() { x = y = 0.0f; } - ImVec2(float _x, float _y) { x = _x; y = _y; } + constexpr ImVec2() : x(0.0f), y(0.0f) { } + constexpr ImVec2(float _x, float _y) : x(_x), y(_y) { } float operator[] (size_t idx) const { IM_ASSERT(idx <= 1); return (&x)[idx]; } // We very rarely use this [] operator, the assert overhead is fine. float& operator[] (size_t idx) { IM_ASSERT(idx <= 1); return (&x)[idx]; } // We very rarely use this [] operator, the assert overhead is fine. #ifdef IM_VEC2_CLASS_EXTRA @@ -261,9 +261,9 @@ // ImVec4: 4D vector used to store clipping rectangles, colors etc. [Compile-time configurable type] struct ImVec4 { - float x, y, z, w; - ImVec4() { x = y = z = w = 0.0f; } - ImVec4(float _x, float _y, float _z, float _w) { x = _x; y = _y; z = _z; w = _w; } + float x, y, z, w; + constexpr ImVec4() : x(0.0f), y(0.0f), z(0.0f), w(0.0f) { } + constexpr ImVec4(float _x, float _y, float _z, float _w) : x(_x), y(_y), z(_z), w(_w) { } #ifdef IM_VEC4_CLASS_EXTRA IM_VEC4_CLASS_EXTRA // Define additional constructors and implicit cast operators in imconfig.h to convert back and forth between your math types and ImVec4. #endif @@ -297,6 +297,7 @@ // Demo, Debug, Information IMGUI_API void ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open = NULL); // create Demo window. demonstrate most ImGui features. call this to learn about the library! try to make it always available in your application! IMGUI_API void ShowMetricsWindow(bool* p_open = NULL); // create Metrics/Debugger window. display Dear ImGui internals: windows, draw commands, various internal state, etc. + IMGUI_API void ShowDebugLogWindow(bool* p_open = NULL); // create Debug Log window. display a simplified log of important dear imgui events. IMGUI_API void ShowStackToolWindow(bool* p_open = NULL); // create Stack Tool window. hover items with mouse to query information about the source of their unique ID. IMGUI_API void ShowAboutWindow(bool* p_open = NULL); // create About window. display Dear ImGui version, credits and build/system information. IMGUI_API void ShowStyleEditor(ImGuiStyle* ref = NULL); // add style editor block (not a window). you can pass in a reference ImGuiStyle structure to compare to, revert to and save to (else it uses the default style) @@ -583,7 +584,7 @@ IMGUI_API bool ColorEdit4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags flags = 0); IMGUI_API bool ColorPicker3(const char* label, float col[3], ImGuiColorEditFlags flags = 0); IMGUI_API bool ColorPicker4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags flags = 0, const float* ref_col = NULL); - IMGUI_API bool ColorButton(const char* desc_id, const ImVec4& col, ImGuiColorEditFlags flags = 0, ImVec2 size = ImVec2(0, 0)); // display a color square/button, hover for details, return true when pressed. + IMGUI_API bool ColorButton(const char* desc_id, const ImVec4& col, ImGuiColorEditFlags flags = 0, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0, 0)); // display a color square/button, hover for details, return true when pressed. IMGUI_API void SetColorEditOptions(ImGuiColorEditFlags flags); // initialize current options (generally on application startup) if you want to select a default format, picker type, etc. User will be able to change many settings, unless you pass the _NoOptions flag to your calls. // Widgets: Trees @@ -704,11 +705,10 @@ // Tables // - Full-featured replacement for old Columns API. - // - See Demo->Tables for demo code. - // - See top of imgui_tables.cpp for general commentary. + // - See Demo->Tables for demo code. See top of imgui_tables.cpp for general commentary. // - See ImGuiTableFlags_ and ImGuiTableColumnFlags_ enums for a description of available flags. // The typical call flow is: - // - 1. Call BeginTable(). + // - 1. Call BeginTable(), early out if returning false. // - 2. Optionally call TableSetupColumn() to submit column name/flags/defaults. // - 3. Optionally call TableSetupScrollFreeze() to request scroll freezing of columns/rows. // - 4. Optionally call TableHeadersRow() to submit a header row. Names are pulled from TableSetupColumn() data. @@ -727,10 +727,10 @@ // -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- // - 5. Call EndTable() IMGUI_API bool BeginTable(const char* str_id, int column, ImGuiTableFlags flags = 0, const ImVec2& outer_size = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f), float inner_width = 0.0f); - IMGUI_API void EndTable(); // only call EndTable() if BeginTable() returns true! + IMGUI_API void EndTable(); // only call EndTable() if BeginTable() returns true! IMGUI_API void TableNextRow(ImGuiTableRowFlags row_flags = 0, float min_row_height = 0.0f); // append into the first cell of a new row. - IMGUI_API bool TableNextColumn(); // append into the next column (or first column of next row if currently in last column). Return true when column is visible. - IMGUI_API bool TableSetColumnIndex(int column_n); // append into the specified column. Return true when column is visible. + IMGUI_API bool TableNextColumn(); // append into the next column (or first column of next row if currently in last column). Return true when column is visible. + IMGUI_API bool TableSetColumnIndex(int column_n); // append into the specified column. Return true when column is visible. // Tables: Headers & Columns declaration // - Use TableSetupColumn() to specify label, resizing policy, default width/weight, id, various other flags etc. @@ -741,20 +741,17 @@ // some advanced use cases (e.g. adding custom widgets in header row). // - Use TableSetupScrollFreeze() to lock columns/rows so they stay visible when scrolled. IMGUI_API void TableSetupColumn(const char* label, ImGuiTableColumnFlags flags = 0, float init_width_or_weight = 0.0f, ImGuiID user_id = 0); - IMGUI_API void TableSetupScrollFreeze(int cols, int rows); // lock columns/rows so they stay visible when scrolled. - IMGUI_API void TableHeadersRow(); // submit all headers cells based on data provided to TableSetupColumn() + submit context menu - IMGUI_API void TableHeader(const char* label); // submit one header cell manually (rarely used) - - // Tables: Sorting - // - Call TableGetSortSpecs() to retrieve latest sort specs for the table. NULL when not sorting. - // - When 'SpecsDirty == true' you should sort your data. It will be true when sorting specs have changed - // since last call, or the first time. Make sure to set 'SpecsDirty = false' after sorting, else you may - // wastefully sort your data every frame! - // - Lifetime: don't hold on this pointer over multiple frames or past any subsequent call to BeginTable(). - IMGUI_API ImGuiTableSortSpecs* TableGetSortSpecs(); // get latest sort specs for the table (NULL if not sorting). + IMGUI_API void TableSetupScrollFreeze(int cols, int rows); // lock columns/rows so they stay visible when scrolled. + IMGUI_API void TableHeadersRow(); // submit all headers cells based on data provided to TableSetupColumn() + submit context menu + IMGUI_API void TableHeader(const char* label); // submit one header cell manually (rarely used) - // Tables: Miscellaneous functions + // Tables: Sorting & Miscellaneous functions + // - Sorting: call TableGetSortSpecs() to retrieve latest sort specs for the table. NULL when not sorting. + // When 'sort_specs->SpecsDirty == true' you should sort your data. It will be true when sorting specs have + // changed since last call, or the first time. Make sure to set 'SpecsDirty = false' after sorting, + // else you may wastefully sort your data every frame! // - Functions args 'int column_n' treat the default value of -1 as the same as passing the current column index. + IMGUI_API ImGuiTableSortSpecs* TableGetSortSpecs(); // get latest sort specs for the table (NULL if not sorting). Lifetime: don't hold on this pointer over multiple frames or past any subsequent call to BeginTable(). IMGUI_API int TableGetColumnCount(); // return number of columns (value passed to BeginTable) IMGUI_API int TableGetColumnIndex(); // return current column index. IMGUI_API int TableGetRowIndex(); // return current row index. @@ -849,13 +846,15 @@ // - In the future we will extend this concept further to also represent Platform Monitor and support a "no main platform window" operation mode. IMGUI_API ImGuiViewport* GetMainViewport(); // return primary/default viewport. This can never be NULL. + // Background/Foreground Draw Lists + IMGUI_API ImDrawList* GetBackgroundDrawList(); // this draw list will be the first rendered one. Useful to quickly draw shapes/text behind dear imgui contents. + IMGUI_API ImDrawList* GetForegroundDrawList(); // this draw list will be the last rendered one. Useful to quickly draw shapes/text over dear imgui contents. + // Miscellaneous Utilities IMGUI_API bool IsRectVisible(const ImVec2& size); // test if rectangle (of given size, starting from cursor position) is visible / not clipped. IMGUI_API bool IsRectVisible(const ImVec2& rect_min, const ImVec2& rect_max); // test if rectangle (in screen space) is visible / not clipped. to perform coarse clipping on user's side. IMGUI_API double GetTime(); // get global imgui time. incremented by io.DeltaTime every frame. IMGUI_API int GetFrameCount(); // get global imgui frame count. incremented by 1 every frame. - IMGUI_API ImDrawList* GetBackgroundDrawList(); // this draw list will be the first rendering one. Useful to quickly draw shapes/text behind dear imgui contents. - IMGUI_API ImDrawList* GetForegroundDrawList(); // this draw list will be the last rendered one. Useful to quickly draw shapes/text over dear imgui contents. IMGUI_API ImDrawListSharedData* GetDrawListSharedData(); // you may use this when creating your own ImDrawList instances. IMGUI_API const char* GetStyleColorName(ImGuiCol idx); // get a string corresponding to the enum value (for display, saving, etc.). IMGUI_API void SetStateStorage(ImGuiStorage* storage); // replace current window storage with our own (if you want to manipulate it yourself, typically clear subsection of it) @@ -883,7 +882,7 @@ IMGUI_API bool IsKeyReleased(ImGuiKey key); // was key released (went from Down to !Down)? IMGUI_API int GetKeyPressedAmount(ImGuiKey key, float repeat_delay, float rate); // uses provided repeat rate/delay. return a count, most often 0 or 1 but might be >1 if RepeatRate is small enough that DeltaTime > RepeatRate IMGUI_API const char* GetKeyName(ImGuiKey key); // [DEBUG] returns English name of the key. Those names a provided for debugging purpose and are not meant to be saved persistently not compared. - IMGUI_API void CaptureKeyboardFromApp(bool want_capture_keyboard_value = true); // attention: misleading name! manually override io.WantCaptureKeyboard flag next frame (said flag is entirely left for your application to handle). e.g. force capture keyboard when your widget is being hovered. This is equivalent to setting "io.WantCaptureKeyboard = want_capture_keyboard_value"; after the next NewFrame() call. + IMGUI_API void SetNextFrameWantCaptureKeyboard(bool want_capture_keyboard); // Override io.WantCaptureKeyboard flag next frame (said flag is left for your application to handle, typically when true it instructs your app to ignore inputs). e.g. force capture keyboard when your widget is being hovered. This is equivalent to setting "io.WantCaptureKeyboard = want_capture_keyboard"; after the next NewFrame() call. // Inputs Utilities: Mouse // - To refer to a mouse button, you may use named enums in your code e.g. ImGuiMouseButton_Left, ImGuiMouseButton_Right. @@ -904,7 +903,7 @@ IMGUI_API void ResetMouseDragDelta(ImGuiMouseButton button = 0); // IMGUI_API ImGuiMouseCursor GetMouseCursor(); // get desired cursor type, reset in ImGui::NewFrame(), this is updated during the frame. valid before Render(). If you use software rendering by setting io.MouseDrawCursor ImGui will render those for you IMGUI_API void SetMouseCursor(ImGuiMouseCursor cursor_type); // set desired cursor type - IMGUI_API void CaptureMouseFromApp(bool want_capture_mouse_value = true); // attention: misleading name! manually override io.WantCaptureMouse flag next frame (said flag is entirely left for your application to handle). This is equivalent to setting "io.WantCaptureMouse = want_capture_mouse_value;" after the next NewFrame() call. + IMGUI_API void SetNextFrameWantCaptureMouse(bool want_capture_mouse); // Override io.WantCaptureMouse flag next frame (said flag is left for your application to handle, typical when true it instucts your app to ignore inputs). This is equivalent to setting "io.WantCaptureMouse = want_capture_mouse;" after the next NewFrame() call. // Clipboard Utilities // - Also see the LogToClipboard() function to capture GUI into clipboard, or easily output text data to the clipboard. @@ -921,7 +920,7 @@ IMGUI_API const char* SaveIniSettingsToMemory(size_t* out_ini_size = NULL); // return a zero-terminated string with the .ini data which you can save by your own mean. call when io.WantSaveIniSettings is set, then save data by your own mean and clear io.WantSaveIniSettings. // Debug Utilities - // - This is used by the IMGUI_CHECKVERSION() macro. + IMGUI_API void DebugTextEncoding(const char* text); IMGUI_API bool DebugCheckVersionAndDataLayout(const char* version_str, size_t sz_io, size_t sz_style, size_t sz_vec2, size_t sz_vec4, size_t sz_drawvert, size_t sz_drawidx); // This is called by IMGUI_CHECKVERSION() macro. // Memory Allocators @@ -1280,6 +1279,7 @@ ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem = 1 << 7, // Return true even if an active item is blocking access to this item/window. Useful for Drag and Drop patterns. ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenOverlapped = 1 << 8, // IsItemHovered() only: Return true even if the position is obstructed or overlapped by another window ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenDisabled = 1 << 9, // IsItemHovered() only: Return true even if the item is disabled + ImGuiHoveredFlags_NoNavOverride = 1 << 10, // Disable using gamepad/keyboard navigation state when active, always query mouse. ImGuiHoveredFlags_RectOnly = ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup | ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem | ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenOverlapped, ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootAndChildWindows = ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootWindow | ImGuiHoveredFlags_ChildWindows }; @@ -1341,6 +1341,8 @@ ImGuiSortDirection_Descending = 2 // Descending = 9->0, Z->A etc. }; +// Keys value 0 to 511 are left unused as legacy native/opaque key values (< 1.87) +// Keys value >= 512 are named keys (>= 1.87) enum ImGuiKey_ { // Keyboard @@ -1421,7 +1423,7 @@ ImGuiKey_GamepadRStickLeft, // [Analog] ImGuiKey_GamepadRStickRight, // [Analog] - // Keyboard Modifiers + // Keyboard Modifiers (explicitly submitted by backend via AddKeyEvent() calls) // - This is mirroring the data also written to io.KeyCtrl, io.KeyShift, io.KeyAlt, io.KeySuper, in a format allowing // them to be accessed via standard key API, allowing calls such as IsKeyPressed(), IsKeyReleased(), querying duration etc. // - Code polling every keys (e.g. an interface to detect a key press for input mapping) might want to ignore those @@ -1429,11 +1431,9 @@ // - In theory the value of keyboard modifiers should be roughly equivalent to a logical or of the equivalent left/right keys. // In practice: it's complicated; mods are often provided from different sources. Keyboard layout, IME, sticky keys and // backends tend to interfere and break that equivalence. The safer decision is to relay that ambiguity down to the end-user... - ImGuiKey_ModCtrl, - ImGuiKey_ModShift, - ImGuiKey_ModAlt, - ImGuiKey_ModSuper, + ImGuiKey_ModCtrl, ImGuiKey_ModShift, ImGuiKey_ModAlt, ImGuiKey_ModSuper, + // End of list ImGuiKey_COUNT, // No valid ImGuiKey is ever greater than this value // [Internal] Prior to 1.87 we required user to fill io.KeysDown[512] using their own native index + a io.KeyMap[] array. @@ -1443,10 +1443,10 @@ ImGuiKey_NamedKey_COUNT = ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END - ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN, #ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO ImGuiKey_KeysData_SIZE = ImGuiKey_NamedKey_COUNT, // Size of KeysData[]: only hold named keys - ImGuiKey_KeysData_OFFSET = ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN // First key stored in KeysData[0] + ImGuiKey_KeysData_OFFSET = ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN // First key stored in io.KeysData[0]. Accesses to io.KeysData[] must use (key - ImGuiKey_KeysData_OFFSET). #else ImGuiKey_KeysData_SIZE = ImGuiKey_COUNT, // Size of KeysData[]: hold legacy 0..512 keycodes + named keys - ImGuiKey_KeysData_OFFSET = 0 // First key stored in KeysData[0] + ImGuiKey_KeysData_OFFSET = 0 // First key stored in io.KeysData[0]. Accesses to io.KeysData[] must use (key - ImGuiKey_KeysData_OFFSET). #endif #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS @@ -1455,16 +1455,17 @@ }; // Helper "flags" version of key-mods to store and compare multiple key-mods easily. Sometimes used for storage (e.g. io.KeyMods) but otherwise not much used in public API. -enum ImGuiKeyModFlags_ +enum ImGuiModFlags_ { - ImGuiKeyModFlags_None = 0, - ImGuiKeyModFlags_Ctrl = 1 << 0, - ImGuiKeyModFlags_Shift = 1 << 1, - ImGuiKeyModFlags_Alt = 1 << 2, - ImGuiKeyModFlags_Super = 1 << 3 // Cmd/Super/Windows key + ImGuiModFlags_None = 0, + ImGuiModFlags_Ctrl = 1 << 0, + ImGuiModFlags_Shift = 1 << 1, + ImGuiModFlags_Alt = 1 << 2, // Menu + ImGuiModFlags_Super = 1 << 3 // Cmd/Super/Windows key }; // Gamepad/Keyboard navigation +// Since >= 1.87 backends you generally don't need to care about this enum since io.NavInputs[] is setup automatically. This might become private/internal some day. // Keyboard: Set io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard to enable. NewFrame() will automatically fill io.NavInputs[] based on your io.AddKeyEvent() calls. // Gamepad: Set io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad to enable. Backend: set ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad and fill the io.NavInputs[] fields before calling NewFrame(). Note that io.NavInputs[] is cleared by EndFrame(). // Read instructions in imgui.cpp for more details. Download PNG/PSD at http://dearimgui.org/controls_sheets. @@ -1508,7 +1509,7 @@ ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouse = 1 << 4, // Instruct imgui to clear mouse position/buttons in NewFrame(). This allows ignoring the mouse information set by the backend. ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouseCursorChange = 1 << 5, // Instruct backend to not alter mouse cursor shape and visibility. Use if the backend cursor changes are interfering with yours and you don't want to use SetMouseCursor() to change mouse cursor. You may want to honor requests from imgui by reading GetMouseCursor() yourself instead. - // User storage (to allow your backend/engine to communicate to code that may be shared between multiple projects. Those flags are not used by core Dear ImGui) + // User storage (to allow your backend/engine to communicate to code that may be shared between multiple projects. Those flags are NOT used by core Dear ImGui) ImGuiConfigFlags_IsSRGB = 1 << 20, // Application is SRGB-aware. ImGuiConfigFlags_IsTouchScreen = 1 << 21 // Application is using a touch screen instead of a mouse. }; @@ -1556,10 +1557,10 @@ ImGuiCol_Separator, ImGuiCol_SeparatorHovered, ImGuiCol_SeparatorActive, - ImGuiCol_ResizeGrip, + ImGuiCol_ResizeGrip, // Resize grip in lower-right and lower-left corners of windows. ImGuiCol_ResizeGripHovered, ImGuiCol_ResizeGripActive, - ImGuiCol_Tab, + ImGuiCol_Tab, // TabItem in a TabBar ImGuiCol_TabHovered, ImGuiCol_TabActive, ImGuiCol_TabUnfocused, @@ -1574,7 +1575,7 @@ ImGuiCol_TableRowBg, // Table row background (even rows) ImGuiCol_TableRowBgAlt, // Table row background (odd rows) ImGuiCol_TextSelectedBg, - ImGuiCol_DragDropTarget, + ImGuiCol_DragDropTarget, // Rectangle highlighting a drop target ImGuiCol_NavHighlight, // Gamepad/keyboard: current highlighted item ImGuiCol_NavWindowingHighlight, // Highlight window when using CTRL+TAB ImGuiCol_NavWindowingDimBg, // Darken/colorize entire screen behind the CTRL+TAB window list, when active @@ -1586,7 +1587,7 @@ // - The enum only refers to fields of ImGuiStyle which makes sense to be pushed/popped inside UI code. // During initialization or between frames, feel free to just poke into ImGuiStyle directly. // - Tip: Use your programming IDE navigation facilities on the names in the _second column_ below to find the actual members and their description. -// In Visual Studio IDE: CTRL+comma ("Edit.NavigateTo") can follow symbols in comments, whereas CTRL+F12 ("Edit.GoToImplementation") cannot. +// In Visual Studio IDE: CTRL+comma ("Edit.GoToAll") can follow symbols in comments, whereas CTRL+F12 ("Edit.GoToImplementation") cannot. // With Visual Assist installed: ALT+G ("VAssistX.GoToImplementation") can also follow symbols in comments. // - When changing this enum, you need to update the associated internal table GStyleVarInfo[] accordingly. This is where we link enum values to members offset/type. enum ImGuiStyleVar_ @@ -1809,13 +1810,14 @@ inline void resize(int new_size, const T& v) { if (new_size > Capacity) reserve(_grow_capacity(new_size)); if (new_size > Size) for (int n = Size; n < new_size; n++) memcpy(&Data[n], &v, sizeof(v)); Size = new_size; } inline void shrink(int new_size) { IM_ASSERT(new_size <= Size); Size = new_size; } // Resize a vector to a smaller size, guaranteed not to cause a reallocation inline void reserve(int new_capacity) { if (new_capacity <= Capacity) return; T* new_data = (T*)IM_ALLOC((size_t)new_capacity * sizeof(T)); if (Data) { memcpy(new_data, Data, (size_t)Size * sizeof(T)); IM_FREE(Data); } Data = new_data; Capacity = new_capacity; } + inline void reserve_discard(int new_capacity) { if (new_capacity <= Capacity) return; if (Data) IM_FREE(Data); Data = (T*)IM_ALLOC((size_t)new_capacity * sizeof(T)); Capacity = new_capacity; } // NB: It is illegal to call push_back/push_front/insert with a reference pointing inside the ImVector data itself! e.g. v.push_back(v[10]) is forbidden. inline void push_back(const T& v) { if (Size == Capacity) reserve(_grow_capacity(Size + 1)); memcpy(&Data[Size], &v, sizeof(v)); Size++; } inline void pop_back() { IM_ASSERT(Size > 0); Size--; } inline void push_front(const T& v) { if (Size == 0) push_back(v); else insert(Data, v); } inline T* erase(const T* it) { IM_ASSERT(it >= Data && it < Data + Size); const ptrdiff_t off = it - Data; memmove(Data + off, Data + off + 1, ((size_t)Size - (size_t)off - 1) * sizeof(T)); Size--; return Data + off; } - inline T* erase(const T* it, const T* it_last){ IM_ASSERT(it >= Data && it < Data + Size && it_last > it && it_last <= Data + Size); const ptrdiff_t count = it_last - it; const ptrdiff_t off = it - Data; memmove(Data + off, Data + off + count, ((size_t)Size - (size_t)off - (size_t)count) * sizeof(T)); Size -= (int)count; return Data + off; } + inline T* erase(const T* it, const T* it_last){ IM_ASSERT(it >= Data && it < Data + Size && it_last >= it && it_last <= Data + Size); const ptrdiff_t count = it_last - it; const ptrdiff_t off = it - Data; memmove(Data + off, Data + off + count, ((size_t)Size - (size_t)off - (size_t)count) * sizeof(T)); Size -= (int)count; return Data + off; } inline T* erase_unsorted(const T* it) { IM_ASSERT(it >= Data && it < Data + Size); const ptrdiff_t off = it - Data; if (it < Data + Size - 1) memcpy(Data + off, Data + Size - 1, sizeof(T)); Size--; return Data + off; } inline T* insert(const T* it, const T& v) { IM_ASSERT(it >= Data && it <= Data + Size); const ptrdiff_t off = it - Data; if (Size == Capacity) reserve(_grow_capacity(Size + 1)); if (off < (int)Size) memmove(Data + off + 1, Data + off, ((size_t)Size - (size_t)off) * sizeof(T)); memcpy(&Data[off], &v, sizeof(v)); Size++; return Data + off; } inline bool contains(const T& v) const { const T* data = Data; const T* data_end = Data + Size; while (data < data_end) if (*data++ == v) return true; return false; } @@ -1873,7 +1875,7 @@ ImVec2 DisplaySafeAreaPadding; // If you cannot see the edges of your screen (e.g. on a TV) increase the safe area padding. Apply to popups/tooltips as well regular windows. NB: Prefer configuring your TV sets correctly! float MouseCursorScale; // Scale software rendered mouse cursor (when io.MouseDrawCursor is enabled). May be removed later. bool AntiAliasedLines; // Enable anti-aliased lines/borders. Disable if you are really tight on CPU/GPU. Latched at the beginning of the frame (copied to ImDrawList). - bool AntiAliasedLinesUseTex; // Enable anti-aliased lines/borders using textures where possible. Require backend to render with bilinear filtering. Latched at the beginning of the frame (copied to ImDrawList). + bool AntiAliasedLinesUseTex; // Enable anti-aliased lines/borders using textures where possible. Require backend to render with bilinear filtering (NOT point/nearest filtering). Latched at the beginning of the frame (copied to ImDrawList). bool AntiAliasedFill; // Enable anti-aliased edges around filled shapes (rounded rectangles, circles, etc.). Disable if you are really tight on CPU/GPU. Latched at the beginning of the frame (copied to ImDrawList). float CurveTessellationTol; // Tessellation tolerance when using PathBezierCurveTo() without a specific number of segments. Decrease for highly tessellated curves (higher quality, more polygons), increase to reduce quality. float CircleTessellationMaxError; // Maximum error (in pixels) allowed when using AddCircle()/AddCircleFilled() or drawing rounded corner rectangles with no explicit segment count specified. Decrease for higher quality but more geometry. @@ -1903,13 +1905,13 @@ struct ImGuiIO { //------------------------------------------------------------------ - // Configuration (fill once) // Default value + // Configuration // Default value //------------------------------------------------------------------ ImGuiConfigFlags ConfigFlags; // = 0 // See ImGuiConfigFlags_ enum. Set by user/application. Gamepad/keyboard navigation options, etc. ImGuiBackendFlags BackendFlags; // = 0 // See ImGuiBackendFlags_ enum. Set by backend (imgui_impl_xxx files or custom backend) to communicate features supported by the backend. - ImVec2 DisplaySize; // // Main display size, in pixels (generally == GetMainViewport()->Size) - float DeltaTime; // = 1.0f/60.0f // Time elapsed since last frame, in seconds. + ImVec2 DisplaySize; // // Main display size, in pixels (generally == GetMainViewport()->Size). May change every frame. + float DeltaTime; // = 1.0f/60.0f // Time elapsed since last frame, in seconds. May change every frame. float IniSavingRate; // = 5.0f // Minimum time between saving positions/sizes to .ini file, in seconds. const char* IniFilename; // = "imgui.ini" // Path to .ini file (important: default "imgui.ini" is relative to current working dir!). Set NULL to disable automatic .ini loading/saving or if you want to manually call LoadIniSettingsXXX() / SaveIniSettingsXXX() functions. const char* LogFilename; // = "imgui_log.txt"// Path to .log file (default parameter to ImGui::LogToFile when no file is specified). @@ -1978,9 +1980,10 @@ IMGUI_API void AddInputCharacterUTF16(ImWchar16 c); // Queue a new character input from an UTF-16 character, it can be a surrogate IMGUI_API void AddInputCharactersUTF8(const char* str); // Queue a new characters input from an UTF-8 string + IMGUI_API void SetKeyEventNativeData(ImGuiKey key, int native_keycode, int native_scancode, int native_legacy_index = -1); // [Optional] Specify index for legacy <1.87 IsKeyXXX() functions with native indices + specify native keycode, scancode. + IMGUI_API void SetAppAcceptingEvents(bool accepting_events); // Set master flag for accepting key/mouse/text events (default to true). Useful if you have native dialog boxes that are interrupting your application loop/refresh, and you want to disable events being queued while your app is frozen. IMGUI_API void ClearInputCharacters(); // [Internal] Clear the text input buffer manually IMGUI_API void ClearInputKeys(); // [Internal] Release all keys - IMGUI_API void SetKeyEventNativeData(ImGuiKey key, int native_keycode, int native_scancode, int native_legacy_index = -1); // [Optional] Specify index for legacy <1.87 IsKeyXXX() functions with native indices + specify native keycode, scancode. //------------------------------------------------------------------ // Output - Updated by NewFrame() or EndFrame()/Render() @@ -2007,7 +2010,7 @@ // This is still temporarily supported as a legacy feature. However the new preferred scheme is for backend to call io.AddKeyEvent(). #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO int KeyMap[ImGuiKey_COUNT]; // [LEGACY] Input: map of indices into the KeysDown[512] entries array which represent your "native" keyboard state. The first 512 are now unused and should be kept zero. Legacy backend will write into KeyMap[] using ImGuiKey_ indices which are always >512. - bool KeysDown[512]; // [LEGACY] Input: Keyboard keys that are pressed (ideally left in the "native" order your engine has access to keyboard keys, so you can use your own defines/enums for keys). + bool KeysDown[ImGuiKey_COUNT]; // [LEGACY] Input: Keyboard keys that are pressed (ideally left in the "native" order your engine has access to keyboard keys, so you can use your own defines/enums for keys). This used to be [512] sized. It is now ImGuiKey_COUNT to allow legacy io.KeysDown[GetKeyIndex(...)] to work without an overflow. #endif //------------------------------------------------------------------ @@ -2028,8 +2031,7 @@ float NavInputs[ImGuiNavInput_COUNT]; // Gamepad inputs. Cleared back to zero by EndFrame(). Keyboard keys will be auto-mapped and be written here by NewFrame(). // Other state maintained from data above + IO function calls - ImGuiKeyModFlags KeyMods; // Key mods flags (same as io.KeyCtrl/KeyShift/KeyAlt/KeySuper but merged into flags), updated by NewFrame() - ImGuiKeyModFlags KeyModsPrev; // Key mods flags (from previous frame) + ImGuiModFlags KeyMods; // Key mods flags (same as io.KeyCtrl/KeyShift/KeyAlt/KeySuper but merged into flags), updated by NewFrame() ImGuiKeyData KeysData[ImGuiKey_KeysData_SIZE]; // Key state for all known keys. Use IsKeyXXX() functions to access this. bool WantCaptureMouseUnlessPopupClose; // Alternative to WantCaptureMouse: (WantCaptureMouse == true && WantCaptureMouseUnlessPopupClose == false) when a click over void is expected to close a popup. ImVec2 MousePosPrev; // Previous mouse position (note that MouseDelta is not necessary == MousePos-MousePosPrev, in case either position is invalid) @@ -2041,14 +2043,15 @@ ImU16 MouseClickedLastCount[5]; // Count successive number of clicks. Stays valid after mouse release. Reset after another click is done. bool MouseReleased[5]; // Mouse button went from Down to !Down bool MouseDownOwned[5]; // Track if button was clicked inside a dear imgui window or over void blocked by a popup. We don't request mouse capture from the application if click started outside ImGui bounds. - bool MouseDownOwnedUnlessPopupClose[5]; //Track if button was clicked inside a dear imgui window. + bool MouseDownOwnedUnlessPopupClose[5]; // Track if button was clicked inside a dear imgui window. float MouseDownDuration[5]; // Duration the mouse button has been down (0.0f == just clicked) float MouseDownDurationPrev[5]; // Previous time the mouse button has been down float MouseDragMaxDistanceSqr[5]; // Squared maximum distance of how much mouse has traveled from the clicking point (used for moving thresholds) float NavInputsDownDuration[ImGuiNavInput_COUNT]; float NavInputsDownDurationPrev[ImGuiNavInput_COUNT]; float PenPressure; // Touch/Pen pressure (0.0f to 1.0f, should be >0.0f only when MouseDown[0] == true). Helper storage currently unused by Dear ImGui. - bool AppFocusLost; + bool AppFocusLost; // Only modify via AddFocusEvent() + bool AppAcceptingEvents; // Only modify via SetAppAcceptingEvents() ImS8 BackendUsingLegacyKeyArrays; // -1: unknown, 0: using AddKeyEvent(), 1: using legacy io.KeysDown[] bool BackendUsingLegacyNavInputArray; // 0: using AddKeyAnalogEvent(), 1: writing to legacy io.NavInputs[] directly ImWchar16 InputQueueSurrogate; // For AddInputCharacterUTF16() @@ -2320,6 +2323,8 @@ }; // Helpers macros to generate 32-bit encoded colors +// User can declare their own format by #defining the 5 _SHIFT/_MASK macros in their imconfig file. +#ifndef IM_COL32_R_SHIFT #ifdef IMGUI_USE_BGRA_PACKED_COLOR #define IM_COL32_R_SHIFT 16 #define IM_COL32_G_SHIFT 8 @@ -2333,6 +2338,7 @@ #define IM_COL32_A_SHIFT 24 #define IM_COL32_A_MASK 0xFF000000 #endif +#endif #define IM_COL32(R,G,B,A) (((ImU32)(A)<> IM_COL32_R_SHIFT) & 0xFF) * sc; Value.y = (float)((rgba >> IM_COL32_G_SHIFT) & 0xFF) * sc; Value.z = (float)((rgba >> IM_COL32_B_SHIFT) & 0xFF) * sc; Value.w = (float)((rgba >> IM_COL32_A_SHIFT) & 0xFF) * sc; } - ImColor(float r, float g, float b, float a = 1.0f) { Value.x = r; Value.y = g; Value.z = b; Value.w = a; } - ImColor(const ImVec4& col) { Value = col; } inline operator ImU32() const { return ImGui::ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(Value); } inline operator ImVec4() const { return Value; } @@ -2482,7 +2488,7 @@ { ImDrawListFlags_None = 0, ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedLines = 1 << 0, // Enable anti-aliased lines/borders (*2 the number of triangles for 1.0f wide line or lines thin enough to be drawn using textures, otherwise *3 the number of triangles) - ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedLinesUseTex = 1 << 1, // Enable anti-aliased lines/borders using textures when possible. Require backend to render with bilinear filtering. + ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedLinesUseTex = 1 << 1, // Enable anti-aliased lines/borders using textures when possible. Require backend to render with bilinear filtering (NOT point/nearest filtering). ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedFill = 1 << 2, // Enable anti-aliased edge around filled shapes (rounded rectangles, circles). ImDrawListFlags_AllowVtxOffset = 1 << 3 // Can emit 'VtxOffset > 0' to allow large meshes. Set when 'ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset' is enabled. }; @@ -2521,7 +2527,7 @@ ImDrawList(const ImDrawListSharedData* shared_data) { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); _Data = shared_data; } ~ImDrawList() { _ClearFreeMemory(); } - IMGUI_API void PushClipRect(ImVec2 clip_rect_min, ImVec2 clip_rect_max, bool intersect_with_current_clip_rect = false); // Render-level scissoring. This is passed down to your render function but not used for CPU-side coarse clipping. Prefer using higher-level ImGui::PushClipRect() to affect logic (hit-testing and widget culling) + IMGUI_API void PushClipRect(const ImVec2& clip_rect_min, const ImVec2& clip_rect_max, bool intersect_with_current_clip_rect = false); // Render-level scissoring. This is passed down to your render function but not used for CPU-side coarse clipping. Prefer using higher-level ImGui::PushClipRect() to affect logic (hit-testing and widget culling) IMGUI_API void PushClipRectFullScreen(); IMGUI_API void PopClipRect(); IMGUI_API void PushTextureID(ImTextureID texture_id); @@ -2530,6 +2536,7 @@ inline ImVec2 GetClipRectMax() const { const ImVec4& cr = _ClipRectStack.back(); return ImVec2(cr.z, cr.w); } // Primitives + // - Filled shapes must always use clockwise winding order. The anti-aliasing fringe depends on it. Counter-clockwise shapes will have "inward" anti-aliasing. // - For rectangular primitives, "p_min" and "p_max" represent the upper-left and lower-right corners. // - For circle primitives, use "num_segments == 0" to automatically calculate tessellation (preferred). // In older versions (until Dear ImGui 1.77) the AddCircle functions defaulted to num_segments == 12. @@ -2550,7 +2557,7 @@ IMGUI_API void AddText(const ImVec2& pos, ImU32 col, const char* text_begin, const char* text_end = NULL); IMGUI_API void AddText(const ImFont* font, float font_size, const ImVec2& pos, ImU32 col, const char* text_begin, const char* text_end = NULL, float wrap_width = 0.0f, const ImVec4* cpu_fine_clip_rect = NULL); IMGUI_API void AddPolyline(const ImVec2* points, int num_points, ImU32 col, ImDrawFlags flags, float thickness); - IMGUI_API void AddConvexPolyFilled(const ImVec2* points, int num_points, ImU32 col); // Note: Anti-aliased filling requires points to be in clockwise order. + IMGUI_API void AddConvexPolyFilled(const ImVec2* points, int num_points, ImU32 col); IMGUI_API void AddBezierCubic(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, ImU32 col, float thickness, int num_segments = 0); // Cubic Bezier (4 control points) IMGUI_API void AddBezierQuadratic(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, ImU32 col, float thickness, int num_segments = 0); // Quadratic Bezier (3 control points) @@ -2563,10 +2570,11 @@ IMGUI_API void AddImageRounded(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& p_min, const ImVec2& p_max, const ImVec2& uv_min, const ImVec2& uv_max, ImU32 col, float rounding, ImDrawFlags flags = 0); // Stateful path API, add points then finish with PathFillConvex() or PathStroke() + // - Filled shapes must always use clockwise winding order. The anti-aliasing fringe depends on it. Counter-clockwise shapes will have "inward" anti-aliasing. inline void PathClear() { _Path.Size = 0; } inline void PathLineTo(const ImVec2& pos) { _Path.push_back(pos); } inline void PathLineToMergeDuplicate(const ImVec2& pos) { if (_Path.Size == 0 || memcmp(&_Path.Data[_Path.Size - 1], &pos, 8) != 0) _Path.push_back(pos); } - inline void PathFillConvex(ImU32 col) { AddConvexPolyFilled(_Path.Data, _Path.Size, col); _Path.Size = 0; } // Note: Anti-aliased filling requires points to be in clockwise order. + inline void PathFillConvex(ImU32 col) { AddConvexPolyFilled(_Path.Data, _Path.Size, col); _Path.Size = 0; } inline void PathStroke(ImU32 col, ImDrawFlags flags = 0, float thickness = 1.0f) { AddPolyline(_Path.Data, _Path.Size, col, flags, thickness); _Path.Size = 0; } IMGUI_API void PathArcTo(const ImVec2& center, float radius, float a_min, float a_max, int num_segments = 0); IMGUI_API void PathArcToFast(const ImVec2& center, float radius, int a_min_of_12, int a_max_of_12); // Use precomputed angles for a 12 steps circle @@ -2718,7 +2726,7 @@ ImFontAtlasFlags_None = 0, ImFontAtlasFlags_NoPowerOfTwoHeight = 1 << 0, // Don't round the height to next power of two ImFontAtlasFlags_NoMouseCursors = 1 << 1, // Don't build software mouse cursors into the atlas (save a little texture memory) - ImFontAtlasFlags_NoBakedLines = 1 << 2 // Don't build thick line textures into the atlas (save a little texture memory). The AntiAliasedLinesUseTex features uses them, otherwise they will be rendered using polygons (more expensive for CPU/GPU). + ImFontAtlasFlags_NoBakedLines = 1 << 2 // Don't build thick line textures into the atlas (save a little texture memory, allow support for point/nearest filtering). The AntiAliasedLinesUseTex features uses them, otherwise they will be rendered using polygons (more expensive for CPU/GPU). }; // Load and rasterize multiple TTF/OTF fonts into a same texture. The font atlas will build a single texture holding: @@ -2806,7 +2814,7 @@ ImFontAtlasFlags Flags; // Build flags (see ImFontAtlasFlags_) ImTextureID TexID; // User data to refer to the texture once it has been uploaded to user's graphic systems. It is passed back to you during rendering via the ImDrawCmd structure. int TexDesiredWidth; // Texture width desired by user before Build(). Must be a power-of-two. If have many glyphs your graphics API have texture size restrictions you may want to increase texture width to decrease height. - int TexGlyphPadding; // Padding between glyphs within texture in pixels. Defaults to 1. If your rendering method doesn't rely on bilinear filtering you may set this to 0. + int TexGlyphPadding; // Padding between glyphs within texture in pixels. Defaults to 1. If your rendering method doesn't rely on bilinear filtering you may set this to 0 (will also need to set AntiAliasedLinesUseTex = false). bool Locked; // Marked as Locked by ImGui::NewFrame() so attempt to modify the atlas will assert. // [Internal] @@ -2877,8 +2885,8 @@ // 'wrap_width' enable automatic word-wrapping across multiple lines to fit into given width. 0.0f to disable. IMGUI_API ImVec2 CalcTextSizeA(float size, float max_width, float wrap_width, const char* text_begin, const char* text_end = NULL, const char** remaining = NULL) const; // utf8 IMGUI_API const char* CalcWordWrapPositionA(float scale, const char* text, const char* text_end, float wrap_width) const; - IMGUI_API void RenderChar(ImDrawList* draw_list, float size, ImVec2 pos, ImU32 col, ImWchar c) const; - IMGUI_API void RenderText(ImDrawList* draw_list, float size, ImVec2 pos, ImU32 col, const ImVec4& clip_rect, const char* text_begin, const char* text_end, float wrap_width = 0.0f, bool cpu_fine_clip = false) const; + IMGUI_API void RenderChar(ImDrawList* draw_list, float size, const ImVec2& pos, ImU32 col, ImWchar c) const; + IMGUI_API void RenderText(ImDrawList* draw_list, float size, const ImVec2& pos, ImU32 col, const ImVec4& clip_rect, const char* text_begin, const char* text_end, float wrap_width = 0.0f, bool cpu_fine_clip = false) const; // [Internal] Don't use! IMGUI_API void BuildLookupTable(); @@ -2960,16 +2968,19 @@ #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS namespace ImGui { + // OBSOLETED in 1.88 (from May 2022) + static inline void CaptureKeyboardFromApp(bool want_capture_keyboard = true) { SetNextFrameWantCaptureKeyboard(want_capture_keyboard); } // Renamed as name was misleading + removed default value. + static inline void CaptureMouseFromApp(bool want_capture_mouse = true) { SetNextFrameWantCaptureMouse(want_capture_mouse); } // Renamed as name was misleading + removed default value. // OBSOLETED in 1.86 (from November 2021) IMGUI_API void CalcListClipping(int items_count, float items_height, int* out_items_display_start, int* out_items_display_end); // Calculate coarse clipping for large list of evenly sized items. Prefer using ImGuiListClipper. // OBSOLETED in 1.85 (from August 2021) - static inline float GetWindowContentRegionWidth() { return GetWindowContentRegionMax().x - GetWindowContentRegionMin().x; } + static inline float GetWindowContentRegionWidth() { return GetWindowContentRegionMax().x - GetWindowContentRegionMin().x; } // OBSOLETED in 1.81 (from February 2021) IMGUI_API bool ListBoxHeader(const char* label, int items_count, int height_in_items = -1); // Helper to calculate size from items_count and height_in_items - static inline bool ListBoxHeader(const char* label, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0, 0)) { return BeginListBox(label, size); } + static inline bool ListBoxHeader(const char* label, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0, 0)) { return BeginListBox(label, size); } static inline void ListBoxFooter() { EndListBox(); } // OBSOLETED in 1.79 (from August 2020) - static inline void OpenPopupContextItem(const char* str_id = NULL, ImGuiMouseButton mb = 1) { OpenPopupOnItemClick(str_id, mb); } // Bool return value removed. Use IsWindowAppearing() in BeginPopup() instead. Renamed in 1.77, renamed back in 1.79. Sorry! + static inline void OpenPopupContextItem(const char* str_id = NULL, ImGuiMouseButton mb = 1) { OpenPopupOnItemClick(str_id, mb); } // Bool return value removed. Use IsWindowAppearing() in BeginPopup() instead. Renamed in 1.77, renamed back in 1.79. Sorry! // OBSOLETED in 1.78 (from June 2020) // Old drag/sliders functions that took a 'float power = 1.0' argument instead of flags. // For shared code, you can version check at compile-time with `#if IMGUI_VERSION_NUM >= 17704`. @@ -3020,7 +3031,19 @@ ImDrawCornerFlags_Right = ImDrawCornerFlags_TopRight | ImDrawCornerFlags_BotRight }; +// RENAMED ImGuiKeyModFlags -> ImGuiModFlags in 1.88 (from April 2022) +typedef int ImGuiKeyModFlags; +enum ImGuiKeyModFlags_ { ImGuiKeyModFlags_None = ImGuiModFlags_None, ImGuiKeyModFlags_Ctrl = ImGuiModFlags_Ctrl, ImGuiKeyModFlags_Shift = ImGuiModFlags_Shift, ImGuiKeyModFlags_Alt = ImGuiModFlags_Alt, ImGuiKeyModFlags_Super = ImGuiModFlags_Super }; + #endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS + +// RENAMED IMGUI_DISABLE_METRICS_WINDOW > IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS in 1.88 (from June 2022) +#if defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_METRICS_WINDOW) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS) +#define IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS +#endif +#if defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_METRICS_WINDOW) && defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS) +#error IMGUI_DISABLE_METRICS_WINDOW was renamed to IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS, please use new name. +#endif //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/imgui/imgui_demo.cpp b/imgui/imgui_demo.cpp --- a/imgui/imgui_demo.cpp +++ b/imgui/imgui_demo.cpp @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -// dear imgui, v1.87 +// dear imgui, v1.88 // (demo code) // Help: @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ // Because we can't assume anything about your support of maths operators, we cannot use them in imgui_demo.cpp. // Navigating this file: -// - In Visual Studio IDE: CTRL+comma ("Edit.NavigateTo") can follow symbols in comments, whereas CTRL+F12 ("Edit.GoToImplementation") cannot. +// - In Visual Studio IDE: CTRL+comma ("Edit.GoToAll") can follow symbols in comments, whereas CTRL+F12 ("Edit.GoToImplementation") cannot. // - With Visual Assist installed: ALT+G ("VAssistX.GoToImplementation") can also follow symbols in comments. /* @@ -302,13 +302,19 @@ // Dear ImGui Apps (accessible from the "Tools" menu) static bool show_app_metrics = false; + static bool show_app_debug_log = false; static bool show_app_stack_tool = false; - static bool show_app_style_editor = false; static bool show_app_about = false; + static bool show_app_style_editor = false; - if (show_app_metrics) { ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(&show_app_metrics); } - if (show_app_stack_tool) { ImGui::ShowStackToolWindow(&show_app_stack_tool); } - if (show_app_about) { ImGui::ShowAboutWindow(&show_app_about); } + if (show_app_metrics) + ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(&show_app_metrics); + if (show_app_debug_log) + ImGui::ShowDebugLogWindow(&show_app_debug_log); + if (show_app_stack_tool) + ImGui::ShowStackToolWindow(&show_app_stack_tool); + if (show_app_about) + ImGui::ShowAboutWindow(&show_app_about); if (show_app_style_editor) { ImGui::Begin("Dear ImGui Style Editor", &show_app_style_editor); @@ -395,10 +401,14 @@ if (ImGui::BeginMenu("Tools")) { IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Menu/Tools"); -#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_METRICS_WINDOW - ImGui::MenuItem("Metrics/Debugger", NULL, &show_app_metrics); - ImGui::MenuItem("Stack Tool", NULL, &show_app_stack_tool); +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS + const bool has_debug_tools = true; +#else + const bool has_debug_tools = false; #endif + ImGui::MenuItem("Metrics/Debugger", NULL, &show_app_metrics, has_debug_tools); + ImGui::MenuItem("Debug Log", NULL, &show_app_debug_log, has_debug_tools); + ImGui::MenuItem("Stack Tool", NULL, &show_app_stack_tool, has_debug_tools); ImGui::MenuItem("Style Editor", NULL, &show_app_style_editor); ImGui::MenuItem("About Dear ImGui", NULL, &show_app_about); ImGui::EndMenu(); @@ -406,7 +416,7 @@ ImGui::EndMenuBar(); } - ImGui::Text("dear imgui says hello. (%s)", IMGUI_VERSION); + ImGui::Text("dear imgui says hello! (%s) (%d)", IMGUI_VERSION, IMGUI_VERSION_NUM); ImGui::Spacing(); IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Help"); @@ -1855,10 +1865,9 @@ ImGui::Combo("Display Mode", &display_mode, "Auto/Current\0None\0RGB Only\0HSV Only\0Hex Only\0"); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker( "ColorEdit defaults to displaying RGB inputs if you don't specify a display mode, " - "but the user can change it with a right-click.\n\nColorPicker defaults to displaying RGB+HSV+Hex " + "but the user can change it with a right-click on those inputs.\n\nColorPicker defaults to displaying RGB+HSV+Hex " "if you don't specify a display mode.\n\nYou can change the defaults using SetColorEditOptions()."); - ImGui::Combo("Picker Mode", &picker_mode, "Auto/Current\0Hue bar + SV rect\0Hue wheel + SV triangle\0"); - ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("User can right-click the picker to change mode."); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("When not specified explicitly (Auto/Current mode), user can right-click the picker to change mode."); ImGuiColorEditFlags flags = misc_flags; if (!alpha) flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha; // This is by default if you call ColorPicker3() instead of ColorPicker4() if (alpha_bar) flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaBar; @@ -1882,6 +1891,15 @@ if (ImGui::Button("Default: Float + HDR + Hue Wheel")) ImGui::SetColorEditOptions(ImGuiColorEditFlags_Float | ImGuiColorEditFlags_HDR | ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueWheel); + // Always both a small version of both types of pickers (to make it more visible in the demo to people who are skimming quickly through it) + ImGui::Text("Both types:"); + float w = (ImGui::GetContentRegionAvail().x - ImGui::GetStyle().ItemSpacing.y) * 0.40f; + ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(w); + ImGui::ColorPicker3("##MyColor##5", (float*)&color, ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueBar | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSidePreview | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoInputs | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha); + ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(w); + ImGui::ColorPicker3("##MyColor##6", (float*)&color, ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueWheel | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSidePreview | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoInputs | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha); + // HSV encoded support (to avoid RGB<>HSV round trips and singularities when S==0 or V==0) static ImVec4 color_hsv(0.23f, 1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f); // Stored as HSV! ImGui::Spacing(); @@ -2004,6 +2022,7 @@ ImGui::DragScalar("drag s16", ImGuiDataType_S16, &s16_v, drag_speed, drag_clamp ? &s16_zero : NULL, drag_clamp ? &s16_fifty : NULL); ImGui::DragScalar("drag u16", ImGuiDataType_U16, &u16_v, drag_speed, drag_clamp ? &u16_zero : NULL, drag_clamp ? &u16_fifty : NULL, "%u ms"); ImGui::DragScalar("drag s32", ImGuiDataType_S32, &s32_v, drag_speed, drag_clamp ? &s32_zero : NULL, drag_clamp ? &s32_fifty : NULL); + ImGui::DragScalar("drag s32 hex", ImGuiDataType_S32, &s32_v, drag_speed, drag_clamp ? &s32_zero : NULL, drag_clamp ? &s32_fifty : NULL, "0x%08X"); ImGui::DragScalar("drag u32", ImGuiDataType_U32, &u32_v, drag_speed, drag_clamp ? &u32_zero : NULL, drag_clamp ? &u32_fifty : NULL, "%u ms"); ImGui::DragScalar("drag s64", ImGuiDataType_S64, &s64_v, drag_speed, drag_clamp ? &s64_zero : NULL, drag_clamp ? &s64_fifty : NULL); ImGui::DragScalar("drag u64", ImGuiDataType_U64, &u64_v, drag_speed, drag_clamp ? &u64_zero : NULL, drag_clamp ? &u64_fifty : NULL); @@ -2021,6 +2040,7 @@ ImGui::SliderScalar("slider s32 low", ImGuiDataType_S32, &s32_v, &s32_zero, &s32_fifty,"%d"); ImGui::SliderScalar("slider s32 high", ImGuiDataType_S32, &s32_v, &s32_hi_a, &s32_hi_b, "%d"); ImGui::SliderScalar("slider s32 full", ImGuiDataType_S32, &s32_v, &s32_min, &s32_max, "%d"); + ImGui::SliderScalar("slider s32 hex", ImGuiDataType_S32, &s32_v, &s32_zero, &s32_fifty, "0x%04X"); ImGui::SliderScalar("slider u32 low", ImGuiDataType_U32, &u32_v, &u32_zero, &u32_fifty,"%u"); ImGui::SliderScalar("slider u32 high", ImGuiDataType_U32, &u32_v, &u32_hi_a, &u32_hi_b, "%u"); ImGui::SliderScalar("slider u32 full", ImGuiDataType_U32, &u32_v, &u32_min, &u32_max, "%u"); @@ -2054,9 +2074,9 @@ ImGui::InputScalar("input s16", ImGuiDataType_S16, &s16_v, inputs_step ? &s16_one : NULL, NULL, "%d"); ImGui::InputScalar("input u16", ImGuiDataType_U16, &u16_v, inputs_step ? &u16_one : NULL, NULL, "%u"); ImGui::InputScalar("input s32", ImGuiDataType_S32, &s32_v, inputs_step ? &s32_one : NULL, NULL, "%d"); - ImGui::InputScalar("input s32 hex", ImGuiDataType_S32, &s32_v, inputs_step ? &s32_one : NULL, NULL, "%08X", ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsHexadecimal); + ImGui::InputScalar("input s32 hex", ImGuiDataType_S32, &s32_v, inputs_step ? &s32_one : NULL, NULL, "%04X"); ImGui::InputScalar("input u32", ImGuiDataType_U32, &u32_v, inputs_step ? &u32_one : NULL, NULL, "%u"); - ImGui::InputScalar("input u32 hex", ImGuiDataType_U32, &u32_v, inputs_step ? &u32_one : NULL, NULL, "%08X", ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsHexadecimal); + ImGui::InputScalar("input u32 hex", ImGuiDataType_U32, &u32_v, inputs_step ? &u32_one : NULL, NULL, "%08X"); ImGui::InputScalar("input s64", ImGuiDataType_S64, &s64_v, inputs_step ? &s64_one : NULL); ImGui::InputScalar("input u64", ImGuiDataType_U64, &u64_v, inputs_step ? &u64_one : NULL); ImGui::InputScalar("input float", ImGuiDataType_Float, &f32_v, inputs_step ? &f32_one : NULL); @@ -3192,59 +3212,58 @@ ImGui::DragFloat2("size", (float*)&size, 0.5f, 1.0f, 200.0f, "%.0f"); ImGui::TextWrapped("(Click and drag to scroll)"); + HelpMarker( + "(Left) Using ImGui::PushClipRect():\n" + "Will alter ImGui hit-testing logic + ImDrawList rendering.\n" + "(use this if you want your clipping rectangle to affect interactions)\n\n" + "(Center) Using ImDrawList::PushClipRect():\n" + "Will alter ImDrawList rendering only.\n" + "(use this as a shortcut if you are only using ImDrawList calls)\n\n" + "(Right) Using ImDrawList::AddText() with a fine ClipRect:\n" + "Will alter only this specific ImDrawList::AddText() rendering.\n" + "This is often used internally to avoid altering the clipping rectangle and minimize draw calls."); + for (int n = 0; n < 3; n++) { if (n > 0) ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::PushID(n); - ImGui::BeginGroup(); // Lock X position - ImGui::InvisibleButton("##empty", size); + ImGui::PushID(n); + ImGui::InvisibleButton("##canvas", size); if (ImGui::IsItemActive() && ImGui::IsMouseDragging(ImGuiMouseButton_Left)) { offset.x += ImGui::GetIO().MouseDelta.x; offset.y += ImGui::GetIO().MouseDelta.y; } + ImGui::PopID(); + if (!ImGui::IsItemVisible()) // Skip rendering as ImDrawList elements are not clipped. + continue; + const ImVec2 p0 = ImGui::GetItemRectMin(); const ImVec2 p1 = ImGui::GetItemRectMax(); const char* text_str = "Line 1 hello\nLine 2 clip me!"; const ImVec2 text_pos = ImVec2(p0.x + offset.x, p0.y + offset.y); ImDrawList* draw_list = ImGui::GetWindowDrawList(); - switch (n) { case 0: - HelpMarker( - "Using ImGui::PushClipRect():\n" - "Will alter ImGui hit-testing logic + ImDrawList rendering.\n" - "(use this if you want your clipping rectangle to affect interactions)"); ImGui::PushClipRect(p0, p1, true); draw_list->AddRectFilled(p0, p1, IM_COL32(90, 90, 120, 255)); draw_list->AddText(text_pos, IM_COL32_WHITE, text_str); ImGui::PopClipRect(); break; case 1: - HelpMarker( - "Using ImDrawList::PushClipRect():\n" - "Will alter ImDrawList rendering only.\n" - "(use this as a shortcut if you are only using ImDrawList calls)"); draw_list->PushClipRect(p0, p1, true); draw_list->AddRectFilled(p0, p1, IM_COL32(90, 90, 120, 255)); draw_list->AddText(text_pos, IM_COL32_WHITE, text_str); draw_list->PopClipRect(); break; case 2: - HelpMarker( - "Using ImDrawList::AddText() with a fine ClipRect:\n" - "Will alter only this specific ImDrawList::AddText() rendering.\n" - "(this is often used internally to avoid altering the clipping rectangle and minimize draw calls)"); ImVec4 clip_rect(p0.x, p0.y, p1.x, p1.y); // AddText() takes a ImVec4* here so let's convert. draw_list->AddRectFilled(p0, p1, IM_COL32(90, 90, 120, 255)); draw_list->AddText(ImGui::GetFont(), ImGui::GetFontSize(), text_pos, IM_COL32_WHITE, text_str, NULL, 0.0f, &clip_rect); break; } - ImGui::EndGroup(); - ImGui::PopID(); } ImGui::TreePop(); @@ -3410,7 +3429,7 @@ { HelpMarker("Text() elements don't have stable identifiers so we need to provide one."); static float value = 0.5f; - ImGui::Text("Value = %.3f <-- (1) right-click this value", value); + ImGui::Text("Value = %.3f <-- (1) right-click this text", value); if (ImGui::BeginPopupContextItem("my popup")) { if (ImGui::Selectable("Set to zero")) value = 0.0f; @@ -3537,19 +3556,12 @@ ImGui::TextWrapped("Below we are testing adding menu items to a regular window. It's rather unusual but should work!"); ImGui::Separator(); - // Note: As a quirk in this very specific example, we want to differentiate the parent of this menu from the - // parent of the various popup menus above. To do so we are encloding the items in a PushID()/PopID() block - // to make them two different menusets. If we don't, opening any popup above and hovering our menu here would - // open it. This is because once a menu is active, we allow to switch to a sibling menu by just hovering on it, - // which is the desired behavior for regular menus. - ImGui::PushID("foo"); ImGui::MenuItem("Menu item", "CTRL+M"); if (ImGui::BeginMenu("Menu inside a regular window")) { ShowExampleMenuFile(); ImGui::EndMenu(); } - ImGui::PopID(); ImGui::Separator(); ImGui::TreePop(); } @@ -3873,7 +3885,7 @@ sprintf(buf, "Hello %d,%d", column, row); if (contents_type == CT_Text) ImGui::TextUnformatted(buf); - else if (contents_type) + else if (contents_type == CT_FillButton) ImGui::Button(buf, ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, 0.0f)); } } @@ -4417,14 +4429,16 @@ { ImGui::TableNextColumn(); ImGui::PushID(column); - ImGui::AlignTextToFramePadding(); // FIXME-TABLE: Workaround for wrong text baseline propagation + ImGui::AlignTextToFramePadding(); // FIXME-TABLE: Workaround for wrong text baseline propagation across columns ImGui::Text("'%s'", column_names[column]); ImGui::Spacing(); ImGui::Text("Input flags:"); EditTableColumnsFlags(&column_flags[column]); ImGui::Spacing(); ImGui::Text("Output flags:"); + ImGui::BeginDisabled(); ShowTableColumnsStatusFlags(column_flags_out[column]); + ImGui::EndDisabled(); ImGui::PopID(); } PopStyleCompact(); @@ -4829,7 +4843,7 @@ ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(1); ImGui::SliderFloat("float1", &dummy_f, 0.0f, 1.0f); ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(2); - ImGui::SliderFloat("float2", &dummy_f, 0.0f, 1.0f); + ImGui::SliderFloat("##float2", &dummy_f, 0.0f, 1.0f); // No visible label since right-aligned ImGui::PopID(); } ImGui::EndTable(); @@ -5666,12 +5680,18 @@ ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); // Display ImGuiIO output flags - ImGui::Text("WantCaptureMouse: %d", io.WantCaptureMouse); - ImGui::Text("WantCaptureMouseUnlessPopupClose: %d", io.WantCaptureMouseUnlessPopupClose); - ImGui::Text("WantCaptureKeyboard: %d", io.WantCaptureKeyboard); - ImGui::Text("WantTextInput: %d", io.WantTextInput); - ImGui::Text("WantSetMousePos: %d", io.WantSetMousePos); - ImGui::Text("NavActive: %d, NavVisible: %d", io.NavActive, io.NavVisible); + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Inputs, Navigation & Focus/Output"); + ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(true, ImGuiCond_Once); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Output")) + { + ImGui::Text("io.WantCaptureMouse: %d", io.WantCaptureMouse); + ImGui::Text("io.WantCaptureMouseUnlessPopupClose: %d", io.WantCaptureMouseUnlessPopupClose); + ImGui::Text("io.WantCaptureKeyboard: %d", io.WantCaptureKeyboard); + ImGui::Text("io.WantTextInput: %d", io.WantTextInput); + ImGui::Text("io.WantSetMousePos: %d", io.WantSetMousePos); + ImGui::Text("io.NavActive: %d, io.NavVisible: %d", io.NavActive, io.NavVisible); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } // Display Mouse state IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Inputs, Navigation & Focus/Mouse State"); @@ -5704,6 +5724,7 @@ #else struct funcs { static bool IsLegacyNativeDupe(ImGuiKey key) { return key < 512 && ImGui::GetIO().KeyMap[key] != -1; } }; // Hide Native<>ImGuiKey duplicates when both exists in the array const ImGuiKey key_first = 0; + //ImGui::Text("Legacy raw:"); for (ImGuiKey key = key_first; key < ImGuiKey_COUNT; key++) { if (io.KeysDown[key]) { ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text("\"%s\" %d", ImGui::GetKeyName(key), key); } } #endif ImGui::Text("Keys down:"); for (ImGuiKey key = key_first; key < ImGuiKey_COUNT; key++) { if (funcs::IsLegacyNativeDupe(key)) continue; if (ImGui::IsKeyDown(key)) { ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text("\"%s\" %d (%.02f secs)", ImGui::GetKeyName(key), key, ImGui::GetKeyData(key)->DownDuration); } } ImGui::Text("Keys pressed:"); for (ImGuiKey key = key_first; key < ImGuiKey_COUNT; key++) { if (funcs::IsLegacyNativeDupe(key)) continue; if (ImGui::IsKeyPressed(key)) { ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text("\"%s\" %d", ImGui::GetKeyName(key), key); } } @@ -5736,39 +5757,66 @@ { 2, 0, "", ImGuiKey_LeftShift },{ 2, 1, "Z", ImGuiKey_Z }, { 2, 2, "X", ImGuiKey_X }, { 2, 3, "C", ImGuiKey_C }, { 2, 4, "V", ImGuiKey_V } }; - ImDrawList* draw_list = ImGui::GetWindowDrawList(); - draw_list->PushClipRect(board_min, board_max, true); - for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(keys_to_display); n++) + // Elements rendered manually via ImDrawList API are not clipped automatically. + // While not strictly necessary, here IsItemVisible() is used to avoid rendering these shapes when they are out of view. + ImGui::Dummy(ImVec2(board_max.x - board_min.x, board_max.y - board_min.y)); + if (ImGui::IsItemVisible()) { - const KeyLayoutData* key_data = &keys_to_display[n]; - ImVec2 key_min = ImVec2(start_pos.x + key_data->Col * key_step.x + key_data->Row * key_row_offset, start_pos.y + key_data->Row * key_step.y); - ImVec2 key_max = ImVec2(key_min.x + key_size.x, key_min.y + key_size.y); - draw_list->AddRectFilled(key_min, key_max, IM_COL32(204, 204, 204, 255), key_rounding); - draw_list->AddRect(key_min, key_max, IM_COL32(24, 24, 24, 255), key_rounding); - ImVec2 face_min = ImVec2(key_min.x + key_face_pos.x, key_min.y + key_face_pos.y); - ImVec2 face_max = ImVec2(face_min.x + key_face_size.x, face_min.y + key_face_size.y); - draw_list->AddRect(face_min, face_max, IM_COL32(193, 193, 193, 255), key_face_rounding, ImDrawFlags_None, 2.0f); - draw_list->AddRectFilled(face_min, face_max, IM_COL32(252, 252, 252, 255), key_face_rounding); - ImVec2 label_min = ImVec2(key_min.x + key_label_pos.x, key_min.y + key_label_pos.y); - draw_list->AddText(label_min, IM_COL32(64, 64, 64, 255), key_data->Label); - if (ImGui::IsKeyDown(key_data->Key)) - draw_list->AddRectFilled(key_min, key_max, IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 128), key_rounding); + ImDrawList* draw_list = ImGui::GetWindowDrawList(); + draw_list->PushClipRect(board_min, board_max, true); + for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(keys_to_display); n++) + { + const KeyLayoutData* key_data = &keys_to_display[n]; + ImVec2 key_min = ImVec2(start_pos.x + key_data->Col * key_step.x + key_data->Row * key_row_offset, start_pos.y + key_data->Row * key_step.y); + ImVec2 key_max = ImVec2(key_min.x + key_size.x, key_min.y + key_size.y); + draw_list->AddRectFilled(key_min, key_max, IM_COL32(204, 204, 204, 255), key_rounding); + draw_list->AddRect(key_min, key_max, IM_COL32(24, 24, 24, 255), key_rounding); + ImVec2 face_min = ImVec2(key_min.x + key_face_pos.x, key_min.y + key_face_pos.y); + ImVec2 face_max = ImVec2(face_min.x + key_face_size.x, face_min.y + key_face_size.y); + draw_list->AddRect(face_min, face_max, IM_COL32(193, 193, 193, 255), key_face_rounding, ImDrawFlags_None, 2.0f); + draw_list->AddRectFilled(face_min, face_max, IM_COL32(252, 252, 252, 255), key_face_rounding); + ImVec2 label_min = ImVec2(key_min.x + key_label_pos.x, key_min.y + key_label_pos.y); + draw_list->AddText(label_min, IM_COL32(64, 64, 64, 255), key_data->Label); + if (ImGui::IsKeyDown(key_data->Key)) + draw_list->AddRectFilled(key_min, key_max, IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 128), key_rounding); + } + draw_list->PopClipRect(); } - draw_list->PopClipRect(); - ImGui::Dummy(ImVec2(board_max.x - board_min.x, board_max.y - board_min.y)); } ImGui::TreePop(); } if (ImGui::TreeNode("Capture override")) { - ImGui::Button("Hovering me sets the\nkeyboard capture flag"); - if (ImGui::IsItemHovered()) - ImGui::CaptureKeyboardFromApp(true); - ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::Button("Holding me clears the\nthe keyboard capture flag"); - if (ImGui::IsItemActive()) - ImGui::CaptureKeyboardFromApp(false); + HelpMarker( + "The value of io.WantCaptureMouse and io.WantCaptureKeyboard are normally set by Dear ImGui " + "to instruct your application of how to route inputs. Typically, when a value is true, it means " + "Dear ImGui wants the corresponding inputs and we expect the underlying application to ignore them.\n\n" + "The most typical case is: when hovering a window, Dear ImGui set io.WantCaptureMouse to true, " + "and underlying application should ignore mouse inputs (in practice there are many and more subtle " + "rules leading to how those flags are set)."); + + ImGui::Text("io.WantCaptureMouse: %d", io.WantCaptureMouse); + ImGui::Text("io.WantCaptureMouseUnlessPopupClose: %d", io.WantCaptureMouseUnlessPopupClose); + ImGui::Text("io.WantCaptureKeyboard: %d", io.WantCaptureKeyboard); + + HelpMarker( + "Hovering the colored canvas will override io.WantCaptureXXX fields.\n" + "Notice how normally (when set to none), the value of io.WantCaptureKeyboard would be false when hovering and true when clicking."); + static int capture_override_mouse = -1; + static int capture_override_keyboard = -1; + const char* capture_override_desc[] = { "None", "Set to false", "Set to true" }; + ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(ImGui::GetFontSize() * 15); + ImGui::SliderInt("SetNextFrameWantCaptureMouse()", &capture_override_mouse, -1, +1, capture_override_desc[capture_override_mouse + 1], ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp); + ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(ImGui::GetFontSize() * 15); + ImGui::SliderInt("SetNextFrameWantCaptureKeyboard()", &capture_override_keyboard, -1, +1, capture_override_desc[capture_override_keyboard + 1], ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp); + + ImGui::ColorButton("##panel", ImVec4(0.7f, 0.1f, 0.7f, 1.0f), ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoTooltip | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoDragDrop, ImVec2(256.0f, 192.0f)); // Dummy item + if (ImGui::IsItemHovered() && capture_override_mouse != -1) + ImGui::SetNextFrameWantCaptureMouse(capture_override_mouse == 1); + if (ImGui::IsItemHovered() && capture_override_keyboard != -1) + ImGui::SetNextFrameWantCaptureKeyboard(capture_override_keyboard == 1); + ImGui::TreePop(); } @@ -7317,7 +7365,7 @@ static void ShowExampleAppFullscreen(bool* p_open) { static bool use_work_area = true; - static ImGuiWindowFlags flags = ImGuiWindowFlags_NoDecoration | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings; + static ImGuiWindowFlags flags = ImGuiWindowFlags_NoDecoration | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings; // We demonstrate using the full viewport area or the work area (without menu-bars, task-bars etc.) // Based on your use case you may want one of the other. diff --git a/imgui/imgui_draw.cpp b/imgui/imgui_draw.cpp --- a/imgui/imgui_draw.cpp +++ b/imgui/imgui_draw.cpp @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -// dear imgui, v1.87 +// dear imgui, v1.88 // (drawing and font code) /* @@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ #endif //------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// [SECTION] STB libraries implementation +// [SECTION] STB libraries implementation (for stb_truetype and stb_rect_pack) //------------------------------------------------------------------------- // Compile time options: @@ -393,7 +393,7 @@ for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(CircleSegmentCounts); i++) { const float radius = (float)i; - CircleSegmentCounts[i] = (ImU8)((i > 0) ? IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_CALC(radius, CircleSegmentMaxError) : 0); + CircleSegmentCounts[i] = (ImU8)((i > 0) ? IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_CALC(radius, CircleSegmentMaxError) : IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX); } ArcFastRadiusCutoff = IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_CALC_R(IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX, CircleSegmentMaxError); } @@ -580,7 +580,7 @@ } // Render-level scissoring. This is passed down to your render function but not used for CPU-side coarse clipping. Prefer using higher-level ImGui::PushClipRect() to affect logic (hit-testing and widget culling) -void ImDrawList::PushClipRect(ImVec2 cr_min, ImVec2 cr_max, bool intersect_with_current_clip_rect) +void ImDrawList::PushClipRect(const ImVec2& cr_min, const ImVec2& cr_max, bool intersect_with_current_clip_rect) { ImVec4 cr(cr_min.x, cr_min.y, cr_max.x, cr_max.y); if (intersect_with_current_clip_rect) @@ -973,7 +973,8 @@ } } -// We intentionally avoid using ImVec2 and its math operators here to reduce cost to a minimum for debug/non-inlined builds. +// - We intentionally avoid using ImVec2 and its math operators here to reduce cost to a minimum for debug/non-inlined builds. +// - Filled shapes must always use clockwise winding order. The anti-aliasing fringe depends on it. Counter-clockwise shapes will have "inward" anti-aliasing. void ImDrawList::AddConvexPolyFilled(const ImVec2* points, const int points_count, ImU32 col) { if (points_count < 3) @@ -1057,7 +1058,7 @@ void ImDrawList::_PathArcToFastEx(const ImVec2& center, float radius, int a_min_sample, int a_max_sample, int a_step) { - if (radius <= 0.0f) + if (radius < 0.5f) { _Path.push_back(center); return; @@ -1149,7 +1150,7 @@ void ImDrawList::_PathArcToN(const ImVec2& center, float radius, float a_min, float a_max, int num_segments) { - if (radius <= 0.0f) + if (radius < 0.5f) { _Path.push_back(center); return; @@ -1168,7 +1169,7 @@ // 0: East, 3: South, 6: West, 9: North, 12: East void ImDrawList::PathArcToFast(const ImVec2& center, float radius, int a_min_of_12, int a_max_of_12) { - if (radius <= 0.0f) + if (radius < 0.5f) { _Path.push_back(center); return; @@ -1178,7 +1179,7 @@ void ImDrawList::PathArcTo(const ImVec2& center, float radius, float a_min, float a_max, int num_segments) { - if (radius <= 0.0f) + if (radius < 0.5f) { _Path.push_back(center); return; @@ -1206,8 +1207,8 @@ const float a_min_segment_angle = a_min_sample * IM_PI * 2.0f / IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX; const float a_max_segment_angle = a_max_sample * IM_PI * 2.0f / IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX; - const bool a_emit_start = (a_min_segment_angle - a_min) != 0.0f; - const bool a_emit_end = (a_max - a_max_segment_angle) != 0.0f; + const bool a_emit_start = ImAbs(a_min_segment_angle - a_min) >= 1e-5f; + const bool a_emit_end = ImAbs(a_max - a_max_segment_angle) >= 1e-5f; _Path.reserve(_Path.Size + (a_mid_samples + 1 + (a_emit_start ? 1 : 0) + (a_emit_end ? 1 : 0))); if (a_emit_start) @@ -1359,7 +1360,7 @@ rounding = ImMin(rounding, ImFabs(b.x - a.x) * ( ((flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTop) == ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTop) || ((flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottom) == ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottom) ? 0.5f : 1.0f ) - 1.0f); rounding = ImMin(rounding, ImFabs(b.y - a.y) * ( ((flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersLeft) == ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersLeft) || ((flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersRight) == ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersRight) ? 0.5f : 1.0f ) - 1.0f); - if (rounding <= 0.0f || (flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersMask_) == ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone) + if (rounding < 0.5f || (flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersMask_) == ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone) { PathLineTo(a); PathLineTo(ImVec2(b.x, a.y)); @@ -1405,7 +1406,7 @@ { if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0) return; - if (rounding <= 0.0f || (flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersMask_) == ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone) + if (rounding < 0.5f || (flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersMask_) == ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone) { PrimReserve(6, 4); PrimRect(p_min, p_max, col); @@ -1481,7 +1482,7 @@ void ImDrawList::AddCircle(const ImVec2& center, float radius, ImU32 col, int num_segments, float thickness) { - if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0 || radius <= 0.0f) + if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0 || radius < 0.5f) return; if (num_segments <= 0) @@ -1505,7 +1506,7 @@ void ImDrawList::AddCircleFilled(const ImVec2& center, float radius, ImU32 col, int num_segments) { - if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0 || radius <= 0.0f) + if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0 || radius < 0.5f) return; if (num_segments <= 0) @@ -1645,7 +1646,7 @@ return; flags = FixRectCornerFlags(flags); - if (rounding <= 0.0f || (flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersMask_) == ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone) + if (rounding < 0.5f || (flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersMask_) == ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone) { AddImage(user_texture_id, p_min, p_max, uv_min, uv_max, col); return; @@ -2637,8 +2638,8 @@ for (int i = 0; i < pack_rects.Size; i++) if (pack_rects[i].was_packed) { - user_rects[i].X = pack_rects[i].x; - user_rects[i].Y = pack_rects[i].y; + user_rects[i].X = (unsigned short)pack_rects[i].x; + user_rects[i].Y = (unsigned short)pack_rects[i].y; IM_ASSERT(pack_rects[i].w == user_rects[i].Width && pack_rects[i].h == user_rects[i].Height); atlas->TexHeight = ImMax(atlas->TexHeight, pack_rects[i].y + pack_rects[i].h); } @@ -2738,13 +2739,13 @@ { unsigned int* write_ptr = &atlas->TexPixelsRGBA32[r->X + ((r->Y + y) * atlas->TexWidth)]; for (unsigned int i = 0; i < pad_left; i++) - *(write_ptr + i) = IM_COL32_BLACK_TRANS; + *(write_ptr + i) = IM_COL32(255, 255, 255, 0); for (unsigned int i = 0; i < line_width; i++) *(write_ptr + pad_left + i) = IM_COL32_WHITE; for (unsigned int i = 0; i < pad_right; i++) - *(write_ptr + pad_left + line_width + i) = IM_COL32_BLACK_TRANS; + *(write_ptr + pad_left + line_width + i) = IM_COL32(255, 255, 255, 0); } // Calculate UVs for this line @@ -3523,7 +3524,7 @@ } // Note: as with every ImDrawList drawing function, this expects that the font atlas texture is bound. -void ImFont::RenderChar(ImDrawList* draw_list, float size, ImVec2 pos, ImU32 col, ImWchar c) const +void ImFont::RenderChar(ImDrawList* draw_list, float size, const ImVec2& pos, ImU32 col, ImWchar c) const { const ImFontGlyph* glyph = FindGlyph(c); if (!glyph || !glyph->Visible) @@ -3531,26 +3532,25 @@ if (glyph->Colored) col |= ~IM_COL32_A_MASK; float scale = (size >= 0.0f) ? (size / FontSize) : 1.0f; - pos.x = IM_FLOOR(pos.x); - pos.y = IM_FLOOR(pos.y); + float x = IM_FLOOR(pos.x); + float y = IM_FLOOR(pos.y); draw_list->PrimReserve(6, 4); - draw_list->PrimRectUV(ImVec2(pos.x + glyph->X0 * scale, pos.y + glyph->Y0 * scale), ImVec2(pos.x + glyph->X1 * scale, pos.y + glyph->Y1 * scale), ImVec2(glyph->U0, glyph->V0), ImVec2(glyph->U1, glyph->V1), col); + draw_list->PrimRectUV(ImVec2(x + glyph->X0 * scale, y + glyph->Y0 * scale), ImVec2(x + glyph->X1 * scale, y + glyph->Y1 * scale), ImVec2(glyph->U0, glyph->V0), ImVec2(glyph->U1, glyph->V1), col); } // Note: as with every ImDrawList drawing function, this expects that the font atlas texture is bound. -void ImFont::RenderText(ImDrawList* draw_list, float size, ImVec2 pos, ImU32 col, const ImVec4& clip_rect, const char* text_begin, const char* text_end, float wrap_width, bool cpu_fine_clip) const +void ImFont::RenderText(ImDrawList* draw_list, float size, const ImVec2& pos, ImU32 col, const ImVec4& clip_rect, const char* text_begin, const char* text_end, float wrap_width, bool cpu_fine_clip) const { if (!text_end) text_end = text_begin + strlen(text_begin); // ImGui:: functions generally already provides a valid text_end, so this is merely to handle direct calls. // Align to be pixel perfect - pos.x = IM_FLOOR(pos.x); - pos.y = IM_FLOOR(pos.y); - float x = pos.x; - float y = pos.y; + float x = IM_FLOOR(pos.x); + float y = IM_FLOOR(pos.y); if (y > clip_rect.w) return; + const float start_x = x; const float scale = size / FontSize; const float line_height = FontSize * scale; const bool word_wrap_enabled = (wrap_width > 0.0f); @@ -3602,14 +3602,14 @@ // Calculate how far we can render. Requires two passes on the string data but keeps the code simple and not intrusive for what's essentially an uncommon feature. if (!word_wrap_eol) { - word_wrap_eol = CalcWordWrapPositionA(scale, s, text_end, wrap_width - (x - pos.x)); + word_wrap_eol = CalcWordWrapPositionA(scale, s, text_end, wrap_width - (x - start_x)); if (word_wrap_eol == s) // Wrap_width is too small to fit anything. Force displaying 1 character to minimize the height discontinuity. word_wrap_eol++; // +1 may not be a character start point in UTF-8 but it's ok because we use s >= word_wrap_eol below } if (s >= word_wrap_eol) { - x = pos.x; + x = start_x; y += line_height; word_wrap_eol = NULL; @@ -3640,7 +3640,7 @@ { if (c == '\n') { - x = pos.x; + x = start_x; y += line_height; if (y > clip_rect.w) break; // break out of main loop @@ -3736,7 +3736,6 @@ // - RenderArrow() // - RenderBullet() // - RenderCheckMark() -// - RenderMouseCursor() // - RenderArrowPointingAt() // - RenderRectFilledRangeH() // - RenderRectFilledWithHole() @@ -3797,27 +3796,6 @@ draw_list->PathStroke(col, 0, thickness); } -void ImGui::RenderMouseCursor(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImVec2 pos, float scale, ImGuiMouseCursor mouse_cursor, ImU32 col_fill, ImU32 col_border, ImU32 col_shadow) -{ - if (mouse_cursor == ImGuiMouseCursor_None) - return; - IM_ASSERT(mouse_cursor > ImGuiMouseCursor_None && mouse_cursor < ImGuiMouseCursor_COUNT); - - ImFontAtlas* font_atlas = draw_list->_Data->Font->ContainerAtlas; - ImVec2 offset, size, uv[4]; - if (font_atlas->GetMouseCursorTexData(mouse_cursor, &offset, &size, &uv[0], &uv[2])) - { - pos -= offset; - ImTextureID tex_id = font_atlas->TexID; - draw_list->PushTextureID(tex_id); - draw_list->AddImage(tex_id, pos + ImVec2(1, 0) * scale, pos + (ImVec2(1, 0) + size) * scale, uv[2], uv[3], col_shadow); - draw_list->AddImage(tex_id, pos + ImVec2(2, 0) * scale, pos + (ImVec2(2, 0) + size) * scale, uv[2], uv[3], col_shadow); - draw_list->AddImage(tex_id, pos, pos + size * scale, uv[2], uv[3], col_border); - draw_list->AddImage(tex_id, pos, pos + size * scale, uv[0], uv[1], col_fill); - draw_list->PopTextureID(); - } -} - // Render an arrow. 'pos' is position of the arrow tip. half_sz.x is length from base to tip. half_sz.y is length on each side. void ImGui::RenderArrowPointingAt(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImVec2 pos, ImVec2 half_sz, ImGuiDir direction, ImU32 col) { @@ -3900,7 +3878,7 @@ draw_list->PathFillConvex(col); } -void ImGui::RenderRectFilledWithHole(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImRect outer, ImRect inner, ImU32 col, float rounding) +void ImGui::RenderRectFilledWithHole(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImRect& outer, const ImRect& inner, ImU32 col, float rounding) { const bool fill_L = (inner.Min.x > outer.Min.x); const bool fill_R = (inner.Max.x < outer.Max.x); diff --git a/imgui/imgui_internal.h b/imgui/imgui_internal.h --- a/imgui/imgui_internal.h +++ b/imgui/imgui_internal.h @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -// dear imgui, v1.87 +// dear imgui, v1.88 // (internal structures/api) // You may use this file to debug, understand or extend ImGui features but we don't provide any guarantee of forward compatibility! @@ -136,6 +136,7 @@ struct ImGuiTabItem; // Storage for a tab item (within a tab bar) struct ImGuiTable; // Storage for a table struct ImGuiTableColumn; // Storage for one column of a table +struct ImGuiTableInstanceData; // Storage for one instance of a same table struct ImGuiTableTempData; // Temporary storage for one table (one per table in the stack), shared between tables. struct ImGuiTableSettings; // Storage for a table .ini settings struct ImGuiTableColumnsSettings; // Storage for a column .ini settings @@ -146,6 +147,7 @@ // Use your programming IDE "Go to definition" facility on the names of the center columns to find the actual flags/enum lists. typedef int ImGuiLayoutType; // -> enum ImGuiLayoutType_ // Enum: Horizontal or vertical typedef int ImGuiActivateFlags; // -> enum ImGuiActivateFlags_ // Flags: for navigation/focus function (will be for ActivateItem() later) +typedef int ImGuiDebugLogFlags; // -> enum ImGuiDebugLogFlags_ // Flags: for ShowDebugLogWindow(), g.DebugLogFlags typedef int ImGuiItemFlags; // -> enum ImGuiItemFlags_ // Flags: for PushItemFlag() typedef int ImGuiItemStatusFlags; // -> enum ImGuiItemStatusFlags_ // Flags: for DC.LastItemStatusFlags typedef int ImGuiOldColumnFlags; // -> enum ImGuiOldColumnFlags_ // Flags: for BeginColumns() @@ -192,18 +194,23 @@ // [SECTION] Macros //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// Debug Logging -#ifndef IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG -#define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG(_FMT,...) printf("[%05d] " _FMT, GImGui->FrameCount, __VA_ARGS__) +// Debug Printing Into TTY +// (since IMGUI_VERSION_NUM >= 18729: IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG was reworked into IMGUI_DEBUG_PRINTF (and removed framecount from it). If you were using a #define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG please rename) +#ifndef IMGUI_DEBUG_PRINTF +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FORMAT_FUNCTIONS +#define IMGUI_DEBUG_PRINTF(_FMT,...) printf(_FMT, __VA_ARGS__) +#else +#define IMGUI_DEBUG_PRINTF(_FMT,...) #endif +#endif -// Debug Logging for selected systems. Remove the '((void)0) //' to enable. -//#define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_POPUP IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG // Enable log -//#define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG // Enable log -//#define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG // Enable log -#define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_POPUP(...) ((void)0) // Disable log -#define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV(...) ((void)0) // Disable log -#define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO(...) ((void)0) // Disable log +// Debug Logging for ShowDebugLogWindow(). This is designed for relatively rare events so please don't spam. +#define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG(...) ImGui::DebugLog(__VA_ARGS__); +#define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_ACTIVEID(...) do { if (g.DebugLogFlags & ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventActiveId) IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG(__VA_ARGS__); } while (0) +#define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_FOCUS(...) do { if (g.DebugLogFlags & ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventFocus) IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG(__VA_ARGS__); } while (0) +#define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_POPUP(...) do { if (g.DebugLogFlags & ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventPopup) IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG(__VA_ARGS__); } while (0) +#define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV(...) do { if (g.DebugLogFlags & ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventNav) IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG(__VA_ARGS__); } while (0) +#define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO(...) do { if (g.DebugLogFlags & ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventIO) IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG(__VA_ARGS__); } while (0) // Static Asserts #define IM_STATIC_ASSERT(_COND) static_assert(_COND, "") @@ -231,7 +238,7 @@ #define IM_NEWLINE "\n" #endif #define IM_TABSIZE (4) -#define IM_MEMALIGN(_OFF,_ALIGN) (((_OFF) + (_ALIGN - 1)) & ~(_ALIGN - 1)) // Memory align e.g. IM_ALIGN(0,4)=0, IM_ALIGN(1,4)=4, IM_ALIGN(4,4)=4, IM_ALIGN(5,4)=8 +#define IM_MEMALIGN(_OFF,_ALIGN) (((_OFF) + ((_ALIGN) - 1)) & ~((_ALIGN) - 1)) // Memory align e.g. IM_ALIGN(0,4)=0, IM_ALIGN(1,4)=4, IM_ALIGN(4,4)=4, IM_ALIGN(5,4)=8 #define IM_F32_TO_INT8_UNBOUND(_VAL) ((int)((_VAL) * 255.0f + ((_VAL)>=0 ? 0.5f : -0.5f))) // Unsaturated, for display purpose #define IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(_VAL) ((int)(ImSaturate(_VAL) * 255.0f + 0.5f)) // Saturated, always output 0..255 #define IM_FLOOR(_VAL) ((float)(int)(_VAL)) // ImFloor() is not inlined in MSVC debug builds @@ -278,7 +285,8 @@ // - Helpers: Hashing // - Helpers: Sorting // - Helpers: Bit manipulation -// - Helpers: String, Formatting +// - Helpers: String +// - Helpers: Formatting // - Helpers: UTF-8 <> wchar conversions // - Helpers: ImVec2/ImVec4 operators // - Helpers: Maths @@ -296,9 +304,6 @@ // Helpers: Hashing IMGUI_API ImGuiID ImHashData(const void* data, size_t data_size, ImU32 seed = 0); IMGUI_API ImGuiID ImHashStr(const char* data, size_t data_size = 0, ImU32 seed = 0); -#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS -static inline ImGuiID ImHash(const void* data, int size, ImU32 seed = 0) { return size ? ImHashData(data, (size_t)size, seed) : ImHashStr((const char*)data, 0, seed); } // [moved to ImHashStr/ImHashData in 1.68] -#endif // Helpers: Sorting #ifndef ImQsort @@ -313,7 +318,7 @@ static inline bool ImIsPowerOfTwo(ImU64 v) { return v != 0 && (v & (v - 1)) == 0; } static inline int ImUpperPowerOfTwo(int v) { v--; v |= v >> 1; v |= v >> 2; v |= v >> 4; v |= v >> 8; v |= v >> 16; v++; return v; } -// Helpers: String, Formatting +// Helpers: String IMGUI_API int ImStricmp(const char* str1, const char* str2); IMGUI_API int ImStrnicmp(const char* str1, const char* str2, size_t count); IMGUI_API void ImStrncpy(char* dst, const char* src, size_t count); @@ -326,14 +331,20 @@ IMGUI_API const char* ImStristr(const char* haystack, const char* haystack_end, const char* needle, const char* needle_end); IMGUI_API void ImStrTrimBlanks(char* str); IMGUI_API const char* ImStrSkipBlank(const char* str); +static inline bool ImCharIsBlankA(char c) { return c == ' ' || c == '\t'; } +static inline bool ImCharIsBlankW(unsigned int c) { return c == ' ' || c == '\t' || c == 0x3000; } + +// Helpers: Formatting IMGUI_API int ImFormatString(char* buf, size_t buf_size, const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(3); IMGUI_API int ImFormatStringV(char* buf, size_t buf_size, const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(3); +IMGUI_API void ImFormatStringToTempBuffer(const char** out_buf, const char** out_buf_end, const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(3); +IMGUI_API void ImFormatStringToTempBufferV(const char** out_buf, const char** out_buf_end, const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(3); IMGUI_API const char* ImParseFormatFindStart(const char* format); IMGUI_API const char* ImParseFormatFindEnd(const char* format); IMGUI_API const char* ImParseFormatTrimDecorations(const char* format, char* buf, size_t buf_size); +IMGUI_API void ImParseFormatSanitizeForPrinting(const char* fmt_in, char* fmt_out, size_t fmt_out_size); +IMGUI_API const char* ImParseFormatSanitizeForScanning(const char* fmt_in, char* fmt_out, size_t fmt_out_size); IMGUI_API int ImParseFormatPrecision(const char* format, int default_value); -static inline bool ImCharIsBlankA(char c) { return c == ' ' || c == '\t'; } -static inline bool ImCharIsBlankW(unsigned int c) { return c == ' ' || c == '\t' || c == 0x3000; } // Helpers: UTF-8 <> wchar conversions IMGUI_API const char* ImTextCharToUtf8(char out_buf[5], unsigned int c); // return out_buf @@ -469,17 +480,17 @@ struct ImVec1 { float x; - ImVec1() { x = 0.0f; } - ImVec1(float _x) { x = _x; } + constexpr ImVec1() : x(0.0f) { } + constexpr ImVec1(float _x) : x(_x) { } }; // Helper: ImVec2ih (2D vector, half-size integer, for long-term packed storage) struct ImVec2ih { short x, y; - ImVec2ih() { x = y = 0; } - ImVec2ih(short _x, short _y) { x = _x; y = _y; } - explicit ImVec2ih(const ImVec2& rhs) { x = (short)rhs.x; y = (short)rhs.y; } + constexpr ImVec2ih() : x(0), y(0) {} + constexpr ImVec2ih(short _x, short _y) : x(_x), y(_y) {} + constexpr explicit ImVec2ih(const ImVec2& rhs) : x((short)rhs.x), y((short)rhs.y) {} }; // Helper: ImRect (2D axis aligned bounding-box) @@ -489,10 +500,10 @@ ImVec2 Min; // Upper-left ImVec2 Max; // Lower-right - ImRect() : Min(0.0f, 0.0f), Max(0.0f, 0.0f) {} - ImRect(const ImVec2& min, const ImVec2& max) : Min(min), Max(max) {} - ImRect(const ImVec4& v) : Min(v.x, v.y), Max(v.z, v.w) {} - ImRect(float x1, float y1, float x2, float y2) : Min(x1, y1), Max(x2, y2) {} + constexpr ImRect() : Min(0.0f, 0.0f), Max(0.0f, 0.0f) {} + constexpr ImRect(const ImVec2& min, const ImVec2& max) : Min(min), Max(max) {} + constexpr ImRect(const ImVec4& v) : Min(v.x, v.y), Max(v.z, v.w) {} + constexpr ImRect(float x1, float y1, float x2, float y2) : Min(x1, y1), Max(x2, y2) {} ImVec2 GetCenter() const { return ImVec2((Min.x + Max.x) * 0.5f, (Min.y + Max.y) * 0.5f); } ImVec2 GetSize() const { return ImVec2(Max.x - Min.x, Max.y - Min.y); } @@ -547,11 +558,11 @@ ImBitArray() { ClearAllBits(); } void ClearAllBits() { memset(Storage, 0, sizeof(Storage)); } void SetAllBits() { memset(Storage, 255, sizeof(Storage)); } - bool TestBit(int n) const { IM_ASSERT(n + OFFSET < BITCOUNT); return ImBitArrayTestBit(Storage, n + OFFSET); } - void SetBit(int n) { IM_ASSERT(n + OFFSET < BITCOUNT); ImBitArraySetBit(Storage, n + OFFSET); } - void ClearBit(int n) { IM_ASSERT(n + OFFSET < BITCOUNT); ImBitArrayClearBit(Storage, n + OFFSET); } - void SetBitRange(int n, int n2) { ImBitArraySetBitRange(Storage, n + OFFSET, n2 + OFFSET); } // Works on range [n..n2) - bool operator[](int n) const { IM_ASSERT(n + OFFSET < BITCOUNT); return ImBitArrayTestBit(Storage, n + OFFSET); } + bool TestBit(int n) const { n += OFFSET; IM_ASSERT(n >= 0 && n < BITCOUNT); return ImBitArrayTestBit(Storage, n); } + void SetBit(int n) { n += OFFSET; IM_ASSERT(n >= 0 && n < BITCOUNT); ImBitArraySetBit(Storage, n); } + void ClearBit(int n) { n += OFFSET; IM_ASSERT(n >= 0 && n < BITCOUNT); ImBitArrayClearBit(Storage, n); } + void SetBitRange(int n, int n2) { n += OFFSET; n2 += OFFSET; IM_ASSERT(n >= 0 && n < BITCOUNT && n2 > n && n2 <= BITCOUNT); ImBitArraySetBitRange(Storage, n, n2); } // Works on range [n..n2) + bool operator[](int n) const { n += OFFSET; IM_ASSERT(n >= 0 && n < BITCOUNT); return ImBitArrayTestBit(Storage, n); } }; // Helper: ImBitVector @@ -691,7 +702,6 @@ // // Rendering circles with an odd number of segments, while mathematically correct will produce // asymmetrical results on the raster grid. Therefore we're rounding N to next even number (7->8, 8->8, 9->10 etc.) -// #define IM_ROUNDUP_TO_EVEN(_V) ((((_V) + 1) / 2) * 2) #define IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_MIN 4 #define IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_MAX 512 @@ -775,9 +785,9 @@ #ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE , // [imgui_tests only] - ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Openable = 1 << 20, // + ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Openable = 1 << 20, // Item is an openable (e.g. TreeNode) ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Opened = 1 << 21, // - ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Checkable = 1 << 22, // + ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Checkable = 1 << 22, // Item is a checkable (e.g. CheckBox, MenuItem) ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Checked = 1 << 23 // #endif }; @@ -930,8 +940,8 @@ // Stacked color modifier, backup of modified data so we can restore it struct ImGuiColorMod { - ImGuiCol Col; - ImVec4 BackupValue; + ImGuiCol Col; + ImVec4 BackupValue; }; // Stacked style modifier, backup of modified data so we can restore it. Data type inferred from the variable. @@ -1034,12 +1044,13 @@ ImGuiID PopupId; // Set on OpenPopup() ImGuiWindow* Window; // Resolved on BeginPopup() - may stay unresolved if user never calls OpenPopup() ImGuiWindow* SourceWindow; // Set on OpenPopup() copy of NavWindow at the time of opening the popup + int ParentNavLayer; // Resolved on BeginPopup(). Actually a ImGuiNavLayer type (declared down below), initialized to -1 which is not part of an enum, but serves well-enough as "not any of layers" value int OpenFrameCount; // Set on OpenPopup() ImGuiID OpenParentId; // Set on OpenPopup(), we need this to differentiate multiple menu sets from each others (e.g. inside menu bar vs loose menu items) ImVec2 OpenPopupPos; // Set on OpenPopup(), preferred popup position (typically == OpenMousePos when using mouse) ImVec2 OpenMousePos; // Set on OpenPopup(), copy of mouse position at the time of opening popup - ImGuiPopupData() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); OpenFrameCount = -1; } + ImGuiPopupData() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); ParentNavLayer = OpenFrameCount = -1; } }; enum ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_ @@ -1139,6 +1150,7 @@ { int Index; float Width; + float InitialWidth; }; struct ImGuiPtrOrIndex @@ -1171,7 +1183,7 @@ ImGuiInputEventType_MouseWheel, ImGuiInputEventType_MouseButton, ImGuiInputEventType_Key, - ImGuiInputEventType_Char, + ImGuiInputEventType_Text, ImGuiInputEventType_Focus, ImGuiInputEventType_COUNT }; @@ -1215,14 +1227,14 @@ }; // FIXME-NAV: Clarify/expose various repeat delay/rate -enum ImGuiInputReadMode +enum ImGuiNavReadMode { - ImGuiInputReadMode_Down, - ImGuiInputReadMode_Pressed, - ImGuiInputReadMode_Released, - ImGuiInputReadMode_Repeat, - ImGuiInputReadMode_RepeatSlow, - ImGuiInputReadMode_RepeatFast + ImGuiNavReadMode_Down, + ImGuiNavReadMode_Pressed, + ImGuiNavReadMode_Released, + ImGuiNavReadMode_Repeat, + ImGuiNavReadMode_RepeatSlow, + ImGuiNavReadMode_RepeatFast }; //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -1293,7 +1305,7 @@ enum ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_ { ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_None = 0, - ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_RawKeyboard = 1 << 0, // Raw keyboard (not pulled from nav), faciliate use of some functions before we can unify nav and keys + ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_RawKeyboard = 1 << 0, // Raw keyboard (not pulled from nav), facilitate use of some functions before we can unify nav and keys ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_Keyboard = 1 << 1, ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_PadDPad = 1 << 2, ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_PadLStick = 1 << 3 @@ -1481,8 +1493,22 @@ // [SECTION] Metrics, Debug Tools //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +enum ImGuiDebugLogFlags_ +{ + // Event types + ImGuiDebugLogFlags_None = 0, + ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventActiveId = 1 << 0, + ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventFocus = 1 << 1, + ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventPopup = 1 << 2, + ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventNav = 1 << 3, + ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventIO = 1 << 4, + ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventMask_ = ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventActiveId | ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventFocus | ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventPopup | ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventNav | ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventIO, + ImGuiDebugLogFlags_OutputToTTY = 1 << 10 // Also send output to TTY +}; + struct ImGuiMetricsConfig { + bool ShowDebugLog; bool ShowStackTool; bool ShowWindowsRects; bool ShowWindowsBeginOrder; @@ -1494,14 +1520,10 @@ ImGuiMetricsConfig() { - ShowStackTool = false; - ShowWindowsRects = false; - ShowWindowsBeginOrder = false; - ShowTablesRects = false; + ShowDebugLog = ShowStackTool = ShowWindowsRects = ShowWindowsBeginOrder = ShowTablesRects = false; ShowDrawCmdMesh = true; ShowDrawCmdBoundingBoxes = true; - ShowWindowsRectsType = -1; - ShowTablesRectsType = -1; + ShowWindowsRectsType = ShowTablesRectsType = -1; } }; @@ -1510,7 +1532,8 @@ ImGuiID ID; ImS8 QueryFrameCount; // >= 1: Query in progress bool QuerySuccess; // Obtained result from DebugHookIdInfo() - char Desc[58]; // Arbitrarily sized buffer to hold a result (FIXME: could replace Results[] with a chunk stream?) + ImGuiDataType DataType : 8; + char Desc[57]; // Arbitrarily sized buffer to hold a result (FIXME: could replace Results[] with a chunk stream?) FIXME: Now that we added CTRL+C this should be fixed. ImGuiStackLevelInfo() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } }; @@ -1522,8 +1545,10 @@ int StackLevel; // -1: query stack and resize Results, >= 0: individual stack level ImGuiID QueryId; // ID to query details for ImVector Results; + bool CopyToClipboardOnCtrlC; + float CopyToClipboardLastTime; - ImGuiStackTool() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } + ImGuiStackTool() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); CopyToClipboardLastTime = -FLT_MAX; } }; //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -1545,7 +1570,7 @@ }; //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// [SECTION] ImGuiContext (main imgui context) +// [SECTION] ImGuiContext (main Dear ImGui context) //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- struct ImGuiContext @@ -1606,10 +1631,6 @@ bool ActiveIdHasBeenPressedBefore; // Track whether the active id led to a press (this is to allow changing between PressOnClick and PressOnRelease without pressing twice). Used by range_select branch. bool ActiveIdHasBeenEditedBefore; // Was the value associated to the widget Edited over the course of the Active state. bool ActiveIdHasBeenEditedThisFrame; - bool ActiveIdUsingMouseWheel; // Active widget will want to read mouse wheel. Blocks scrolling the underlying window. - ImU32 ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask; // Active widget will want to read those nav move requests (e.g. can activate a button and move away from it) - ImU32 ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask; // Active widget will want to read those nav inputs. - ImBitArrayForNamedKeys ActiveIdUsingKeyInputMask; // Active widget will want to read those key inputs. When we grow the ImGuiKey enum we'll need to either to order the enum to make useful keys come first, either redesign this into e.g. a small array. ImVec2 ActiveIdClickOffset; // Clicked offset from upper-left corner, if applicable (currently only set by ButtonBehavior) ImGuiWindow* ActiveIdWindow; ImGuiInputSource ActiveIdSource; // Activating with mouse or nav (gamepad/keyboard) @@ -1621,6 +1642,12 @@ ImGuiID LastActiveId; // Store the last non-zero ActiveId, useful for animation. float LastActiveIdTimer; // Store the last non-zero ActiveId timer since the beginning of activation, useful for animation. + // Input Ownership + bool ActiveIdUsingMouseWheel; // Active widget will want to read mouse wheel. Blocks scrolling the underlying window. + ImU32 ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask; // Active widget will want to read those nav move requests (e.g. can activate a button and move away from it) + ImU32 ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask; // Active widget will want to read those nav inputs. + ImBitArrayForNamedKeys ActiveIdUsingKeyInputMask; // Active widget will want to read those key inputs. When we grow the ImGuiKey enum we'll need to either to order the enum to make useful keys come first, either redesign this into e.g. a small array. + // Next window/item data ImGuiItemFlags CurrentItemFlags; // == g.ItemFlagsStack.back() ImGuiNextItemData NextItemData; // Storage for SetNextItem** functions @@ -1642,7 +1669,7 @@ ImVector Viewports; // Active viewports (Size==1 in 'master' branch). Each viewports hold their copy of ImDrawData. // Gamepad/keyboard Navigation - ImGuiWindow* NavWindow; // Focused window for navigation. Could be called 'FocusWindow' + ImGuiWindow* NavWindow; // Focused window for navigation. Could be called 'FocusedWindow' ImGuiID NavId; // Focused item for navigation ImGuiID NavFocusScopeId; // Identify a selection scope (selection code often wants to "clear other items" when landing on an item of the selection set) ImGuiID NavActivateId; // ~~ (g.ActiveId == 0) && IsNavInputPressed(ImGuiNavInput_Activate) ? NavId : 0, also set when calling ActivateItem() @@ -1652,7 +1679,7 @@ ImGuiActivateFlags NavActivateFlags; ImGuiID NavJustMovedToId; // Just navigated to this id (result of a successfully MoveRequest). ImGuiID NavJustMovedToFocusScopeId; // Just navigated to this focus scope id (result of a successfully MoveRequest). - ImGuiKeyModFlags NavJustMovedToKeyMods; + ImGuiModFlags NavJustMovedToKeyMods; ImGuiID NavNextActivateId; // Set by ActivateItem(), queued until next frame. ImGuiActivateFlags NavNextActivateFlags; ImGuiInputSource NavInputSource; // Keyboard or Gamepad mode? THIS WILL ONLY BE None or NavGamepad or NavKeyboard. @@ -1673,7 +1700,7 @@ bool NavMoveForwardToNextFrame; ImGuiNavMoveFlags NavMoveFlags; ImGuiScrollFlags NavMoveScrollFlags; - ImGuiKeyModFlags NavMoveKeyMods; + ImGuiModFlags NavMoveKeyMods; ImGuiDir NavMoveDir; // Direction of the move request (left/right/up/down) ImGuiDir NavMoveDirForDebug; ImGuiDir NavMoveClipDir; // FIXME-NAV: Describe the purpose of this better. Might want to rename? @@ -1722,7 +1749,7 @@ int ClipperTempDataStacked; ImVector ClipperTempData; - // Table + // Tables ImGuiTable* CurrentTable; int TablesTempDataStacked; // Temporary table data size (because we leave previous instances undestructed, we generally don't use TablesTempData.Size) ImVector TablesTempData; // Temporary table data (buffers reused/shared across instances, support nesting) @@ -1747,6 +1774,7 @@ ImU32 ColorEditLastColor; // RGB value with alpha set to 0. ImVec4 ColorPickerRef; // Initial/reference color at the time of opening the color picker. ImGuiComboPreviewData ComboPreviewData; + float SliderGrabClickOffset; float SliderCurrentAccum; // Accumulated slider delta when using navigation controls. bool SliderCurrentAccumDirty; // Has the accumulated slider delta changed since last time we tried to apply it? bool DragCurrentAccumDirty; @@ -1789,6 +1817,8 @@ int LogDepthToExpandDefault; // Default/stored value for LogDepthMaxExpand if not specified in the LogXXX function call. // Debug Tools + ImGuiDebugLogFlags DebugLogFlags; + ImGuiTextBuffer DebugLogBuf; bool DebugItemPickerActive; // Item picker is active (started with DebugStartItemPicker()) ImGuiID DebugItemPickerBreakId; // Will call IM_DEBUG_BREAK() when encountering this ID ImGuiMetricsConfig DebugMetricsConfig; @@ -1799,10 +1829,10 @@ int FramerateSecPerFrameIdx; int FramerateSecPerFrameCount; float FramerateSecPerFrameAccum; - int WantCaptureMouseNextFrame; // Explicit capture via CaptureKeyboardFromApp()/CaptureMouseFromApp() sets those flags - int WantCaptureKeyboardNextFrame; + int WantCaptureMouseNextFrame; // Explicit capture override via SetNextFrameWantCaptureMouse()/SetNextFrameWantCaptureKeyboard(). Default to -1. + int WantCaptureKeyboardNextFrame; // " int WantTextInputNextFrame; - char TempBuffer[1024 * 3 + 1]; // Temporary text buffer + ImVector TempBuffer; // Temporary text buffer ImGuiContext(ImFontAtlas* shared_font_atlas) { @@ -1842,10 +1872,6 @@ ActiveIdHasBeenPressedBefore = false; ActiveIdHasBeenEditedBefore = false; ActiveIdHasBeenEditedThisFrame = false; - ActiveIdUsingMouseWheel = false; - ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask = 0x00; - ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask = 0x00; - ActiveIdUsingKeyInputMask.ClearAllBits(); ActiveIdClickOffset = ImVec2(-1, -1); ActiveIdWindow = NULL; ActiveIdSource = ImGuiInputSource_None; @@ -1857,6 +1883,11 @@ LastActiveId = 0; LastActiveIdTimer = 0.0f; + ActiveIdUsingMouseWheel = false; + ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask = 0x00; + ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask = 0x00; + ActiveIdUsingKeyInputMask.ClearAllBits(); + CurrentItemFlags = ImGuiItemFlags_None; BeginMenuCount = 0; @@ -1864,7 +1895,7 @@ NavId = NavFocusScopeId = NavActivateId = NavActivateDownId = NavActivatePressedId = NavActivateInputId = 0; NavJustMovedToId = NavJustMovedToFocusScopeId = NavNextActivateId = 0; NavActivateFlags = NavNextActivateFlags = ImGuiActivateFlags_None; - NavJustMovedToKeyMods = ImGuiKeyModFlags_None; + NavJustMovedToKeyMods = ImGuiModFlags_None; NavInputSource = ImGuiInputSource_None; NavLayer = ImGuiNavLayer_Main; NavIdIsAlive = false; @@ -1880,7 +1911,7 @@ NavMoveForwardToNextFrame = false; NavMoveFlags = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_None; NavMoveScrollFlags = ImGuiScrollFlags_None; - NavMoveKeyMods = ImGuiKeyModFlags_None; + NavMoveKeyMods = ImGuiModFlags_None; NavMoveDir = NavMoveDirForDebug = NavMoveClipDir = ImGuiDir_None; NavScoringDebugCount = 0; NavTabbingDir = 0; @@ -1915,6 +1946,7 @@ ColorEditOptions = ImGuiColorEditFlags_DefaultOptions_; ColorEditLastHue = ColorEditLastSat = 0.0f; ColorEditLastColor = 0; + SliderGrabClickOffset = 0.0f; SliderCurrentAccum = 0.0f; SliderCurrentAccumDirty = false; DragCurrentAccumDirty = false; @@ -1943,6 +1975,7 @@ LogDepthRef = 0; LogDepthToExpand = LogDepthToExpandDefault = 2; + DebugLogFlags = ImGuiDebugLogFlags_OutputToTTY; DebugItemPickerActive = false; DebugItemPickerBreakId = 0; @@ -1950,7 +1983,6 @@ FramerateSecPerFrameIdx = FramerateSecPerFrameCount = 0; FramerateSecPerFrameAccum = 0.0f; WantCaptureMouseNextFrame = WantCaptureKeyboardNextFrame = WantTextInputNextFrame = -1; - memset(TempBuffer, 0, sizeof(TempBuffer)); } }; @@ -1973,6 +2005,7 @@ ImVec2 PrevLineSize; float CurrLineTextBaseOffset; // Baseline offset (0.0f by default on a new line, generally == style.FramePadding.y when a framed item has been added). float PrevLineTextBaseOffset; + bool IsSameLine; ImVec1 Indent; // Indentation / start position from left of window (increased by TreePush/TreePop, etc.) ImVec1 ColumnsOffset; // Offset to the current column (if ColumnsCurrent > 0). FIXME: This and the above should be a stack to allow use cases like Tree->Column->Tree. Need revamp columns API. ImVec1 GroupOffset; @@ -2013,6 +2046,7 @@ char* Name; // Window name, owned by the window. ImGuiID ID; // == ImHashStr(Name) ImGuiWindowFlags Flags; // See enum ImGuiWindowFlags_ + ImGuiViewportP* Viewport; // Always set in Begin(). Inactive windows may have a NULL value here if their viewport was discarded. ImVec2 Pos; // Position (always rounded-up to nearest pixel) ImVec2 Size; // Current size (==SizeFull or collapsed title bar size) ImVec2 SizeFull; // Size when non collapsed @@ -2110,9 +2144,6 @@ ImGuiID GetID(const char* str, const char* str_end = NULL); ImGuiID GetID(const void* ptr); ImGuiID GetID(int n); - ImGuiID GetIDNoKeepAlive(const char* str, const char* str_end = NULL); - ImGuiID GetIDNoKeepAlive(const void* ptr); - ImGuiID GetIDNoKeepAlive(int n); ImGuiID GetIDFromRectangle(const ImRect& r_abs); // We don't use g.FontSize because the window may be != g.CurrentWidow. @@ -2154,6 +2185,7 @@ float Offset; // Position relative to beginning of tab float Width; // Width currently displayed float ContentWidth; // Width of label, stored during BeginTabItem() call + float RequestedWidth; // Width optionally requested by caller, -1.0f is unused ImS32 NameOffset; // When Window==NULL, offset to name within parent ImGuiTabBar::TabsNames ImS16 BeginOrder; // BeginTabItem() order, used to re-order tabs after toggling ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable ImS16 IndexDuringLayout; // Index only used during TabBarLayout() @@ -2287,6 +2319,15 @@ ImGuiTableColumnIdx Column; // Column number }; +// Per-instance data that needs preserving across frames (seemingly most others do not need to be preserved aside from debug needs, does that needs they could be moved to ImGuiTableTempData ?) +struct ImGuiTableInstanceData +{ + float LastOuterHeight; // Outer height from last frame // FIXME: multi-instance issue (#3955) + float LastFirstRowHeight; // Height of first row from last frame // FIXME: possible multi-instance issue? + + ImGuiTableInstanceData() { LastOuterHeight = LastFirstRowHeight = 0.0f; } +}; + // FIXME-TABLE: more transient data could be stored in a per-stacked table structure: DrawSplitter, SortSpecs, incoming RowData struct IMGUI_API ImGuiTable { @@ -2329,11 +2370,10 @@ float CellPaddingY; float CellSpacingX1; // Spacing between non-bordered cells float CellSpacingX2; - float LastOuterHeight; // Outer height from last frame - float LastFirstRowHeight; // Height of first row from last frame float InnerWidth; // User value passed to BeginTable(), see comments at the top of BeginTable() for details. float ColumnsGivenWidth; // Sum of current column width float ColumnsAutoFitWidth; // Sum of ideal column width in order nothing to be clipped, used for auto-fitting and content width submission in outer window + float ColumnsStretchSumWeights; // Sum of weight of all enabled stretching columns float ResizedColumnNextWidth; float ResizeLockMinContentsX2; // Lock minimum contents width while resizing down in order to not create feedback loops. But we allow growing the table. float RefScale; // Reference scale to be able to rescale columns on font/dpi changes. @@ -2350,6 +2390,8 @@ ImGuiWindow* InnerWindow; // Window holding the table data (== OuterWindow or a child window) ImGuiTextBuffer ColumnsNames; // Contiguous buffer holding columns names ImDrawListSplitter* DrawSplitter; // Shortcut to TempData->DrawSplitter while in table. Isolate draw commands per columns to avoid switching clip rect constantly + ImGuiTableInstanceData InstanceDataFirst; + ImVector InstanceDataExtra; // FIXME-OPT: Using a small-vector pattern would be good. ImGuiTableColumnSortSpecs SortSpecsSingle; ImVector SortSpecsMulti; // FIXME-OPT: Using a small-vector pattern would be good. ImGuiTableSortSpecs SortSpecs; // Public facing sorts specs, this is what we return in TableGetSortSpecs() @@ -2506,8 +2548,8 @@ IMGUI_API ImDrawList* GetForegroundDrawList(ImGuiViewport* viewport); // get foreground draw list for the given viewport. this draw list will be the last rendered one. Useful to quickly draw shapes/text over dear imgui contents. // Init - IMGUI_API void Initialize(ImGuiContext* context); - IMGUI_API void Shutdown(ImGuiContext* context); // Since 1.60 this is a _private_ function. You can call DestroyContext() to destroy the context created by CreateContext(). + IMGUI_API void Initialize(); + IMGUI_API void Shutdown(); // Since 1.60 this is a _private_ function. You can call DestroyContext() to destroy the context created by CreateContext(). // NewFrame IMGUI_API void UpdateInputEvents(bool trickle_fast_inputs); @@ -2521,6 +2563,9 @@ IMGUI_API void RemoveContextHook(ImGuiContext* context, ImGuiID hook_to_remove); IMGUI_API void CallContextHooks(ImGuiContext* context, ImGuiContextHookType type); + // Viewports + IMGUI_API void SetWindowViewport(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiViewportP* viewport); + // Settings IMGUI_API void MarkIniSettingsDirty(); IMGUI_API void MarkIniSettingsDirty(ImGuiWindow* window); @@ -2528,6 +2573,8 @@ IMGUI_API ImGuiWindowSettings* CreateNewWindowSettings(const char* name); IMGUI_API ImGuiWindowSettings* FindWindowSettings(ImGuiID id); IMGUI_API ImGuiWindowSettings* FindOrCreateWindowSettings(const char* name); + IMGUI_API void AddSettingsHandler(const ImGuiSettingsHandler* handler); + IMGUI_API void RemoveSettingsHandler(const char* type_name); IMGUI_API ImGuiSettingsHandler* FindSettingsHandler(const char* type_name); // Scrolling @@ -2563,7 +2610,7 @@ // Basic Helpers for widget code IMGUI_API void ItemSize(const ImVec2& size, float text_baseline_y = -1.0f); - IMGUI_API void ItemSize(const ImRect& bb, float text_baseline_y = -1.0f); + inline void ItemSize(const ImRect& bb, float text_baseline_y = -1.0f) { ItemSize(bb.GetSize(), text_baseline_y); } // FIXME: This is a misleading API since we expect CursorPos to be bb.Min. IMGUI_API bool ItemAdd(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, const ImRect* nav_bb = NULL, ImGuiItemFlags extra_flags = 0); IMGUI_API bool ItemHoverable(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id); IMGUI_API bool IsClippedEx(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id); @@ -2632,10 +2679,11 @@ IMGUI_API void NavMoveRequestApplyResult(); IMGUI_API void NavMoveRequestTryWrapping(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiNavMoveFlags move_flags); IMGUI_API const char* GetNavInputName(ImGuiNavInput n); - IMGUI_API float GetNavInputAmount(ImGuiNavInput n, ImGuiInputReadMode mode); - IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetNavInputAmount2d(ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags dir_sources, ImGuiInputReadMode mode, float slow_factor = 0.0f, float fast_factor = 0.0f); + IMGUI_API float GetNavInputAmount(ImGuiNavInput n, ImGuiNavReadMode mode); + IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetNavInputAmount2d(ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags dir_sources, ImGuiNavReadMode mode, float slow_factor = 0.0f, float fast_factor = 0.0f); IMGUI_API int CalcTypematicRepeatAmount(float t0, float t1, float repeat_delay, float repeat_rate); IMGUI_API void ActivateItem(ImGuiID id); // Remotely activate a button, checkbox, tree node etc. given its unique ID. activation is queued and processed on the next frame when the item is encountered again. + IMGUI_API void SetNavWindow(ImGuiWindow* window); IMGUI_API void SetNavID(ImGuiID id, ImGuiNavLayer nav_layer, ImGuiID focus_scope_id, const ImRect& rect_rel); // Focus Scope (WIP) @@ -2660,13 +2708,14 @@ inline void SetActiveIdUsingKey(ImGuiKey key) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; g.ActiveIdUsingKeyInputMask.SetBit(key); } IMGUI_API bool IsMouseDragPastThreshold(ImGuiMouseButton button, float lock_threshold = -1.0f); inline bool IsNavInputDown(ImGuiNavInput n) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.IO.NavInputs[n] > 0.0f; } - inline bool IsNavInputTest(ImGuiNavInput n, ImGuiInputReadMode rm) { return (GetNavInputAmount(n, rm) > 0.0f); } - IMGUI_API ImGuiKeyModFlags GetMergedKeyModFlags(); + inline bool IsNavInputTest(ImGuiNavInput n, ImGuiNavReadMode rm) { return (GetNavInputAmount(n, rm) > 0.0f); } + IMGUI_API ImGuiModFlags GetMergedModFlags(); #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO - inline bool IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey key, bool repeat = true) { IM_ASSERT(IsNamedKey(key)); return IsKeyPressed(key, repeat); } + inline bool IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey key, bool repeat = true) { IM_ASSERT(IsNamedKey(key)); return IsKeyPressed(key, repeat); } // [removed in 1.87] #endif // Drag and Drop + IMGUI_API bool IsDragDropActive(); IMGUI_API bool BeginDragDropTargetCustom(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id); IMGUI_API void ClearDragDrop(); IMGUI_API bool IsDragDropPayloadBeingAccepted(); @@ -2705,6 +2754,7 @@ IMGUI_API void TableDrawBorders(ImGuiTable* table); IMGUI_API void TableDrawContextMenu(ImGuiTable* table); IMGUI_API void TableMergeDrawChannels(ImGuiTable* table); + inline ImGuiTableInstanceData* TableGetInstanceData(ImGuiTable* table, int instance_no) { if (instance_no == 0) return &table->InstanceDataFirst; return &table->InstanceDataExtra[instance_no - 1]; } IMGUI_API void TableSortSpecsSanitize(ImGuiTable* table); IMGUI_API void TableSortSpecsBuild(ImGuiTable* table); IMGUI_API ImGuiSortDirection TableGetColumnNextSortDirection(ImGuiTableColumn* column); @@ -2730,7 +2780,7 @@ IMGUI_API void TableSaveSettings(ImGuiTable* table); IMGUI_API void TableResetSettings(ImGuiTable* table); IMGUI_API ImGuiTableSettings* TableGetBoundSettings(ImGuiTable* table); - IMGUI_API void TableSettingsInstallHandler(ImGuiContext* context); + IMGUI_API void TableSettingsAddSettingsHandler(); IMGUI_API ImGuiTableSettings* TableSettingsCreate(ImGuiID id, int columns_count); IMGUI_API ImGuiTableSettings* TableSettingsFindByID(ImGuiID id); @@ -2760,21 +2810,15 @@ IMGUI_API void RenderColorRectWithAlphaCheckerboard(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImVec2 p_min, ImVec2 p_max, ImU32 fill_col, float grid_step, ImVec2 grid_off, float rounding = 0.0f, ImDrawFlags flags = 0); IMGUI_API void RenderNavHighlight(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiNavHighlightFlags flags = ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_TypeDefault); // Navigation highlight IMGUI_API const char* FindRenderedTextEnd(const char* text, const char* text_end = NULL); // Find the optional ## from which we stop displaying text. + IMGUI_API void RenderMouseCursor(ImVec2 pos, float scale, ImGuiMouseCursor mouse_cursor, ImU32 col_fill, ImU32 col_border, ImU32 col_shadow); // Render helpers (those functions don't access any ImGui state!) IMGUI_API void RenderArrow(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImVec2 pos, ImU32 col, ImGuiDir dir, float scale = 1.0f); IMGUI_API void RenderBullet(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImVec2 pos, ImU32 col); IMGUI_API void RenderCheckMark(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImVec2 pos, ImU32 col, float sz); - IMGUI_API void RenderMouseCursor(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImVec2 pos, float scale, ImGuiMouseCursor mouse_cursor, ImU32 col_fill, ImU32 col_border, ImU32 col_shadow); IMGUI_API void RenderArrowPointingAt(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImVec2 pos, ImVec2 half_sz, ImGuiDir direction, ImU32 col); IMGUI_API void RenderRectFilledRangeH(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImRect& rect, ImU32 col, float x_start_norm, float x_end_norm, float rounding); - IMGUI_API void RenderRectFilledWithHole(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImRect outer, ImRect inner, ImU32 col, float rounding); - -#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS - // [1.71: 2019/06/07: Updating prototypes of some of the internal functions. Leaving those for reference for a short while] - inline void RenderArrow(ImVec2 pos, ImGuiDir dir, float scale=1.0f) { ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); RenderArrow(window->DrawList, pos, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text), dir, scale); } - inline void RenderBullet(ImVec2 pos) { ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); RenderBullet(window->DrawList, pos, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text)); } -#endif + IMGUI_API void RenderRectFilledWithHole(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImRect& outer, const ImRect& inner, ImU32 col, float rounding); // Widgets IMGUI_API void TextEx(const char* text, const char* text_end = NULL, ImGuiTextFlags flags = 0); @@ -2809,7 +2853,7 @@ template IMGUI_API T ScaleValueFromRatioT(ImGuiDataType data_type, float t, T v_min, T v_max, bool is_logarithmic, float logarithmic_zero_epsilon, float zero_deadzone_size); template IMGUI_API bool DragBehaviorT(ImGuiDataType data_type, T* v, float v_speed, T v_min, T v_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags); template IMGUI_API bool SliderBehaviorT(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_type, T* v, T v_min, T v_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags, ImRect* out_grab_bb); - template IMGUI_API T RoundScalarWithFormatT(const char* format, ImGuiDataType data_type, T v); + template IMGUI_API T RoundScalarWithFormatT(const char* format, ImGuiDataType data_type, T v); template IMGUI_API bool CheckboxFlagsT(const char* label, T* flags, T flags_value); // Data type helpers @@ -2844,22 +2888,27 @@ IMGUI_API void GcCompactTransientWindowBuffers(ImGuiWindow* window); IMGUI_API void GcAwakeTransientWindowBuffers(ImGuiWindow* window); + // Debug Log + IMGUI_API void DebugLog(const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(1); + IMGUI_API void DebugLogV(const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(1); + // Debug Tools IMGUI_API void ErrorCheckEndFrameRecover(ImGuiErrorLogCallback log_callback, void* user_data = NULL); IMGUI_API void ErrorCheckEndWindowRecover(ImGuiErrorLogCallback log_callback, void* user_data = NULL); inline void DebugDrawItemRect(ImU32 col = IM_COL32(255,0,0,255)) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; GetForegroundDrawList(window)->AddRect(g.LastItemData.Rect.Min, g.LastItemData.Rect.Max, col); } inline void DebugStartItemPicker() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; g.DebugItemPickerActive = true; } - IMGUI_API void ShowFontAtlas(ImFontAtlas* atlas); IMGUI_API void DebugHookIdInfo(ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_type, const void* data_id, const void* data_id_end); IMGUI_API void DebugNodeColumns(ImGuiOldColumns* columns); IMGUI_API void DebugNodeDrawList(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImDrawList* draw_list, const char* label); IMGUI_API void DebugNodeDrawCmdShowMeshAndBoundingBox(ImDrawList* out_draw_list, const ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImDrawCmd* draw_cmd, bool show_mesh, bool show_aabb); IMGUI_API void DebugNodeFont(ImFont* font); + IMGUI_API void DebugNodeFontGlyph(ImFont* font, const ImFontGlyph* glyph); IMGUI_API void DebugNodeStorage(ImGuiStorage* storage, const char* label); IMGUI_API void DebugNodeTabBar(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const char* label); IMGUI_API void DebugNodeTable(ImGuiTable* table); IMGUI_API void DebugNodeTableSettings(ImGuiTableSettings* settings); + IMGUI_API void DebugNodeInputTextState(ImGuiInputTextState* state); IMGUI_API void DebugNodeWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, const char* label); IMGUI_API void DebugNodeWindowSettings(ImGuiWindowSettings* settings); IMGUI_API void DebugNodeWindowsList(ImVector* windows, const char* label); diff --git a/imgui/imgui_tables.cpp b/imgui/imgui_tables.cpp --- a/imgui/imgui_tables.cpp +++ b/imgui/imgui_tables.cpp @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -// dear imgui, v1.87 +// dear imgui, v1.88 // (tables and columns code) /* @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ */ // Navigating this file: -// - In Visual Studio IDE: CTRL+comma ("Edit.NavigateTo") can follow symbols in comments, whereas CTRL+F12 ("Edit.GoToImplementation") cannot. +// - In Visual Studio IDE: CTRL+comma ("Edit.GoToAll") can follow symbols in comments, whereas CTRL+F12 ("Edit.GoToImplementation") cannot. // - With Visual Assist installed: ALT+G ("VAssistX.GoToImplementation") can also follow symbols in comments. //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -361,6 +361,8 @@ table->IsLayoutLocked = false; table->InnerWidth = inner_width; temp_data->UserOuterSize = outer_size; + if (instance_no > 0 && table->InstanceDataExtra.Size < instance_no) + table->InstanceDataExtra.push_back(ImGuiTableInstanceData()); // When not using a child window, WorkRect.Max will grow as we append contents. if (use_child_window) @@ -537,7 +539,7 @@ if (table->RefScale != 0.0f && table->RefScale != new_ref_scale_unit) { const float scale_factor = new_ref_scale_unit / table->RefScale; - //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("[table] %08X RefScaleUnit %.3f -> %.3f, scaling width by %.3f\n", table->ID, table->RefScaleUnit, new_ref_scale_unit, scale_factor); + //IMGUI_DEBUG_PRINT("[table] %08X RefScaleUnit %.3f -> %.3f, scaling width by %.3f\n", table->ID, table->RefScaleUnit, new_ref_scale_unit, scale_factor); for (int n = 0; n < columns_count; n++) table->Columns[n].WidthRequest = table->Columns[n].WidthRequest * scale_factor; } @@ -886,6 +888,7 @@ sum_width_requests += table->CellPaddingX * 2.0f; } table->ColumnsEnabledFixedCount = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)count_fixed; + table->ColumnsStretchSumWeights = stretch_sum_weights; // [Part 4] Apply final widths based on requested widths const ImRect work_rect = table->WorkRect; @@ -933,9 +936,10 @@ width_remaining_for_stretched_columns -= 1.0f; } + ImGuiTableInstanceData* table_instance = TableGetInstanceData(table, table->InstanceCurrent); table->HoveredColumnBody = -1; table->HoveredColumnBorder = -1; - const ImRect mouse_hit_rect(table->OuterRect.Min.x, table->OuterRect.Min.y, table->OuterRect.Max.x, ImMax(table->OuterRect.Max.y, table->OuterRect.Min.y + table->LastOuterHeight)); + const ImRect mouse_hit_rect(table->OuterRect.Min.x, table->OuterRect.Min.y, table->OuterRect.Max.x, ImMax(table->OuterRect.Max.y, table->OuterRect.Min.y + table_instance->LastOuterHeight)); const bool is_hovering_table = ItemHoverable(mouse_hit_rect, 0); // [Part 6] Setup final position, offset, skip/clip states and clipping rectangles, detect hovered column @@ -1096,7 +1100,7 @@ // [Part 10] Hit testing on borders if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable) TableUpdateBorders(table); - table->LastFirstRowHeight = 0.0f; + table_instance->LastFirstRowHeight = 0.0f; table->IsLayoutLocked = true; table->IsUsingHeaders = false; @@ -1141,10 +1145,11 @@ // use the final height from last frame. Because this is only affecting _interaction_ with columns, it is not // really problematic (whereas the actual visual will be displayed in EndTable() and using the current frame height). // Actual columns highlight/render will be performed in EndTable() and not be affected. + ImGuiTableInstanceData* table_instance = TableGetInstanceData(table, table->InstanceCurrent); const float hit_half_width = TABLE_RESIZE_SEPARATOR_HALF_THICKNESS; const float hit_y1 = table->OuterRect.Min.y; - const float hit_y2_body = ImMax(table->OuterRect.Max.y, hit_y1 + table->LastOuterHeight); - const float hit_y2_head = hit_y1 + table->LastFirstRowHeight; + const float hit_y2_body = ImMax(table->OuterRect.Max.y, hit_y1 + table_instance->LastOuterHeight); + const float hit_y2_head = hit_y1 + table_instance->LastFirstRowHeight; for (int order_n = 0; order_n < table->ColumnsCount; order_n++) { @@ -1223,6 +1228,7 @@ TableOpenContextMenu((int)table->HoveredColumnBody); // Finalize table height + ImGuiTableInstanceData* table_instance = TableGetInstanceData(table, table->InstanceCurrent); inner_window->DC.PrevLineSize = temp_data->HostBackupPrevLineSize; inner_window->DC.CurrLineSize = temp_data->HostBackupCurrLineSize; inner_window->DC.CursorMaxPos = temp_data->HostBackupCursorMaxPos; @@ -1233,7 +1239,7 @@ else if (!(flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendY)) table->OuterRect.Max.y = table->InnerRect.Max.y = ImMax(table->OuterRect.Max.y, inner_content_max_y); // Patch OuterRect/InnerRect height table->WorkRect.Max.y = ImMax(table->WorkRect.Max.y, table->OuterRect.Max.y); - table->LastOuterHeight = table->OuterRect.GetHeight(); + table_instance->LastOuterHeight = table->OuterRect.GetHeight(); // Setup inner scrolling range // FIXME: This ideally should be done earlier, in BeginTable() SetNextWindowContentSize call, just like writing to inner_window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y, @@ -1279,17 +1285,23 @@ splitter->Merge(inner_window->DrawList); // Update ColumnsAutoFitWidth to get us ahead for host using our size to auto-resize without waiting for next BeginTable() - const float width_spacings = (table->OuterPaddingX * 2.0f) + (table->CellSpacingX1 + table->CellSpacingX2) * (table->ColumnsEnabledCount - 1); - table->ColumnsAutoFitWidth = width_spacings + (table->CellPaddingX * 2.0f) * table->ColumnsEnabledCount; + float auto_fit_width_for_fixed = 0.0f; + float auto_fit_width_for_stretched = 0.0f; + float auto_fit_width_for_stretched_min = 0.0f; for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++) if (table->EnabledMaskByIndex & ((ImU64)1 << column_n)) { ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n]; - if ((column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed) && !(column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoResize)) - table->ColumnsAutoFitWidth += column->WidthRequest; + float column_width_request = ((column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed) && !(column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoResize)) ? column->WidthRequest : TableGetColumnWidthAuto(table, column); + if (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed) + auto_fit_width_for_fixed += column_width_request; else - table->ColumnsAutoFitWidth += TableGetColumnWidthAuto(table, column); + auto_fit_width_for_stretched += column_width_request; + if ((column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch) && (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoResize) != 0) + auto_fit_width_for_stretched_min = ImMax(auto_fit_width_for_stretched_min, column_width_request / (column->StretchWeight / table->ColumnsStretchSumWeights)); } + const float width_spacings = (table->OuterPaddingX * 2.0f) + (table->CellSpacingX1 + table->CellSpacingX2) * (table->ColumnsEnabledCount - 1); + table->ColumnsAutoFitWidth = width_spacings + (table->CellPaddingX * 2.0f) * table->ColumnsEnabledCount + auto_fit_width_for_fixed + ImMax(auto_fit_width_for_stretched, auto_fit_width_for_stretched_min); // Update scroll if ((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX) == 0 && inner_window != outer_window) @@ -1749,7 +1761,7 @@ const bool unfreeze_rows_actual = (table->CurrentRow + 1 == table->FreezeRowsCount); const bool unfreeze_rows_request = (table->CurrentRow + 1 == table->FreezeRowsRequest); if (table->CurrentRow == 0) - table->LastFirstRowHeight = bg_y2 - bg_y1; + TableGetInstanceData(table, table->InstanceCurrent)->LastFirstRowHeight = bg_y2 - bg_y1; const bool is_visible = (bg_y2 >= table->InnerClipRect.Min.y && bg_y1 <= table->InnerClipRect.Max.y); if (is_visible) @@ -2088,7 +2100,7 @@ if (column_0->WidthGiven == column_0_width || column_0->WidthRequest == column_0_width) return; - //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("TableSetColumnWidth(%d, %.1f->%.1f)\n", column_0_idx, column_0->WidthGiven, column_0_width); + //IMGUI_DEBUG_PRINT("TableSetColumnWidth(%d, %.1f->%.1f)\n", column_0_idx, column_0->WidthGiven, column_0_width); ImGuiTableColumn* column_1 = (column_0->NextEnabledColumn != -1) ? &table->Columns[column_0->NextEnabledColumn] : NULL; // In this surprisingly not simple because of how we support mixing Fixed and multiple Stretch columns. @@ -2358,7 +2370,7 @@ // Don't attempt to merge if there are multiple draw calls within the column ImDrawChannel* src_channel = &splitter->_Channels[channel_no]; - if (src_channel->_CmdBuffer.Size > 0 && src_channel->_CmdBuffer.back().ElemCount == 0 && src_channel->_CmdBuffer.back().UserCallback != NULL) // Equivalent of PopUnusedDrawCmd() + if (src_channel->_CmdBuffer.Size > 0 && src_channel->_CmdBuffer.back().ElemCount == 0 && src_channel->_CmdBuffer.back().UserCallback == NULL) // Equivalent of PopUnusedDrawCmd() src_channel->_CmdBuffer.pop_back(); if (src_channel->_CmdBuffer.Size != 1) continue; @@ -2502,10 +2514,11 @@ inner_drawlist->PushClipRect(table->Bg0ClipRectForDrawCmd.Min, table->Bg0ClipRectForDrawCmd.Max, false); // Draw inner border and resizing feedback + ImGuiTableInstanceData* table_instance = TableGetInstanceData(table, table->InstanceCurrent); const float border_size = TABLE_BORDER_SIZE; const float draw_y1 = table->InnerRect.Min.y; const float draw_y2_body = table->InnerRect.Max.y; - const float draw_y2_head = table->IsUsingHeaders ? ImMin(table->InnerRect.Max.y, (table->FreezeRowsCount >= 1 ? table->InnerRect.Min.y : table->WorkRect.Min.y) + table->LastFirstRowHeight) : draw_y1; + const float draw_y2_head = table->IsUsingHeaders ? ImMin(table->InnerRect.Max.y, (table->FreezeRowsCount >= 1 ? table->InnerRect.Min.y : table->WorkRect.Min.y) + table_instance->LastFirstRowHeight) : draw_y1; if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerV) { for (int order_n = 0; order_n < table->ColumnsCount; order_n++) @@ -3427,9 +3440,8 @@ } } -void ImGui::TableSettingsInstallHandler(ImGuiContext* context) +void ImGui::TableSettingsAddSettingsHandler() { - ImGuiContext& g = *context; ImGuiSettingsHandler ini_handler; ini_handler.TypeName = "Table"; ini_handler.TypeHash = ImHashStr("Table"); @@ -3438,7 +3450,7 @@ ini_handler.ReadLineFn = TableSettingsHandler_ReadLine; ini_handler.ApplyAllFn = TableSettingsHandler_ApplyAll; ini_handler.WriteAllFn = TableSettingsHandler_WriteAll; - g.SettingsHandlers.push_back(ini_handler); + AddSettingsHandler(&ini_handler); } //------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -3452,7 +3464,7 @@ // Remove Table (currently only used by TestEngine) void ImGui::TableRemove(ImGuiTable* table) { - //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("TableRemove() id=0x%08X\n", table->ID); + //IMGUI_DEBUG_PRINT("TableRemove() id=0x%08X\n", table->ID); ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; int table_idx = g.Tables.GetIndex(table); //memset(table->RawData.Data, 0, table->RawData.size_in_bytes()); @@ -3464,7 +3476,7 @@ // Free up/compact internal Table buffers for when it gets unused void ImGui::TableGcCompactTransientBuffers(ImGuiTable* table) { - //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("TableGcCompactTransientBuffers() id=0x%08X\n", table->ID); + //IMGUI_DEBUG_PRINT("TableGcCompactTransientBuffers() id=0x%08X\n", table->ID); ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; IM_ASSERT(table->MemoryCompacted == false); table->SortSpecs.Specs = NULL; @@ -3508,7 +3520,7 @@ // - DebugNodeTable() [Internal] //------------------------------------------------------------------------- -#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_METRICS_WINDOW +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS static const char* DebugNodeTableGetSizingPolicyDesc(ImGuiTableFlags sizing_policy) { @@ -3536,6 +3548,8 @@ GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(GetItemRectMin(), GetItemRectMax(), IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255)); if (!open) return; + if (table->InstanceCurrent > 0) + ImGui::Text("** %d instances of same table! Some data below will refer to last instance.", table->InstanceCurrent + 1); bool clear_settings = SmallButton("Clear settings"); BulletText("OuterRect: Pos: (%.1f,%.1f) Size: (%.1f,%.1f) Sizing: '%s'", table->OuterRect.Min.x, table->OuterRect.Min.y, table->OuterRect.GetWidth(), table->OuterRect.GetHeight(), DebugNodeTableGetSizingPolicyDesc(table->Flags)); BulletText("ColumnsGivenWidth: %.1f, ColumnsAutoFitWidth: %.1f, InnerWidth: %.1f%s", table->ColumnsGivenWidth, table->ColumnsAutoFitWidth, table->InnerWidth, table->InnerWidth == 0.0f ? " (auto)" : ""); @@ -3600,7 +3614,7 @@ TreePop(); } -#else // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_METRICS_WINDOW +#else // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS void ImGui::DebugNodeTable(ImGuiTable*) {} void ImGui::DebugNodeTableSettings(ImGuiTableSettings*) {} diff --git a/imgui/imgui_widgets.cpp b/imgui/imgui_widgets.cpp --- a/imgui/imgui_widgets.cpp +++ b/imgui/imgui_widgets.cpp @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -// dear imgui, v1.87 +// dear imgui, v1.88 // (widgets code) /* @@ -82,6 +82,7 @@ #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wpragmas" // warning: unknown option after '#pragma GCC diagnostic' kind #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wformat-nonliteral" // warning: format not a string literal, format string not checked #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wclass-memaccess" // [__GNUC__ >= 8] warning: 'memset/memcpy' clearing/writing an object of type 'xxxx' with no trivial copy-assignment; use assignment or value-initialization instead +#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wdeprecated-enum-enum-conversion" // warning: bitwise operation between different enumeration types ('XXXFlags_' and 'XXXFlagsPrivate_') is deprecated #endif //------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -166,8 +167,22 @@ const ImVec2 text_pos(window->DC.CursorPos.x, window->DC.CursorPos.y + window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset); const float wrap_pos_x = window->DC.TextWrapPos; const bool wrap_enabled = (wrap_pos_x >= 0.0f); - if (text_end - text > 2000 && !wrap_enabled) + if (text_end - text <= 2000 || wrap_enabled) { + // Common case + const float wrap_width = wrap_enabled ? CalcWrapWidthForPos(window->DC.CursorPos, wrap_pos_x) : 0.0f; + const ImVec2 text_size = CalcTextSize(text_begin, text_end, false, wrap_width); + + ImRect bb(text_pos, text_pos + text_size); + ItemSize(text_size, 0.0f); + if (!ItemAdd(bb, 0)) + return; + + // Render (we don't hide text after ## in this end-user function) + RenderTextWrapped(bb.Min, text_begin, text_end, wrap_width); + } + else + { // Long text! // Perform manual coarse clipping to optimize for long multi-line text // - From this point we will only compute the width of lines that are visible. Optimization only available when word-wrapping is disabled. @@ -239,19 +254,6 @@ ItemSize(text_size, 0.0f); ItemAdd(bb, 0); } - else - { - const float wrap_width = wrap_enabled ? CalcWrapWidthForPos(window->DC.CursorPos, wrap_pos_x) : 0.0f; - const ImVec2 text_size = CalcTextSize(text_begin, text_end, false, wrap_width); - - ImRect bb(text_pos, text_pos + text_size); - ItemSize(text_size, 0.0f); - if (!ItemAdd(bb, 0)) - return; - - // Render (we don't hide text after ## in this end-user function) - RenderTextWrapped(bb.Min, text_begin, text_end, wrap_width); - } } void ImGui::TextUnformatted(const char* text, const char* text_end) @@ -274,9 +276,9 @@ return; // FIXME-OPT: Handle the %s shortcut? - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - const char* text_end = g.TempBuffer + ImFormatStringV(g.TempBuffer, IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.TempBuffer), fmt, args); - TextEx(g.TempBuffer, text_end, ImGuiTextFlags_NoWidthForLargeClippedText); + const char* text, *text_end; + ImFormatStringToTempBufferV(&text, &text_end, fmt, args); + TextEx(text, text_end, ImGuiTextFlags_NoWidthForLargeClippedText); } void ImGui::TextColored(const ImVec4& col, const char* fmt, ...) @@ -357,8 +359,8 @@ const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; const float w = CalcItemWidth(); - const char* value_text_begin = &g.TempBuffer[0]; - const char* value_text_end = value_text_begin + ImFormatStringV(g.TempBuffer, IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.TempBuffer), fmt, args); + const char* value_text_begin, *value_text_end; + ImFormatStringToTempBufferV(&value_text_begin, &value_text_end, fmt, args); const ImVec2 value_size = CalcTextSize(value_text_begin, value_text_end, false); const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true); @@ -393,8 +395,8 @@ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; - const char* text_begin = g.TempBuffer; - const char* text_end = text_begin + ImFormatStringV(g.TempBuffer, IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.TempBuffer), fmt, args); + const char* text_begin, *text_end; + ImFormatStringToTempBufferV(&text_begin, &text_end, fmt, args); const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(text_begin, text_end, false); const ImVec2 total_size = ImVec2(g.FontSize + (label_size.x > 0.0f ? (label_size.x + style.FramePadding.x * 2) : 0.0f), label_size.y); // Empty text doesn't add padding ImVec2 pos = window->DC.CursorPos; @@ -546,13 +548,9 @@ { // Poll buttons int mouse_button_clicked = -1; - int mouse_button_released = -1; if ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonLeft) && g.IO.MouseClicked[0]) { mouse_button_clicked = 0; } else if ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonRight) && g.IO.MouseClicked[1]) { mouse_button_clicked = 1; } else if ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonMiddle) && g.IO.MouseClicked[2]) { mouse_button_clicked = 2; } - if ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonLeft) && g.IO.MouseReleased[0]) { mouse_button_released = 0; } - else if ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonRight) && g.IO.MouseReleased[1]) { mouse_button_released = 1; } - else if ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonMiddle) && g.IO.MouseReleased[2]) { mouse_button_released = 2; } if (mouse_button_clicked != -1 && g.ActiveId != id) { @@ -577,15 +575,21 @@ FocusWindow(window); } } - if ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnRelease) && mouse_button_released != -1) + if (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnRelease) { - // Repeat mode trumps on release behavior - const bool has_repeated_at_least_once = (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat) && g.IO.MouseDownDurationPrev[mouse_button_released] >= g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay; - if (!has_repeated_at_least_once) - pressed = true; - if (!(flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_NoNavFocus)) - SetFocusID(id, window); - ClearActiveID(); + int mouse_button_released = -1; + if ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonLeft) && g.IO.MouseReleased[0]) { mouse_button_released = 0; } + else if ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonRight) && g.IO.MouseReleased[1]) { mouse_button_released = 1; } + else if ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonMiddle) && g.IO.MouseReleased[2]) { mouse_button_released = 2; } + if (mouse_button_released != -1) + { + const bool has_repeated_at_least_once = (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat) && g.IO.MouseDownDurationPrev[mouse_button_released] >= g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay; // Repeat mode trumps on release behavior + if (!has_repeated_at_least_once) + pressed = true; + if (!(flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_NoNavFocus)) + SetFocusID(id, window); + ClearActiveID(); + } } // 'Repeat' mode acts when held regardless of _PressedOn flags (see table above). @@ -607,7 +611,7 @@ if (g.NavActivateDownId == id) { bool nav_activated_by_code = (g.NavActivateId == id); - bool nav_activated_by_inputs = IsNavInputTest(ImGuiNavInput_Activate, (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat) ? ImGuiInputReadMode_Repeat : ImGuiInputReadMode_Pressed); + bool nav_activated_by_inputs = IsNavInputTest(ImGuiNavInput_Activate, (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat) ? ImGuiNavReadMode_Repeat : ImGuiNavReadMode_Pressed); if (nav_activated_by_code || nav_activated_by_inputs) { // Set active id so it can be queried by user via IsItemActive(), equivalent of holding the mouse button. @@ -842,9 +846,8 @@ // Render ImU32 bg_col = GetColorU32((held && hovered) ? ImGuiCol_ButtonActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered : ImGuiCol_Button); ImU32 text_col = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text); - ImVec2 center = bb.GetCenter(); if (hovered || held) - window->DrawList->AddCircleFilled(center/*+ ImVec2(0.0f, -0.5f)*/, g.FontSize * 0.5f + 1.0f, bg_col, 12); + window->DrawList->AddCircleFilled(bb.GetCenter()/*+ ImVec2(0.0f, -0.5f)*/, g.FontSize * 0.5f + 1.0f, bg_col, 12); RenderArrow(window->DrawList, bb.Min + g.Style.FramePadding, text_col, window->Collapsed ? ImGuiDir_Right : ImGuiDir_Down, 1.0f); // Switch to moving the window after mouse is moved beyond the initial drag threshold @@ -856,7 +859,7 @@ ImGuiID ImGui::GetWindowScrollbarID(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiAxis axis) { - return window->GetIDNoKeepAlive(axis == ImGuiAxis_X ? "#SCROLLX" : "#SCROLLY"); + return window->GetID(axis == ImGuiAxis_X ? "#SCROLLX" : "#SCROLLY"); } // Return scrollbar rectangle, must only be called for corresponding axis if window->ScrollbarX/Y is set. @@ -877,9 +880,7 @@ { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - const ImGuiID id = GetWindowScrollbarID(window, axis); - KeepAliveID(id); // Calculate scrollbar bounding box ImRect bb = GetWindowScrollbarRect(window, axis); @@ -917,6 +918,8 @@ if (window->SkipItems) return false; + KeepAliveID(id); + const float bb_frame_width = bb_frame.GetWidth(); const float bb_frame_height = bb_frame.GetHeight(); if (bb_frame_width <= 0.0f || bb_frame_height <= 0.0f) @@ -1285,7 +1288,7 @@ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; - const float line_height = ImMax(ImMin(window->DC.CurrLineSize.y, g.FontSize + g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2), g.FontSize); + const float line_height = ImMax(ImMin(window->DC.CurrLineSize.y, g.FontSize + style.FramePadding.y * 2), g.FontSize); const ImRect bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(g.FontSize, line_height)); ItemSize(bb); if (!ItemAdd(bb, 0)) @@ -1341,6 +1344,7 @@ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; const ImGuiLayoutType backup_layout_type = window->DC.LayoutType; window->DC.LayoutType = ImGuiLayoutType_Vertical; + window->DC.IsSameLine = false; if (window->DC.CurrLineSize.y > 0.0f) // In the event that we are on a line with items that is smaller that FontSize high, we will preserve its height. ItemSize(ImVec2(0, 0)); else @@ -1536,7 +1540,7 @@ width_excess -= width_to_remove_per_item * count_same_width; } - // Round width and redistribute remainder left-to-right (could make it an option of the function?) + // Round width and redistribute remainder // Ensure that e.g. the right-most tab of a shrunk tab-bar always reaches exactly at the same distance from the right-most edge of the tab bar separator. width_excess = 0.0f; for (int n = 0; n < count; n++) @@ -1545,10 +1549,13 @@ width_excess += items[n].Width - width_rounded; items[n].Width = width_rounded; } - if (width_excess > 0.0f) + while (width_excess > 0.0f) for (int n = 0; n < count; n++) - if (items[n].Index < (int)(width_excess + 0.01f)) + if (items[n].Width + 1.0f <= items[n].InitialWidth) + { items[n].Width += 1.0f; + width_excess -= 1.0f; + } } //------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -1733,6 +1740,7 @@ window->DC.CursorPos = preview_data->PreviewRect.Min + g.Style.FramePadding; window->DC.CursorMaxPos = window->DC.CursorPos; window->DC.LayoutType = ImGuiLayoutType_Horizontal; + window->DC.IsSameLine = false; PushClipRect(preview_data->PreviewRect.Min, preview_data->PreviewRect.Max, true); return true; @@ -1758,6 +1766,7 @@ window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine = preview_data->BackupCursorPosPrevLine; window->DC.PrevLineTextBaseOffset = preview_data->BackupPrevLineTextBaseOffset; window->DC.LayoutType = preview_data->BackupLayout; + window->DC.IsSameLine = false; preview_data->PreviewRect = ImRect(); } @@ -1904,9 +1913,9 @@ #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS if (fmt_start == fmt && fmt_end[0] == 0) return "%d"; - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImFormatString(g.TempBuffer, IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.TempBuffer), "%.*s%%d%s", (int)(fmt_start - fmt), fmt, fmt_end); // Honor leading and trailing decorations, but lose alignment/precision. - return g.TempBuffer; + const char* tmp_format; + ImFormatStringToTempBuffer(&tmp_format, NULL, "%.*s%%d%s", (int)(fmt_start - fmt), fmt, fmt_end); // Honor leading and trailing decorations, but lose alignment/precision. + return tmp_format; #else IM_ASSERT(0 && "DragInt(): Invalid format string!"); // Old versions used a default parameter of "%.0f", please replace with e.g. "%d" #endif @@ -2007,23 +2016,20 @@ ImGuiDataTypeTempStorage data_backup; memcpy(&data_backup, p_data, type_info->Size); - if (format == NULL) + // Sanitize format + // For float/double we have to ignore format with precision (e.g. "%.2f") because sscanf doesn't take them in, so force them into %f and %lf + char format_sanitized[32]; + if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Float || data_type == ImGuiDataType_Double) format = type_info->ScanFmt; - - if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_S32 || data_type == ImGuiDataType_U32 || data_type == ImGuiDataType_S64 || data_type == ImGuiDataType_U64 || data_type == ImGuiDataType_Float || data_type == ImGuiDataType_Double) - { - // For float/double we have to ignore format with precision (e.g. "%.2f") because sscanf doesn't take them in, so force them into %f and %lf - if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Float || data_type == ImGuiDataType_Double) - format = type_info->ScanFmt; - if (sscanf(buf, format, p_data) < 1) - return false; - } else + format = ImParseFormatSanitizeForScanning(format, format_sanitized, IM_ARRAYSIZE(format_sanitized)); + + // Small types need a 32-bit buffer to receive the result from scanf() + int v32 = 0; + if (sscanf(buf, format, type_info->Size >= 4 ? p_data : &v32) < 1) + return false; + if (type_info->Size < 4) { - // Small types need a 32-bit buffer to receive the result from scanf() - int v32; - if (sscanf(buf, format, &v32) < 1) - return false; if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_S8) *(ImS8*)p_data = (ImS8)ImClamp(v32, (int)IM_S8_MIN, (int)IM_S8_MAX); else if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_U8) @@ -2105,45 +2111,17 @@ } template -static const char* ImAtoi(const char* src, TYPE* output) -{ - int negative = 0; - if (*src == '-') { negative = 1; src++; } - if (*src == '+') { src++; } - TYPE v = 0; - while (*src >= '0' && *src <= '9') - v = (v * 10) + (*src++ - '0'); - *output = negative ? -v : v; - return src; -} - -// Sanitize format -// - Zero terminate so extra characters after format (e.g. "%f123") don't confuse atof/atoi -// - stb_sprintf.h supports several new modifiers which format numbers in a way that also makes them incompatible atof/atoi. -static void SanitizeFormatString(const char* fmt, char* fmt_out, size_t fmt_out_size) -{ - IM_UNUSED(fmt_out_size); - const char* fmt_end = ImParseFormatFindEnd(fmt); - IM_ASSERT((size_t)(fmt_end - fmt + 1) < fmt_out_size); // Format is too long, let us know if this happens to you! - while (fmt < fmt_end) - { - char c = *(fmt++); - if (c != '\'' && c != '$' && c != '_') // Custom flags provided by stb_sprintf.h. POSIX 2008 also supports '. - *(fmt_out++) = c; - } - *fmt_out = 0; // Zero-terminate -} - -template TYPE ImGui::RoundScalarWithFormatT(const char* format, ImGuiDataType data_type, TYPE v) { + IM_UNUSED(data_type); + IM_ASSERT(data_type == ImGuiDataType_Float || data_type == ImGuiDataType_Double); const char* fmt_start = ImParseFormatFindStart(format); if (fmt_start[0] != '%' || fmt_start[1] == '%') // Don't apply if the value is not visible in the format string return v; // Sanitize format char fmt_sanitized[32]; - SanitizeFormatString(fmt_start, fmt_sanitized, IM_ARRAYSIZE(fmt_sanitized)); + ImParseFormatSanitizeForPrinting(fmt_start, fmt_sanitized, IM_ARRAYSIZE(fmt_sanitized)); fmt_start = fmt_sanitized; // Format value with our rounding, and read back @@ -2152,10 +2130,8 @@ const char* p = v_str; while (*p == ' ') p++; - if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Float || data_type == ImGuiDataType_Double) - v = (TYPE)ImAtof(p); - else - ImAtoi(p, (SIGNEDTYPE*)&v); + v = (TYPE)ImAtof(p); + return v; } @@ -2205,7 +2181,7 @@ else if (g.ActiveIdSource == ImGuiInputSource_Nav) { const int decimal_precision = is_floating_point ? ImParseFormatPrecision(format, 3) : 0; - adjust_delta = GetNavInputAmount2d(ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_Keyboard | ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_PadDPad, ImGuiInputReadMode_RepeatFast, 1.0f / 10.0f, 10.0f)[axis]; + adjust_delta = GetNavInputAmount2d(ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_Keyboard | ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_PadDPad, ImGuiNavReadMode_RepeatFast, 1.0f / 10.0f, 10.0f)[axis]; v_speed = ImMax(v_speed, GetMinimumStepAtDecimalPrecision(decimal_precision)); } adjust_delta *= v_speed; @@ -2259,8 +2235,8 @@ } // Round to user desired precision based on format string - if (!(flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_NoRoundToFormat)) - v_cur = RoundScalarWithFormatT(format, data_type, v_cur); + if (is_floating_point && !(flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_NoRoundToFormat)) + v_cur = RoundScalarWithFormatT(format, data_type, v_cur); // Preserve remainder after rounding has been applied. This also allow slow tweaking of values. g.DragCurrentAccumDirty = false; @@ -2359,26 +2335,20 @@ else if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_S32 && strcmp(format, "%d") != 0) // (FIXME-LEGACY: Patch old "%.0f" format string to use "%d", read function more details.) format = PatchFormatStringFloatToInt(format); - // Tabbing or CTRL-clicking on Drag turns it into an InputText const bool hovered = ItemHoverable(frame_bb, id); bool temp_input_is_active = temp_input_allowed && TempInputIsActive(id); if (!temp_input_is_active) { + // Tabbing or CTRL-clicking on Drag turns it into an InputText const bool input_requested_by_tabbing = temp_input_allowed && (g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_FocusedByTabbing) != 0; const bool clicked = (hovered && g.IO.MouseClicked[0]); const bool double_clicked = (hovered && g.IO.MouseClickedCount[0] == 2); - if (input_requested_by_tabbing || clicked || double_clicked || g.NavActivateId == id || g.NavActivateInputId == id) - { - SetActiveID(id, window); - SetFocusID(id, window); - FocusWindow(window); - g.ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask = (1 << ImGuiDir_Left) | (1 << ImGuiDir_Right); - if (temp_input_allowed) - if (input_requested_by_tabbing || (clicked && g.IO.KeyCtrl) || double_clicked || g.NavActivateInputId == id) - temp_input_is_active = true; - } + const bool make_active = (input_requested_by_tabbing || clicked || double_clicked || g.NavActivateId == id || g.NavActivateInputId == id); + if (make_active && temp_input_allowed) + if (input_requested_by_tabbing || (clicked && g.IO.KeyCtrl) || double_clicked || g.NavActivateInputId == id) + temp_input_is_active = true; - // Experimental: simple click (without moving) turns Drag into an InputText + // (Optional) simple click (without moving) turns Drag into an InputText if (g.IO.ConfigDragClickToInputText && temp_input_allowed && !temp_input_is_active) if (g.ActiveId == id && hovered && g.IO.MouseReleased[0] && !IsMouseDragPastThreshold(0, g.IO.MouseDragThreshold * DRAG_MOUSE_THRESHOLD_FACTOR)) { @@ -2386,6 +2356,14 @@ g.NavActivateFlags = ImGuiActivateFlags_PreferInput; temp_input_is_active = true; } + + if (make_active && !temp_input_is_active) + { + SetActiveID(id, window); + SetFocusID(id, window); + FocusWindow(window); + g.ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask = (1 << ImGuiDir_Left) | (1 << ImGuiDir_Right); + } } if (temp_input_is_active) @@ -2640,7 +2618,6 @@ v_max_fudged = -logarithmic_zero_epsilon; float result; - if (v_clamped <= v_min_fudged) result = 0.0f; // Workaround for values that are in-range but below our fudge else if (v_clamped >= v_max_fudged) @@ -2664,91 +2641,81 @@ return flipped ? (1.0f - result) : result; } - - // Linear slider - return (float)((FLOATTYPE)(SIGNEDTYPE)(v_clamped - v_min) / (FLOATTYPE)(SIGNEDTYPE)(v_max - v_min)); + else + { + // Linear slider + return (float)((FLOATTYPE)(SIGNEDTYPE)(v_clamped - v_min) / (FLOATTYPE)(SIGNEDTYPE)(v_max - v_min)); + } } // Convert a parametric position on a slider into a value v in the output space (the logical opposite of ScaleRatioFromValueT) template TYPE ImGui::ScaleValueFromRatioT(ImGuiDataType data_type, float t, TYPE v_min, TYPE v_max, bool is_logarithmic, float logarithmic_zero_epsilon, float zero_deadzone_halfsize) { - if (v_min == v_max) + // We special-case the extents because otherwise our logarithmic fudging can lead to "mathematically correct" + // but non-intuitive behaviors like a fully-left slider not actually reaching the minimum value. Also generally simpler. + if (t <= 0.0f || v_min == v_max) return v_min; - const bool is_floating_point = (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Float) || (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Double); + if (t >= 1.0f) + return v_max; - TYPE result; + TYPE result = (TYPE)0; if (is_logarithmic) { - // We special-case the extents because otherwise our fudging can lead to "mathematically correct" but non-intuitive behaviors like a fully-left slider not actually reaching the minimum value - if (t <= 0.0f) - result = v_min; - else if (t >= 1.0f) - result = v_max; - else - { - bool flipped = v_max < v_min; // Check if range is "backwards" - - // Fudge min/max to avoid getting silly results close to zero - FLOATTYPE v_min_fudged = (ImAbs((FLOATTYPE)v_min) < logarithmic_zero_epsilon) ? ((v_min < 0.0f) ? -logarithmic_zero_epsilon : logarithmic_zero_epsilon) : (FLOATTYPE)v_min; - FLOATTYPE v_max_fudged = (ImAbs((FLOATTYPE)v_max) < logarithmic_zero_epsilon) ? ((v_max < 0.0f) ? -logarithmic_zero_epsilon : logarithmic_zero_epsilon) : (FLOATTYPE)v_max; + // Fudge min/max to avoid getting silly results close to zero + FLOATTYPE v_min_fudged = (ImAbs((FLOATTYPE)v_min) < logarithmic_zero_epsilon) ? ((v_min < 0.0f) ? -logarithmic_zero_epsilon : logarithmic_zero_epsilon) : (FLOATTYPE)v_min; + FLOATTYPE v_max_fudged = (ImAbs((FLOATTYPE)v_max) < logarithmic_zero_epsilon) ? ((v_max < 0.0f) ? -logarithmic_zero_epsilon : logarithmic_zero_epsilon) : (FLOATTYPE)v_max; - if (flipped) - ImSwap(v_min_fudged, v_max_fudged); + const bool flipped = v_max < v_min; // Check if range is "backwards" + if (flipped) + ImSwap(v_min_fudged, v_max_fudged); - // Awkward special case - we need ranges of the form (-100 .. 0) to convert to (-100 .. -epsilon), not (-100 .. epsilon) - if ((v_max == 0.0f) && (v_min < 0.0f)) - v_max_fudged = -logarithmic_zero_epsilon; + // Awkward special case - we need ranges of the form (-100 .. 0) to convert to (-100 .. -epsilon), not (-100 .. epsilon) + if ((v_max == 0.0f) && (v_min < 0.0f)) + v_max_fudged = -logarithmic_zero_epsilon; - float t_with_flip = flipped ? (1.0f - t) : t; // t, but flipped if necessary to account for us flipping the range + float t_with_flip = flipped ? (1.0f - t) : t; // t, but flipped if necessary to account for us flipping the range - if ((v_min * v_max) < 0.0f) // Range crosses zero, so we have to do this in two parts - { - float zero_point_center = (-(float)ImMin(v_min, v_max)) / ImAbs((float)v_max - (float)v_min); // The zero point in parametric space - float zero_point_snap_L = zero_point_center - zero_deadzone_halfsize; - float zero_point_snap_R = zero_point_center + zero_deadzone_halfsize; - if (t_with_flip >= zero_point_snap_L && t_with_flip <= zero_point_snap_R) - result = (TYPE)0.0f; // Special case to make getting exactly zero possible (the epsilon prevents it otherwise) - else if (t_with_flip < zero_point_center) - result = (TYPE)-(logarithmic_zero_epsilon * ImPow(-v_min_fudged / logarithmic_zero_epsilon, (FLOATTYPE)(1.0f - (t_with_flip / zero_point_snap_L)))); - else - result = (TYPE)(logarithmic_zero_epsilon * ImPow(v_max_fudged / logarithmic_zero_epsilon, (FLOATTYPE)((t_with_flip - zero_point_snap_R) / (1.0f - zero_point_snap_R)))); - } - else if ((v_min < 0.0f) || (v_max < 0.0f)) // Entirely negative slider - result = (TYPE)-(-v_max_fudged * ImPow(-v_min_fudged / -v_max_fudged, (FLOATTYPE)(1.0f - t_with_flip))); + if ((v_min * v_max) < 0.0f) // Range crosses zero, so we have to do this in two parts + { + float zero_point_center = (-(float)ImMin(v_min, v_max)) / ImAbs((float)v_max - (float)v_min); // The zero point in parametric space + float zero_point_snap_L = zero_point_center - zero_deadzone_halfsize; + float zero_point_snap_R = zero_point_center + zero_deadzone_halfsize; + if (t_with_flip >= zero_point_snap_L && t_with_flip <= zero_point_snap_R) + result = (TYPE)0.0f; // Special case to make getting exactly zero possible (the epsilon prevents it otherwise) + else if (t_with_flip < zero_point_center) + result = (TYPE)-(logarithmic_zero_epsilon * ImPow(-v_min_fudged / logarithmic_zero_epsilon, (FLOATTYPE)(1.0f - (t_with_flip / zero_point_snap_L)))); else - result = (TYPE)(v_min_fudged * ImPow(v_max_fudged / v_min_fudged, (FLOATTYPE)t_with_flip)); + result = (TYPE)(logarithmic_zero_epsilon * ImPow(v_max_fudged / logarithmic_zero_epsilon, (FLOATTYPE)((t_with_flip - zero_point_snap_R) / (1.0f - zero_point_snap_R)))); } + else if ((v_min < 0.0f) || (v_max < 0.0f)) // Entirely negative slider + result = (TYPE)-(-v_max_fudged * ImPow(-v_min_fudged / -v_max_fudged, (FLOATTYPE)(1.0f - t_with_flip))); + else + result = (TYPE)(v_min_fudged * ImPow(v_max_fudged / v_min_fudged, (FLOATTYPE)t_with_flip)); } else { // Linear slider + const bool is_floating_point = (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Float) || (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Double); if (is_floating_point) { result = ImLerp(v_min, v_max, t); } - else + else if (t < 1.0) { // - For integer values we want the clicking position to match the grab box so we round above // This code is carefully tuned to work with large values (e.g. high ranges of U64) while preserving this property.. // - Not doing a *1.0 multiply at the end of a range as it tends to be lossy. While absolute aiming at a large s64/u64 // range is going to be imprecise anyway, with this check we at least make the edge values matches expected limits. - if (t < 1.0) - { - FLOATTYPE v_new_off_f = (SIGNEDTYPE)(v_max - v_min) * t; - result = (TYPE)((SIGNEDTYPE)v_min + (SIGNEDTYPE)(v_new_off_f + (FLOATTYPE)(v_min > v_max ? -0.5 : 0.5))); - } - else - { - result = v_max; - } + FLOATTYPE v_new_off_f = (SIGNEDTYPE)(v_max - v_min) * t; + result = (TYPE)((SIGNEDTYPE)v_min + (SIGNEDTYPE)(v_new_off_f + (FLOATTYPE)(v_min > v_max ? -0.5 : 0.5))); } } return result; } -// FIXME: Move more of the code into SliderBehavior() +// FIXME: Try to move more of the code into shared SliderBehavior() template bool ImGui::SliderBehaviorT(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_type, TYPE* v, const TYPE v_min, const TYPE v_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags, ImRect* out_grab_bb) { @@ -2758,13 +2725,14 @@ const ImGuiAxis axis = (flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_Vertical) ? ImGuiAxis_Y : ImGuiAxis_X; const bool is_logarithmic = (flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic) != 0; const bool is_floating_point = (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Float) || (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Double); + const SIGNEDTYPE v_range = (v_min < v_max ? v_max - v_min : v_min - v_max); - const float grab_padding = 2.0f; + // Calculate bounds + const float grab_padding = 2.0f; // FIXME: Should be part of style. const float slider_sz = (bb.Max[axis] - bb.Min[axis]) - grab_padding * 2.0f; float grab_sz = style.GrabMinSize; - SIGNEDTYPE v_range = (v_min < v_max ? v_max - v_min : v_min - v_max); - if (!is_floating_point && v_range >= 0) // v_range < 0 may happen on integer overflows - grab_sz = ImMax((float)(slider_sz / (v_range + 1)), style.GrabMinSize); // For integer sliders: if possible have the grab size represent 1 unit + if (!is_floating_point && v_range >= 0) // v_range < 0 may happen on integer overflows + grab_sz = ImMax((float)(slider_sz / (v_range + 1)), style.GrabMinSize); // For integer sliders: if possible have the grab size represent 1 unit grab_sz = ImMin(grab_sz, slider_sz); const float slider_usable_sz = slider_sz - grab_sz; const float slider_usable_pos_min = bb.Min[axis] + grab_padding + grab_sz * 0.5f; @@ -2795,7 +2763,17 @@ else { const float mouse_abs_pos = g.IO.MousePos[axis]; - clicked_t = (slider_usable_sz > 0.0f) ? ImClamp((mouse_abs_pos - slider_usable_pos_min) / slider_usable_sz, 0.0f, 1.0f) : 0.0f; + if (g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated) + { + float grab_t = ScaleRatioFromValueT(data_type, *v, v_min, v_max, is_logarithmic, logarithmic_zero_epsilon, zero_deadzone_halfsize); + if (axis == ImGuiAxis_Y) + grab_t = 1.0f - grab_t; + const float grab_pos = ImLerp(slider_usable_pos_min, slider_usable_pos_max, grab_t); + const bool clicked_around_grab = (mouse_abs_pos >= grab_pos - grab_sz * 0.5f - 1.0f) && (mouse_abs_pos <= grab_pos + grab_sz * 0.5f + 1.0f); // No harm being extra generous here. + g.SliderGrabClickOffset = (clicked_around_grab && is_floating_point) ? mouse_abs_pos - grab_pos : 0.0f; + } + if (slider_usable_sz > 0.0f) + clicked_t = ImSaturate((mouse_abs_pos - g.SliderGrabClickOffset - slider_usable_pos_min) / slider_usable_sz); if (axis == ImGuiAxis_Y) clicked_t = 1.0f - clicked_t; set_new_value = true; @@ -2809,7 +2787,7 @@ g.SliderCurrentAccumDirty = false; } - const ImVec2 input_delta2 = GetNavInputAmount2d(ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_Keyboard | ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_PadDPad, ImGuiInputReadMode_RepeatFast, 0.0f, 0.0f); + const ImVec2 input_delta2 = GetNavInputAmount2d(ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_Keyboard | ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_PadDPad, ImGuiNavReadMode_RepeatFast, 0.0f, 0.0f); float input_delta = (axis == ImGuiAxis_X) ? input_delta2.x : -input_delta2.y; if (input_delta != 0.0f) { @@ -2856,8 +2834,8 @@ // Calculate what our "new" clicked_t will be, and thus how far we actually moved the slider, and subtract this from the accumulator TYPE v_new = ScaleValueFromRatioT(data_type, clicked_t, v_min, v_max, is_logarithmic, logarithmic_zero_epsilon, zero_deadzone_halfsize); - if (!(flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_NoRoundToFormat)) - v_new = RoundScalarWithFormatT(format, data_type, v_new); + if (is_floating_point && !(flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_NoRoundToFormat)) + v_new = RoundScalarWithFormatT(format, data_type, v_new); float new_clicked_t = ScaleRatioFromValueT(data_type, v_new, v_min, v_max, is_logarithmic, logarithmic_zero_epsilon, zero_deadzone_halfsize); if (delta > 0) @@ -2875,8 +2853,8 @@ TYPE v_new = ScaleValueFromRatioT(data_type, clicked_t, v_min, v_max, is_logarithmic, logarithmic_zero_epsilon, zero_deadzone_halfsize); // Round to user desired precision based on format string - if (!(flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_NoRoundToFormat)) - v_new = RoundScalarWithFormatT(format, data_type, v_new); + if (is_floating_point && !(flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_NoRoundToFormat)) + v_new = RoundScalarWithFormatT(format, data_type, v_new); // Apply result if (*v != v_new) @@ -2977,21 +2955,24 @@ else if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_S32 && strcmp(format, "%d") != 0) // (FIXME-LEGACY: Patch old "%.0f" format string to use "%d", read function more details.) format = PatchFormatStringFloatToInt(format); - // Tabbing or CTRL-clicking on Slider turns it into an input box const bool hovered = ItemHoverable(frame_bb, id); bool temp_input_is_active = temp_input_allowed && TempInputIsActive(id); if (!temp_input_is_active) { + // Tabbing or CTRL-clicking on Slider turns it into an input box const bool input_requested_by_tabbing = temp_input_allowed && (g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_FocusedByTabbing) != 0; const bool clicked = (hovered && g.IO.MouseClicked[0]); - if (input_requested_by_tabbing || clicked || g.NavActivateId == id || g.NavActivateInputId == id) + const bool make_active = (input_requested_by_tabbing || clicked || g.NavActivateId == id || g.NavActivateInputId == id); + if (make_active && temp_input_allowed) + if (input_requested_by_tabbing || (clicked && g.IO.KeyCtrl) || g.NavActivateInputId == id) + temp_input_is_active = true; + + if (make_active && !temp_input_is_active) { SetActiveID(id, window); SetFocusID(id, window); FocusWindow(window); g.ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask |= (1 << ImGuiDir_Left) | (1 << ImGuiDir_Right); - if (temp_input_allowed && (input_requested_by_tabbing || (clicked && g.IO.KeyCtrl) || g.NavActivateInputId == id)) - temp_input_is_active = true; } } @@ -3219,6 +3200,8 @@ // - ImParseFormatFindStart() [Internal] // - ImParseFormatFindEnd() [Internal] // - ImParseFormatTrimDecorations() [Internal] +// - ImParseFormatSanitizeForPrinting() [Internal] +// - ImParseFormatSanitizeForScanning() [Internal] // - ImParseFormatPrecision() [Internal] // - TempInputTextScalar() [Internal] // - InputScalar() @@ -3282,6 +3265,57 @@ return buf; } +// Sanitize format +// - Zero terminate so extra characters after format (e.g. "%f123") don't confuse atof/atoi +// - stb_sprintf.h supports several new modifiers which format numbers in a way that also makes them incompatible atof/atoi. +void ImParseFormatSanitizeForPrinting(const char* fmt_in, char* fmt_out, size_t fmt_out_size) +{ + const char* fmt_end = ImParseFormatFindEnd(fmt_in); + IM_UNUSED(fmt_out_size); + IM_ASSERT((size_t)(fmt_end - fmt_in + 1) < fmt_out_size); // Format is too long, let us know if this happens to you! + while (fmt_in < fmt_end) + { + char c = *fmt_in++; + if (c != '\'' && c != '$' && c != '_') // Custom flags provided by stb_sprintf.h. POSIX 2008 also supports '. + *(fmt_out++) = c; + } + *fmt_out = 0; // Zero-terminate +} + +// - For scanning we need to remove all width and precision fields "%3.7f" -> "%f". BUT don't strip types like "%I64d" which includes digits. ! "%07I64d" -> "%I64d" +const char* ImParseFormatSanitizeForScanning(const char* fmt_in, char* fmt_out, size_t fmt_out_size) +{ + const char* fmt_end = ImParseFormatFindEnd(fmt_in); + const char* fmt_out_begin = fmt_out; + IM_UNUSED(fmt_out_size); + IM_ASSERT((size_t)(fmt_end - fmt_in + 1) < fmt_out_size); // Format is too long, let us know if this happens to you! + bool has_type = false; + while (fmt_in < fmt_end) + { + char c = *fmt_in++; + if (!has_type && ((c >= '0' && c <= '9') || c == '.')) + continue; + has_type |= ((c >= 'a' && c <= 'z') || (c >= 'A' && c <= 'Z')); // Stop skipping digits + if (c != '\'' && c != '$' && c != '_') // Custom flags provided by stb_sprintf.h. POSIX 2008 also supports '. + *(fmt_out++) = c; + } + *fmt_out = 0; // Zero-terminate + return fmt_out_begin; +} + +template +static const char* ImAtoi(const char* src, TYPE* output) +{ + int negative = 0; + if (*src == '-') { negative = 1; src++; } + if (*src == '+') { src++; } + TYPE v = 0; + while (*src >= '0' && *src <= '9') + v = (v * 10) + (*src++ - '0'); + *output = negative ? -v : v; + return src; +} + // Parse display precision back from the display format string // FIXME: This is still used by some navigation code path to infer a minimum tweak step, but we should aim to rework widgets so it isn't needed. int ImParseFormatPrecision(const char* fmt, int default_precision) @@ -3328,6 +3362,14 @@ return value_changed; } +static inline ImGuiInputTextFlags InputScalar_DefaultCharsFilter(ImGuiDataType data_type, const char* format) +{ + if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Float || data_type == ImGuiDataType_Double) + return ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsScientific; + const char format_last_char = format[0] ? format[strlen(format) - 1] : 0; + return (format_last_char == 'x' || format_last_char == 'X') ? ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsHexadecimal : ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsDecimal; +} + // Note that Drag/Slider functions are only forwarding the min/max values clamping values if the ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp flag is set! // This is intended: this way we allow CTRL+Click manual input to set a value out of bounds, for maximum flexibility. // However this may not be ideal for all uses, as some user code may break on out of bound values. @@ -3340,7 +3382,8 @@ ImStrTrimBlanks(data_buf); ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = ImGuiInputTextFlags_AutoSelectAll | ImGuiInputTextFlags_NoMarkEdited; - flags |= ((data_type == ImGuiDataType_Float || data_type == ImGuiDataType_Double) ? ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsScientific : ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsDecimal); + flags |= InputScalar_DefaultCharsFilter(data_type, format); + bool value_changed = false; if (TempInputText(bb, id, label, data_buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(data_buf), flags)) { @@ -3350,7 +3393,7 @@ memcpy(&data_backup, p_data, data_type_size); // Apply new value (or operations) then clamp - DataTypeApplyFromText(data_buf, data_type, p_data, NULL); + DataTypeApplyFromText(data_buf, data_type, p_data, format); if (p_clamp_min || p_clamp_max) { if (p_clamp_min && p_clamp_max && DataTypeCompare(data_type, p_clamp_min, p_clamp_max) > 0) @@ -3383,12 +3426,12 @@ char buf[64]; DataTypeFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), data_type, p_data, format); - bool value_changed = false; - if ((flags & (ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsHexadecimal | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsScientific)) == 0) - flags |= ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsDecimal; - flags |= ImGuiInputTextFlags_AutoSelectAll; - flags |= ImGuiInputTextFlags_NoMarkEdited; // We call MarkItemEdited() ourselves by comparing the actual data rather than the string. + // Testing ActiveId as a minor optimization as filtering is not needed until active + if (g.ActiveId == 0 && (flags & (ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsDecimal | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsHexadecimal | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsScientific)) == 0) + flags |= InputScalar_DefaultCharsFilter(data_type, format); + flags |= ImGuiInputTextFlags_AutoSelectAll | ImGuiInputTextFlags_NoMarkEdited; // We call MarkItemEdited() ourselves by comparing the actual data rather than the string. + bool value_changed = false; if (p_step != NULL) { const float button_size = GetFrameHeight(); @@ -3532,7 +3575,11 @@ // - InputText() // - InputTextWithHint() // - InputTextMultiline() +// - InputTextGetCharInfo() [Internal] +// - InputTextReindexLines() [Internal] +// - InputTextReindexLinesRange() [Internal] // - InputTextEx() [Internal] +// - DebugNodeInputTextState() [Internal] //------------------------------------------------------------------------- bool ImGui::InputText(const char* label, char* buf, size_t buf_size, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags, ImGuiInputTextCallback callback, void* user_data) @@ -3812,7 +3859,7 @@ if (c < 0x20) { bool pass = false; - pass |= (c == '\n' && (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_Multiline)); + pass |= (c == '\n' && (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_Multiline)); // Note that an Enter KEY will emit \r and be ignored (we poll for KEY in InputText() code) pass |= (c == '\t' && (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_AllowTabInput)); if (!pass) return false; @@ -3890,6 +3937,41 @@ return true; } +// Find the shortest single replacement we can make to get the new text from the old text. +// Important: needs to be run before TextW is rewritten with the new characters because calling STB_TEXTEDIT_GETCHAR() at the end. +// FIXME: Ideally we should transition toward (1) making InsertChars()/DeleteChars() update undo-stack (2) discourage (and keep reconcile) or obsolete (and remove reconcile) accessing buffer directly. +static void InputTextReconcileUndoStateAfterUserCallback(ImGuiInputTextState* state, const char* new_buf_a, int new_length_a) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + const ImWchar* old_buf = state->TextW.Data; + const int old_length = state->CurLenW; + const int new_length = ImTextCountCharsFromUtf8(new_buf_a, new_buf_a + new_length_a); + g.TempBuffer.reserve_discard((new_length + 1) * sizeof(ImWchar)); + ImWchar* new_buf = (ImWchar*)(void*)g.TempBuffer.Data; + ImTextStrFromUtf8(new_buf, new_length + 1, new_buf_a, new_buf_a + new_length_a); + + const int shorter_length = ImMin(old_length, new_length); + int first_diff; + for (first_diff = 0; first_diff < shorter_length; first_diff++) + if (old_buf[first_diff] != new_buf[first_diff]) + break; + if (first_diff == old_length && first_diff == new_length) + return; + + int old_last_diff = old_length - 1; + int new_last_diff = new_length - 1; + for (; old_last_diff >= first_diff && new_last_diff >= first_diff; old_last_diff--, new_last_diff--) + if (old_buf[old_last_diff] != new_buf[new_last_diff]) + break; + + const int insert_len = new_last_diff - first_diff + 1; + const int delete_len = old_last_diff - first_diff + 1; + if (insert_len > 0 || delete_len > 0) + if (STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE* p = stb_text_createundo(&state->Stb.undostate, first_diff, delete_len, insert_len)) + for (int i = 0; i < delete_len; i++) + p[i] = ImStb::STB_TEXTEDIT_GETCHAR(state, first_diff + i); +} + // Edit a string of text // - buf_size account for the zero-terminator, so a buf_size of 6 can hold "Hello" but not "Hello!". // This is so we can easily call InputText() on static arrays using ARRAYSIZE() and to match @@ -4010,17 +4092,21 @@ state->InitialTextA.resize(buf_len + 1); // UTF-8. we use +1 to make sure that .Data is always pointing to at least an empty string. memcpy(state->InitialTextA.Data, buf, buf_len + 1); + // Preserve cursor position and undo/redo stack if we come back to same widget + // FIXME: Since we reworked this on 2022/06, may want to differenciate recycle_cursor vs recycle_undostate? + bool recycle_state = (state->ID == id && !init_changed_specs); + if (recycle_state && (state->CurLenA != buf_len || (state->TextAIsValid && strncmp(state->TextA.Data, buf, buf_len) != 0))) + recycle_state = false; + // Start edition const char* buf_end = NULL; + state->ID = id; state->TextW.resize(buf_size + 1); // wchar count <= UTF-8 count. we use +1 to make sure that .Data is always pointing to at least an empty string. state->TextA.resize(0); state->TextAIsValid = false; // TextA is not valid yet (we will display buf until then) state->CurLenW = ImTextStrFromUtf8(state->TextW.Data, buf_size, buf, NULL, &buf_end); state->CurLenA = (int)(buf_end - buf); // We can't get the result from ImStrncpy() above because it is not UTF-8 aware. Here we'll cut off malformed UTF-8. - // Preserve cursor position and undo/redo stack if we come back to same widget - // FIXME: For non-readonly widgets we might be able to require that TextAIsValid && TextA == buf ? (untested) and discard undo stack if user buffer has changed. - const bool recycle_state = (state->ID == id && !init_changed_specs); if (recycle_state) { // Recycle existing cursor/selection/undo stack but clamp position @@ -4029,7 +4115,6 @@ } else { - state->ID = id; state->ScrollX = 0.0f; stb_textedit_initialize_state(&state->Stb, !is_multiline); } @@ -4198,16 +4283,15 @@ if (state->SelectedAllMouseLock && !io.MouseDown[0]) state->SelectedAllMouseLock = false; - // It is ill-defined whether the backend needs to send a \t character when pressing the TAB keys. - // Win32 and GLFW naturally do it but not SDL. + // We except backends to emit a Tab key but some also emit a Tab character which we ignore (#2467, #1336) + // (For Tab and Enter: Win32/SFML/Allegro are sending both keys and chars, GLFW and SDL are only sending keys. For Space they all send all threes) const bool ignore_char_inputs = (io.KeyCtrl && !io.KeyAlt) || (is_osx && io.KeySuper); if ((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_AllowTabInput) && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Tab) && !ignore_char_inputs && !io.KeyShift && !is_readonly) - if (!io.InputQueueCharacters.contains('\t')) - { - unsigned int c = '\t'; // Insert TAB - if (InputTextFilterCharacter(&c, flags, callback, callback_user_data, ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard)) - state->OnKeyPressed((int)c); - } + { + unsigned int c = '\t'; // Insert TAB + if (InputTextFilterCharacter(&c, flags, callback, callback_user_data, ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard)) + state->OnKeyPressed((int)c); + } // Process regular text input (before we check for Return because using some IME will effectively send a Return?) // We ignore CTRL inputs, but need to allow ALT+CTRL as some keyboards (e.g. German) use AltGR (which _is_ Alt+Ctrl) to input certain characters. @@ -4218,7 +4302,7 @@ { // Insert character if they pass filtering unsigned int c = (unsigned int)io.InputQueueCharacters[n]; - if (c == '\t' && io.KeyShift) + if (c == '\t') // Skip Tab, see above. continue; if (InputTextFilterCharacter(&c, flags, callback, callback_user_data, ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard)) state->OnKeyPressed((int)c); @@ -4234,19 +4318,18 @@ if (g.ActiveId == id && !g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated && !clear_active_id) { IM_ASSERT(state != NULL); - IM_ASSERT(io.KeyMods == GetMergedKeyModFlags() && "Mismatching io.KeyCtrl/io.KeyShift/io.KeyAlt/io.KeySuper vs io.KeyMods"); // We rarely do this check, but if anything let's do it here. const int row_count_per_page = ImMax((int)((inner_size.y - style.FramePadding.y) / g.FontSize), 1); state->Stb.row_count_per_page = row_count_per_page; const int k_mask = (io.KeyShift ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT : 0); const bool is_osx = io.ConfigMacOSXBehaviors; - const bool is_osx_shift_shortcut = is_osx && (io.KeyMods == (ImGuiKeyModFlags_Super | ImGuiKeyModFlags_Shift)); + const bool is_osx_shift_shortcut = is_osx && (io.KeyMods == (ImGuiModFlags_Super | ImGuiModFlags_Shift)); const bool is_wordmove_key_down = is_osx ? io.KeyAlt : io.KeyCtrl; // OS X style: Text editing cursor movement using Alt instead of Ctrl const bool is_startend_key_down = is_osx && io.KeySuper && !io.KeyCtrl && !io.KeyAlt; // OS X style: Line/Text Start and End using Cmd+Arrows instead of Home/End - const bool is_ctrl_key_only = (io.KeyMods == ImGuiKeyModFlags_Ctrl); - const bool is_shift_key_only = (io.KeyMods == ImGuiKeyModFlags_Shift); - const bool is_shortcut_key = g.IO.ConfigMacOSXBehaviors ? (io.KeyMods == ImGuiKeyModFlags_Super) : (io.KeyMods == ImGuiKeyModFlags_Ctrl); + const bool is_ctrl_key_only = (io.KeyMods == ImGuiModFlags_Ctrl); + const bool is_shift_key_only = (io.KeyMods == ImGuiModFlags_Shift); + const bool is_shortcut_key = g.IO.ConfigMacOSXBehaviors ? (io.KeyMods == ImGuiModFlags_Super) : (io.KeyMods == ImGuiModFlags_Ctrl); const bool is_cut = ((is_shortcut_key && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_X)) || (is_shift_key_only && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Delete))) && !is_readonly && !is_password && (!is_multiline || state->HasSelection()); const bool is_copy = ((is_shortcut_key && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_C)) || (is_ctrl_key_only && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Insert))) && !is_password && (!is_multiline || state->HasSelection()); @@ -4256,8 +4339,8 @@ // We allow validate/cancel with Nav source (gamepad) to makes it easier to undo an accidental NavInput press with no keyboard wired, but otherwise it isn't very useful. const bool is_validate_enter = IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Enter) || IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_KeypadEnter); - const bool is_validate_nav = (IsNavInputTest(ImGuiNavInput_Activate, ImGuiInputReadMode_Pressed) && !IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Space)) || IsNavInputTest(ImGuiNavInput_Input, ImGuiInputReadMode_Pressed); - const bool is_cancel = IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Escape) || IsNavInputTest(ImGuiNavInput_Cancel, ImGuiInputReadMode_Pressed); + const bool is_validate_nav = (IsNavInputTest(ImGuiNavInput_Activate, ImGuiNavReadMode_Pressed) && !IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Space)) || IsNavInputTest(ImGuiNavInput_Input, ImGuiNavReadMode_Pressed); + const bool is_cancel = IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Escape) || IsNavInputTest(ImGuiNavInput_Cancel, ImGuiNavReadMode_Pressed); if (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_LeftArrow)) { state->OnKeyPressed((is_startend_key_down ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINESTART : is_wordmove_key_down ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDLEFT : STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LEFT) | k_mask); } else if (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_RightArrow)) { state->OnKeyPressed((is_startend_key_down ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINEEND : is_wordmove_key_down ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDRIGHT : STB_TEXTEDIT_K_RIGHT) | k_mask); } @@ -4389,22 +4472,24 @@ } } + // Apply ASCII value + if (!is_readonly) + { + state->TextAIsValid = true; + state->TextA.resize(state->TextW.Size * 4 + 1); + ImTextStrToUtf8(state->TextA.Data, state->TextA.Size, state->TextW.Data, NULL); + } + // When using 'ImGuiInputTextFlags_EnterReturnsTrue' as a special case we reapply the live buffer back to the input buffer before clearing ActiveId, even though strictly speaking it wasn't modified on this frame. // If we didn't do that, code like InputInt() with ImGuiInputTextFlags_EnterReturnsTrue would fail. // This also allows the user to use InputText() with ImGuiInputTextFlags_EnterReturnsTrue without maintaining any user-side storage (please note that if you use this property along ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize you can end up with your temporary string object unnecessarily allocating once a frame, either store your string data, either if you don't then don't use ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize). - bool apply_edit_back_to_user_buffer = !cancel_edit || (enter_pressed && (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_EnterReturnsTrue) != 0); + const bool apply_edit_back_to_user_buffer = !cancel_edit || (enter_pressed && (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_EnterReturnsTrue) != 0); if (apply_edit_back_to_user_buffer) { // Apply new value immediately - copy modified buffer back // Note that as soon as the input box is active, the in-widget value gets priority over any underlying modification of the input buffer // FIXME: We actually always render 'buf' when calling DrawList->AddText, making the comment above incorrect. // FIXME-OPT: CPU waste to do this every time the widget is active, should mark dirty state from the stb_textedit callbacks. - if (!is_readonly) - { - state->TextAIsValid = true; - state->TextA.resize(state->TextW.Size * 4 + 1); - ImTextStrToUtf8(state->TextA.Data, state->TextA.Size, state->TextW.Data, NULL); - } // User callback if ((flags & (ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackEdit | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackAlways)) != 0) @@ -4474,8 +4559,9 @@ if (buf_dirty) { IM_ASSERT(callback_data.BufTextLen == (int)strlen(callback_data.Buf)); // You need to maintain BufTextLen if you change the text! + InputTextReconcileUndoStateAfterUserCallback(state, callback_data.Buf, callback_data.BufTextLen); // FIXME: Move the rest of this block inside function and rename to InputTextReconcileStateAfterUserCallback() ? if (callback_data.BufTextLen > backup_current_text_length && is_resizable) - state->TextW.resize(state->TextW.Size + (callback_data.BufTextLen - backup_current_text_length)); + state->TextW.resize(state->TextW.Size + (callback_data.BufTextLen - backup_current_text_length)); // Worse case scenario resize state->CurLenW = ImTextStrFromUtf8(state->TextW.Data, state->TextW.Size, callback_data.Buf, NULL); state->CurLenA = callback_data.BufTextLen; // Assume correct length and valid UTF-8 from user, saves us an extra strlen() state->CursorAnimReset(); @@ -4517,7 +4603,7 @@ apply_new_text_length = ImMin(callback_data.BufTextLen, buf_size - 1); IM_ASSERT(apply_new_text_length <= buf_size); } - //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("InputText(\"%s\"): apply_new_text length %d\n", label, apply_new_text_length); + //IMGUI_DEBUG_PRINT("InputText(\"%s\"): apply_new_text length %d\n", label, apply_new_text_length); // If the underlying buffer resize was denied or not carried to the next frame, apply_new_text_length+1 may be >= buf_size. ImStrncpy(buf, apply_new_text, ImMin(apply_new_text_length + 1, buf_size)); @@ -4778,6 +4864,40 @@ return value_changed; } +void ImGui::DebugNodeInputTextState(ImGuiInputTextState* state) +{ +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImStb::STB_TexteditState* stb_state = &state->Stb; + ImStb::StbUndoState* undo_state = &stb_state->undostate; + Text("ID: 0x%08X, ActiveID: 0x%08X", state->ID, g.ActiveId); + Text("CurLenW: %d, CurLenA: %d, Cursor: %d, Selection: %d..%d", state->CurLenA, state->CurLenW, stb_state->cursor, stb_state->select_start, stb_state->select_end); + Text("undo_point: %d, redo_point: %d, undo_char_point: %d, redo_char_point: %d", undo_state->undo_point, undo_state->redo_point, undo_state->undo_char_point, undo_state->redo_char_point); + if (BeginChild("undopoints", ImVec2(0.0f, GetTextLineHeight() * 15), true)) // Visualize undo state + { + PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing, ImVec2(0, 0)); + for (int n = 0; n < STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT; n++) + { + ImStb::StbUndoRecord* undo_rec = &undo_state->undo_rec[n]; + const char undo_rec_type = (n < undo_state->undo_point) ? 'u' : (n >= undo_state->redo_point) ? 'r' : ' '; + if (undo_rec_type == ' ') + BeginDisabled(); + char buf[64] = ""; + if (undo_rec_type != ' ' && undo_rec->char_storage != -1) + ImTextStrToUtf8(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), undo_state->undo_char + undo_rec->char_storage, undo_state->undo_char + undo_rec->char_storage + undo_rec->insert_length); + Text("%c [%02d] where %03d, insert %03d, delete %03d, char_storage %03d \"%s\"", + undo_rec_type, n, undo_rec->where, undo_rec->insert_length, undo_rec->delete_length, undo_rec->char_storage, buf); + if (undo_rec_type == ' ') + EndDisabled(); + } + PopStyleVar(); + } + EndChild(); +#else + IM_UNUSED(state); +#endif +} + //------------------------------------------------------------------------- // [SECTION] Widgets: ColorEdit, ColorPicker, ColorButton, etc. //------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -4996,8 +5116,7 @@ if (label != label_display_end && !(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoLabel)) { - const float text_offset_x = (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoInputs) ? w_button : w_full + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x; - window->DC.CursorPos = ImVec2(pos.x + text_offset_x, pos.y + style.FramePadding.y); + SameLine(0.0f, style.ItemInnerSpacing.x); TextEx(label, label_display_end); } @@ -5453,7 +5572,7 @@ // FIXME: May want to display/ignore the alpha component in the color display? Yet show it in the tooltip. // 'desc_id' is not called 'label' because we don't display it next to the button, but only in the tooltip. // Note that 'col' may be encoded in HSV if ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputHSV is set. -bool ImGui::ColorButton(const char* desc_id, const ImVec4& col, ImGuiColorEditFlags flags, ImVec2 size) +bool ImGui::ColorButton(const char* desc_id, const ImVec4& col, ImGuiColorEditFlags flags, const ImVec2& size_arg) { ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); if (window->SkipItems) @@ -5461,11 +5580,8 @@ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(desc_id); - float default_size = GetFrameHeight(); - if (size.x == 0.0f) - size.x = default_size; - if (size.y == 0.0f) - size.y = default_size; + const float default_size = GetFrameHeight(); + const ImVec2 size(size_arg.x == 0.0f ? default_size : size_arg.x, size_arg.y == 0.0f ? default_size : size_arg.y); const ImRect bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + size); ItemSize(bb, (size.y >= default_size) ? g.Style.FramePadding.y : 0.0f); if (!ItemAdd(bb, id)) @@ -5763,9 +5879,9 @@ if (window->SkipItems) return false; - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - const char* label_end = g.TempBuffer + ImFormatStringV(g.TempBuffer, IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.TempBuffer), fmt, args); - return TreeNodeBehavior(window->GetID(str_id), flags, g.TempBuffer, label_end); + const char* label, *label_end; + ImFormatStringToTempBufferV(&label, &label_end, fmt, args); + return TreeNodeBehavior(window->GetID(str_id), flags, label, label_end); } bool ImGui::TreeNodeExV(const void* ptr_id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* fmt, va_list args) @@ -5774,9 +5890,9 @@ if (window->SkipItems) return false; - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - const char* label_end = g.TempBuffer + ImFormatStringV(g.TempBuffer, IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.TempBuffer), fmt, args); - return TreeNodeBehavior(window->GetID(ptr_id), flags, g.TempBuffer, label_end); + const char* label, *label_end; + ImFormatStringToTempBufferV(&label, &label_end, fmt, args); + return TreeNodeBehavior(window->GetID(ptr_id), flags, label, label_end); } bool ImGui::TreeNodeBehaviorIsOpen(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags) @@ -6703,6 +6819,7 @@ // We overwrite CursorMaxPos because BeginGroup sets it to CursorPos (essentially the .EmitItem hack in EndMenuBar() would need something analogous here, maybe a BeginGroupEx() with flags). window->DC.CursorPos = window->DC.CursorMaxPos = ImVec2(bar_rect.Min.x + window->DC.MenuBarOffset.x, bar_rect.Min.y + window->DC.MenuBarOffset.y); window->DC.LayoutType = ImGuiLayoutType_Horizontal; + window->DC.IsSameLine = false; window->DC.NavLayerCurrent = ImGuiNavLayer_Menu; window->DC.MenuBarAppending = true; AlignTextToFramePadding(); @@ -6746,6 +6863,7 @@ g.GroupStack.back().EmitItem = false; EndGroup(); // Restore position on layer 0 window->DC.LayoutType = ImGuiLayoutType_Vertical; + window->DC.IsSameLine = false; window->DC.NavLayerCurrent = ImGuiNavLayer_Main; window->DC.MenuBarAppending = false; } @@ -6829,14 +6947,19 @@ if ((g.OpenPopupStack.Size <= g.BeginPopupStack.Size) || (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu)) return false; - // Initially we used 'OpenParentId' to differentiate multiple menu sets from each others (e.g. inside menu bar vs loose menu items) based on parent ID. + // Initially we used 'upper_popup->OpenParentId == window->IDStack.back()' to differentiate multiple menu sets from each others + // (e.g. inside menu bar vs loose menu items) based on parent ID. // This would however prevent the use of e.g. PuhsID() user code submitting menus. // Previously this worked between popup and a first child menu because the first child menu always had the _ChildWindow flag, // making hovering on parent popup possible while first child menu was focused - but this was generally a bug with other side effects. // Instead we don't treat Popup specifically (in order to consistently support menu features in them), maybe the first child menu of a Popup - // doesn't have the _ChildWindow flag, and we rely on this IsRootOfOpenMenuSet() check to allow hovering between root window/popup and first chilld menu. + // doesn't have the _ChildWindow flag, and we rely on this IsRootOfOpenMenuSet() check to allow hovering between root window/popup and first child menu. + // In the end, lack of ID check made it so we could no longer differentiate between separate menu sets. To compensate for that, we at least check parent window nav layer. + // This fixes the most common case of menu opening on hover when moving between window content and menu bar. Multiple different menu sets in same nav layer would still + // open on hover, but that should be a lesser problem, because if such menus are close in proximity in window content then it won't feel weird and if they are far apart + // it likely won't be a problem anyone runs into. const ImGuiPopupData* upper_popup = &g.OpenPopupStack[g.BeginPopupStack.Size]; - return (/*upper_popup->OpenParentId == window->IDStack.back() &&*/ upper_popup->Window && (upper_popup->Window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu)); + return (window->DC.NavLayerCurrent == upper_popup->ParentNavLayer && upper_popup->Window && (upper_popup->Window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu)); } bool ImGui::BeginMenuEx(const char* label, const char* icon, bool enabled) @@ -6851,7 +6974,7 @@ bool menu_is_open = IsPopupOpen(id, ImGuiPopupFlags_None); // Sub-menus are ChildWindow so that mouse can be hovering across them (otherwise top-most popup menu would steal focus and not allow hovering on parent menu) - // The first menu in a hierarchy isn't so hovering doesn't get accross (otherwise e.g. resizing borders with ImGuiButtonFlags_FlattenChildren would react), but top-most BeginMenu() will bypass that limitation. + // The first menu in a hierarchy isn't so hovering doesn't get across (otherwise e.g. resizing borders with ImGuiButtonFlags_FlattenChildren would react), but top-most BeginMenu() will bypass that limitation. ImGuiWindowFlags flags = ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu | ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavFocus; if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu) flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow; @@ -6924,7 +7047,7 @@ if (!enabled) EndDisabled(); - const bool hovered = (g.HoveredId == id) && enabled; + const bool hovered = (g.HoveredId == id) && enabled && !g.NavDisableMouseHover; if (menuset_is_open) g.NavWindow = backed_nav_window; @@ -6934,7 +7057,7 @@ { // Close menu when not hovering it anymore unless we are moving roughly in the direction of the menu // Implement http://bjk5.com/post/44698559168/breaking-down-amazons-mega-dropdown to avoid using timers, so menus feels more reactive. - bool moving_toward_other_child_menu = false; + bool moving_toward_child_menu = false; ImGuiWindow* child_menu_window = (g.BeginPopupStack.Size < g.OpenPopupStack.Size && g.OpenPopupStack[g.BeginPopupStack.Size].SourceWindow == window) ? g.OpenPopupStack[g.BeginPopupStack.Size].Window : NULL; if (g.HoveredWindow == window && child_menu_window != NULL && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar)) { @@ -6945,18 +7068,22 @@ ImVec2 tc = (window->Pos.x < child_menu_window->Pos.x) ? next_window_rect.GetBL() : next_window_rect.GetBR(); float extra = ImClamp(ImFabs(ta.x - tb.x) * 0.30f, ref_unit * 0.5f, ref_unit * 2.5f); // add a bit of extra slack. ta.x += (window->Pos.x < child_menu_window->Pos.x) ? -0.5f : +0.5f; // to avoid numerical issues (FIXME: ??) - tb.y = ta.y + ImMax((tb.y - extra) - ta.y, -ref_unit * 8.0f); // triangle is maximum 200 high to limit the slope and the bias toward large sub-menus // FIXME: Multiply by fb_scale? + tb.y = ta.y + ImMax((tb.y - extra) - ta.y, -ref_unit * 8.0f); // triangle has maximum height to limit the slope and the bias toward large sub-menus tc.y = ta.y + ImMin((tc.y + extra) - ta.y, +ref_unit * 8.0f); - moving_toward_other_child_menu = ImTriangleContainsPoint(ta, tb, tc, g.IO.MousePos); + moving_toward_child_menu = ImTriangleContainsPoint(ta, tb, tc, g.IO.MousePos); //GetForegroundDrawList()->AddTriangleFilled(ta, tb, tc, moving_toward_other_child_menu ? IM_COL32(0,128,0,128) : IM_COL32(128,0,0,128)); // [DEBUG] } - if (menu_is_open && !hovered && g.HoveredWindow == window && g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame != 0 && g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame != id && !moving_toward_other_child_menu) + + // The 'HovereWindow == window' check creates an inconsistency (e.g. moving away from menu slowly tends to hit same window, whereas moving away fast does not) + // But we also need to not close the top-menu menu when moving over void. Perhaps we should extend the triangle check to a larger polygon. + // (Remember to test this on BeginPopup("A")->BeginMenu("B") sequence which behaves slightly differently as B isn't a Child of A and hovering isn't shared.) + if (menu_is_open && !hovered && g.HoveredWindow == window && !moving_toward_child_menu) want_close = true; // Open if (!menu_is_open && pressed) // Click/activate to open want_open = true; - else if (!menu_is_open && hovered && !moving_toward_other_child_menu) // Hover to open + else if (!menu_is_open && hovered && !moving_toward_child_menu) // Hover to open want_open = true; if (g.NavId == id && g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Right) // Nav-Right to open { @@ -7424,7 +7551,7 @@ // and we cannot wait for the next BeginTabItem() call. We cannot compute this width within TabBarAddTab() because font size depends on the active window. const char* tab_name = tab_bar->GetTabName(tab); const bool has_close_button = (tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoCloseButton) ? false : true; - tab->ContentWidth = TabItemCalcSize(tab_name, has_close_button).x; + tab->ContentWidth = (tab->RequestedWidth > 0.0f) ? tab->RequestedWidth : TabItemCalcSize(tab_name, has_close_button).x; int section_n = TabItemGetSectionIdx(tab); ImGuiTabBarSection* section = §ions[section_n]; @@ -7433,9 +7560,9 @@ // Store data so we can build an array sorted by width if we need to shrink tabs down IM_MSVC_WARNING_SUPPRESS(6385); - int shrink_buffer_index = shrink_buffer_indexes[section_n]++; - g.ShrinkWidthBuffer[shrink_buffer_index].Index = tab_n; - g.ShrinkWidthBuffer[shrink_buffer_index].Width = tab->ContentWidth; + ImGuiShrinkWidthItem* shrink_width_item = &g.ShrinkWidthBuffer[shrink_buffer_indexes[section_n]++]; + shrink_width_item->Index = tab_n; + shrink_width_item->Width = shrink_width_item->InitialWidth = tab->ContentWidth; IM_ASSERT(tab->ContentWidth > 0.0f); tab->Width = tab->ContentWidth; @@ -7905,10 +8032,13 @@ bool ImGui::TabItemEx(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const char* label, bool* p_open, ImGuiTabItemFlags flags) { // Layout whole tab bar if not already done + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; if (tab_bar->WantLayout) + { + ImGuiNextItemData backup_next_item_data = g.NextItemData; TabBarLayout(tab_bar); - - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + g.NextItemData = backup_next_item_data; + } ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; if (window->SkipItems) return false; @@ -7934,9 +8064,6 @@ else if (p_open == NULL) flags |= ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoCloseButton; - // Calculate tab contents size - ImVec2 size = TabItemCalcSize(label, p_open != NULL); - // Acquire tab data ImGuiTabItem* tab = TabBarFindTabByID(tab_bar, id); bool tab_is_new = false; @@ -7945,11 +8072,17 @@ tab_bar->Tabs.push_back(ImGuiTabItem()); tab = &tab_bar->Tabs.back(); tab->ID = id; - tab->Width = size.x; - tab_bar->TabsAddedNew = true; - tab_is_new = true; + tab_bar->TabsAddedNew = tab_is_new = true; } tab_bar->LastTabItemIdx = (ImS16)tab_bar->Tabs.index_from_ptr(tab); + + // Calculate tab contents size + ImVec2 size = TabItemCalcSize(label, p_open != NULL); + tab->RequestedWidth = -1.0f; + if (g.NextItemData.Flags & ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasWidth) + size.x = tab->RequestedWidth = g.NextItemData.Width; + if (tab_is_new) + tab->Width = size.x; tab->ContentWidth = size.x; tab->BeginOrder = tab_bar->TabsActiveCount++; @@ -7965,13 +8098,14 @@ tab_bar->TabsNames.append(label, label + strlen(label) + 1); // Update selected tab - if (tab_appearing && (tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_AutoSelectNewTabs) && tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId == 0) - if (!tab_bar_appearing || tab_bar->SelectedTabId == 0) - if (!is_tab_button) + if (!is_tab_button) + { + if (tab_appearing && (tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_AutoSelectNewTabs) && tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId == 0) + if (!tab_bar_appearing || tab_bar->SelectedTabId == 0) tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId = id; // New tabs gets activated - if ((flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_SetSelected) && (tab_bar->SelectedTabId != id)) // SetSelected can only be passed on explicit tab bar - if (!is_tab_button) + if ((flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_SetSelected) && (tab_bar->SelectedTabId != id)) // _SetSelected can only be passed on explicit tab bar tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId = id; + } // Lock visibility // (Note: tab_contents_visible != tab_selected... because CTRL+TAB operations may preview some tabs without selecting them!) diff --git a/imgui/imstb_rectpack.h b/imgui/imstb_rectpack.h --- a/imgui/imstb_rectpack.h +++ b/imgui/imstb_rectpack.h @@ -1,15 +1,19 @@ // [DEAR IMGUI] -// This is a slightly modified version of stb_rect_pack.h 1.00. -// Those changes would need to be pushed into nothings/stb: -// - Added STBRP__CDECL +// This is a slightly modified version of stb_rect_pack.h 1.01. // Grep for [DEAR IMGUI] to find the changes. - -// stb_rect_pack.h - v1.00 - public domain - rectangle packing +// +// stb_rect_pack.h - v1.01 - public domain - rectangle packing // Sean Barrett 2014 // // Useful for e.g. packing rectangular textures into an atlas. // Does not do rotation. // +// Before #including, +// +// #define STB_RECT_PACK_IMPLEMENTATION +// +// in the file that you want to have the implementation. +// // Not necessarily the awesomest packing method, but better than // the totally naive one in stb_truetype (which is primarily what // this is meant to replace). @@ -41,6 +45,7 @@ // // Version history: // +// 1.01 (2021-07-11) always use large rect mode, expose STBRP__MAXVAL in public section // 1.00 (2019-02-25) avoid small space waste; gracefully fail too-wide rectangles // 0.99 (2019-02-07) warning fixes // 0.11 (2017-03-03) return packing success/fail result @@ -81,12 +86,11 @@ typedef struct stbrp_node stbrp_node; typedef struct stbrp_rect stbrp_rect; -#ifdef STBRP_LARGE_RECTS typedef int stbrp_coord; -#else -typedef unsigned short stbrp_coord; -#endif +#define STBRP__MAXVAL 0x7fffffff +// Mostly for internal use, but this is the maximum supported coordinate value. + STBRP_DEF int stbrp_pack_rects (stbrp_context *context, stbrp_rect *rects, int num_rects); // Assign packed locations to rectangles. The rectangles are of type // 'stbrp_rect' defined below, stored in the array 'rects', and there @@ -213,10 +217,9 @@ #define STBRP_ASSERT assert #endif -// [DEAR IMGUI] Added STBRP__CDECL #ifdef _MSC_VER #define STBRP__NOTUSED(v) (void)(v) -#define STBRP__CDECL __cdecl +#define STBRP__CDECL __cdecl #else #define STBRP__NOTUSED(v) (void)sizeof(v) #define STBRP__CDECL @@ -262,9 +265,6 @@ STBRP_DEF void stbrp_init_target(stbrp_context *context, int width, int height, stbrp_node *nodes, int num_nodes) { int i; -#ifndef STBRP_LARGE_RECTS - STBRP_ASSERT(width <= 0xffff && height <= 0xffff); -#endif for (i=0; i < num_nodes-1; ++i) nodes[i].next = &nodes[i+1]; @@ -283,11 +283,7 @@ context->extra[0].y = 0; context->extra[0].next = &context->extra[1]; context->extra[1].x = (stbrp_coord) width; -#ifdef STBRP_LARGE_RECTS context->extra[1].y = (1<<30); -#else - context->extra[1].y = 65535; -#endif context->extra[1].next = NULL; } @@ -433,7 +429,7 @@ if (y <= best_y) { if (y < best_y || waste < best_waste || (waste==best_waste && xpos < best_x)) { best_x = xpos; - STBRP_ASSERT(y <= best_y); + //STBRP_ASSERT(y <= best_y); [DEAR IMGUI] best_y = y; best_waste = waste; best = prev; @@ -529,7 +525,6 @@ return res; } -// [DEAR IMGUI] Added STBRP__CDECL static int STBRP__CDECL rect_height_compare(const void *a, const void *b) { const stbrp_rect *p = (const stbrp_rect *) a; @@ -541,19 +536,12 @@ return (p->w > q->w) ? -1 : (p->w < q->w); } -// [DEAR IMGUI] Added STBRP__CDECL static int STBRP__CDECL rect_original_order(const void *a, const void *b) { const stbrp_rect *p = (const stbrp_rect *) a; const stbrp_rect *q = (const stbrp_rect *) b; return (p->was_packed < q->was_packed) ? -1 : (p->was_packed > q->was_packed); } - -#ifdef STBRP_LARGE_RECTS -#define STBRP__MAXVAL 0xffffffff -#else -#define STBRP__MAXVAL 0xffff -#endif STBRP_DEF int stbrp_pack_rects(stbrp_context *context, stbrp_rect *rects, int num_rects) { diff --git a/imgui/imstb_textedit.h b/imgui/imstb_textedit.h --- a/imgui/imstb_textedit.h +++ b/imgui/imstb_textedit.h @@ -1,10 +1,10 @@ // [DEAR IMGUI] -// This is a slightly modified version of stb_textedit.h 1.13. +// This is a slightly modified version of stb_textedit.h 1.14. // Those changes would need to be pushed into nothings/stb: // - Fix in stb_textedit_discard_redo (see https://github.com/nothings/stb/issues/321) // Grep for [DEAR IMGUI] to find the changes. -// stb_textedit.h - v1.13 - public domain - Sean Barrett +// stb_textedit.h - v1.14 - public domain - Sean Barrett // Development of this library was sponsored by RAD Game Tools // // This C header file implements the guts of a multi-line text-editing @@ -35,6 +35,7 @@ // // VERSION HISTORY // +// 1.14 (2021-07-11) page up/down, various fixes // 1.13 (2019-02-07) fix bug in undo size management // 1.12 (2018-01-29) user can change STB_TEXTEDIT_KEYTYPE, fix redo to avoid crash // 1.11 (2017-03-03) fix HOME on last line, dragging off single-line textfield @@ -58,6 +59,7 @@ // Ulf Winklemann: move-by-word in 1.1 // Fabian Giesen: secondary key inputs in 1.5 // Martins Mozeiko: STB_TEXTEDIT_memmove in 1.6 +// Louis Schnellbach: page up/down in 1.14 // // Bugfixes: // Scott Graham @@ -93,8 +95,8 @@ // moderate sizes. The undo system does no memory allocations, so // it grows STB_TexteditState by the worst-case storage which is (in bytes): // -// [4 + 3 * sizeof(STB_TEXTEDIT_POSITIONTYPE)] * STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATE_COUNT -// + sizeof(STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE) * STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOCHAR_COUNT +// [4 + 3 * sizeof(STB_TEXTEDIT_POSITIONTYPE)] * STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT +// + sizeof(STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE) * STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOCHARCOUNT // // // Implementation mode: @@ -716,10 +718,6 @@ state->has_preferred_x = 0; return 1; } - // [DEAR IMGUI] - //// remove the undo since we didn't actually insert the characters - //if (state->undostate.undo_point) - // --state->undostate.undo_point; // note: paste failure will leave deleted selection, may be restored with an undo (see https://github.com/nothings/stb/issues/734 for details) return 0; } diff --git a/imgui/imstb_truetype.h b/imgui/imstb_truetype.h --- a/imgui/imstb_truetype.h +++ b/imgui/imstb_truetype.h @@ -1,11 +1,20 @@ // [DEAR IMGUI] -// This is a slightly modified version of stb_truetype.h 1.20. +// This is a slightly modified version of stb_truetype.h 1.26. // Mostly fixing for compiler and static analyzer warnings. // Grep for [DEAR IMGUI] to find the changes. -// stb_truetype.h - v1.20 - public domain -// authored from 2009-2016 by Sean Barrett / RAD Game Tools +// stb_truetype.h - v1.26 - public domain +// authored from 2009-2021 by Sean Barrett / RAD Game Tools // +// ======================================================================= +// +// NO SECURITY GUARANTEE -- DO NOT USE THIS ON UNTRUSTED FONT FILES +// +// This library does no range checking of the offsets found in the file, +// meaning an attacker can use it to read arbitrary memory. +// +// ======================================================================= +// // This library processes TrueType files: // parse files // extract glyph metrics @@ -37,11 +46,11 @@ // Daniel Ribeiro Maciel // // Bug/warning reports/fixes: -// "Zer" on mollyrocket Fabian "ryg" Giesen -// Cass Everitt Martins Mozeiko -// stoiko (Haemimont Games) Cap Petschulat -// Brian Hook Omar Cornut -// Walter van Niftrik github:aloucks +// "Zer" on mollyrocket Fabian "ryg" Giesen github:NiLuJe +// Cass Everitt Martins Mozeiko github:aloucks +// stoiko (Haemimont Games) Cap Petschulat github:oyvindjam +// Brian Hook Omar Cornut github:vassvik +// Walter van Niftrik Ryan Griege // David Gow Peter LaValle // David Given Sergey Popov // Ivan-Assen Ivanov Giumo X. Clanjor @@ -49,11 +58,17 @@ // Johan Duparc Thomas Fields // Hou Qiming Derek Vinyard // Rob Loach Cort Stratton -// Kenney Phillis Jr. github:oyvindjam -// Brian Costabile github:vassvik +// Kenney Phillis Jr. Brian Costabile +// Ken Voskuil (kaesve) // // VERSION HISTORY // +// 1.26 (2021-08-28) fix broken rasterizer +// 1.25 (2021-07-11) many fixes +// 1.24 (2020-02-05) fix warning +// 1.23 (2020-02-02) query SVG data for glyphs; query whole kerning table (but only kern not GPOS) +// 1.22 (2019-08-11) minimize missing-glyph duplication; fix kerning if both 'GPOS' and 'kern' are defined +// 1.21 (2019-02-25) fix warning // 1.20 (2019-02-07) PackFontRange skips missing codepoints; GetScaleFontVMetrics() // 1.19 (2018-02-11) GPOS kerning, STBTT_fmod // 1.18 (2018-01-29) add missing function @@ -248,19 +263,6 @@ // recommend it. // // -// SOURCE STATISTICS (based on v0.6c, 2050 LOC) -// -// Documentation & header file 520 LOC \___ 660 LOC documentation -// Sample code 140 LOC / -// Truetype parsing 620 LOC ---- 620 LOC TrueType -// Software rasterization 240 LOC \. -// Curve tessellation 120 LOC \__ 550 LOC Bitmap creation -// Bitmap management 100 LOC / -// Baked bitmap interface 70 LOC / -// Font name matching & access 150 LOC ---- 150 -// C runtime library abstraction 60 LOC ---- 60 -// -// // PERFORMANCE MEASUREMENTS FOR 1.06: // // 32-bit 64-bit @@ -275,8 +277,8 @@ //// SAMPLE PROGRAMS //// // -// Incomplete text-in-3d-api example, which draws quads properly aligned to be lossless -// +// Incomplete text-in-3d-api example, which draws quads properly aligned to be lossless. +// See "tests/truetype_demo_win32.c" for a complete version. #if 0 #define STB_TRUETYPE_IMPLEMENTATION // force following include to generate implementation #include "stb_truetype.h" @@ -302,6 +304,8 @@ void my_stbtt_print(float x, float y, char *text) { // assume orthographic projection with units = screen pixels, origin at top left + glEnable(GL_BLEND); + glBlendFunc(GL_SRC_ALPHA, GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA); glEnable(GL_TEXTURE_2D); glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, ftex); glBegin(GL_QUADS); @@ -309,10 +313,10 @@ if (*text >= 32 && *text < 128) { stbtt_aligned_quad q; stbtt_GetBakedQuad(cdata, 512,512, *text-32, &x,&y,&q,1);//1=opengl & d3d10+,0=d3d9 - glTexCoord2f(q.s0,q.t1); glVertex2f(q.x0,q.y0); - glTexCoord2f(q.s1,q.t1); glVertex2f(q.x1,q.y0); - glTexCoord2f(q.s1,q.t0); glVertex2f(q.x1,q.y1); - glTexCoord2f(q.s0,q.t0); glVertex2f(q.x0,q.y1); + glTexCoord2f(q.s0,q.t0); glVertex2f(q.x0,q.y0); + glTexCoord2f(q.s1,q.t0); glVertex2f(q.x1,q.y0); + glTexCoord2f(q.s1,q.t1); glVertex2f(q.x1,q.y1); + glTexCoord2f(q.s0,q.t1); glVertex2f(q.x0,q.y1); } ++text; } @@ -719,7 +723,7 @@ int numGlyphs; // number of glyphs, needed for range checking - int loca,head,glyf,hhea,hmtx,kern,gpos; // table locations as offset from start of .ttf + int loca,head,glyf,hhea,hmtx,kern,gpos,svg; // table locations as offset from start of .ttf int index_map; // a cmap mapping for our chosen character encoding int indexToLocFormat; // format needed to map from glyph index to glyph @@ -802,7 +806,19 @@ STBTT_DEF int stbtt_GetGlyphBox(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph_index, int *x0, int *y0, int *x1, int *y1); // as above, but takes one or more glyph indices for greater efficiency +typedef struct stbtt_kerningentry +{ + int glyph1; // use stbtt_FindGlyphIndex + int glyph2; + int advance; +} stbtt_kerningentry; +STBTT_DEF int stbtt_GetKerningTableLength(const stbtt_fontinfo *info); +STBTT_DEF int stbtt_GetKerningTable(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, stbtt_kerningentry* table, int table_length); +// Retrieves a complete list of all of the kerning pairs provided by the font +// stbtt_GetKerningTable never writes more than table_length entries and returns how many entries it did write. +// The table will be sorted by (a.glyph1 == b.glyph1)?(a.glyph2 < b.glyph2):(a.glyph1 < b.glyph1) + ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// // // GLYPH SHAPES (you probably don't need these, but they have to go before @@ -846,6 +862,12 @@ STBTT_DEF void stbtt_FreeShape(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, stbtt_vertex *vertices); // frees the data allocated above +STBTT_DEF unsigned char *stbtt_FindSVGDoc(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int gl); +STBTT_DEF int stbtt_GetCodepointSVG(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int unicode_codepoint, const char **svg); +STBTT_DEF int stbtt_GetGlyphSVG(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int gl, const char **svg); +// fills svg with the character's SVG data. +// returns data size or 0 if SVG not found. + ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// // // BITMAP RENDERING @@ -1347,6 +1369,22 @@ return stbtt__cff_get_index(&cff); } +// since most people won't use this, find this table the first time it's needed +static int stbtt__get_svg(stbtt_fontinfo *info) +{ + stbtt_uint32 t; + if (info->svg < 0) { + t = stbtt__find_table(info->data, info->fontstart, "SVG "); + if (t) { + stbtt_uint32 offset = ttULONG(info->data + t + 2); + info->svg = t + offset; + } else { + info->svg = 0; + } + } + return info->svg; +} + static int stbtt_InitFont_internal(stbtt_fontinfo *info, unsigned char *data, int fontstart) { stbtt_uint32 cmap, t; @@ -1426,6 +1464,8 @@ else info->numGlyphs = 0xffff; + info->svg = -1; + // find a cmap encoding table we understand *now* to avoid searching // later. (todo: could make this installable) // the same regardless of glyph. @@ -1509,12 +1549,12 @@ search += 2; { - stbtt_uint16 offset, start; + stbtt_uint16 offset, start, last; stbtt_uint16 item = (stbtt_uint16) ((search - endCount) >> 1); - STBTT_assert(unicode_codepoint <= ttUSHORT(data + endCount + 2*item)); start = ttUSHORT(data + index_map + 14 + segcount*2 + 2 + 2*item); - if (unicode_codepoint < start) + last = ttUSHORT(data + endCount + 2*item); + if (unicode_codepoint < start || unicode_codepoint > last) return 0; offset = ttUSHORT(data + index_map + 14 + segcount*6 + 2 + 2*item); @@ -1774,7 +1814,7 @@ } } num_vertices = stbtt__close_shape(vertices, num_vertices, was_off, start_off, sx,sy,scx,scy,cx,cy); - } else if (numberOfContours == -1) { + } else if (numberOfContours < 0) { // Compound shapes. int more = 1; stbtt_uint8 *comp = data + g + 10; @@ -1841,7 +1881,7 @@ if (comp_verts) STBTT_free(comp_verts, info->userdata); return 0; } - if (num_vertices > 0) STBTT_memcpy(tmp, vertices, num_vertices*sizeof(stbtt_vertex)); //-V595 + if (num_vertices > 0 && vertices) STBTT_memcpy(tmp, vertices, num_vertices*sizeof(stbtt_vertex)); STBTT_memcpy(tmp+num_vertices, comp_verts, comp_num_verts*sizeof(stbtt_vertex)); if (vertices) STBTT_free(vertices, info->userdata); vertices = tmp; @@ -1851,9 +1891,6 @@ // More components ? more = flags & (1<<5); } - } else if (numberOfContours < 0) { - // @TODO other compound variations? - STBTT_assert(0); } else { // numberOfCounters == 0, do nothing } @@ -2107,7 +2144,7 @@ subrs = stbtt__cid_get_glyph_subrs(info, glyph_index); has_subrs = 1; } - // fallthrough + // FALLTHROUGH case 0x1D: // callgsubr if (sp < 1) return STBTT__CSERR("call(g|)subr stack"); v = (int) s[--sp]; @@ -2212,7 +2249,7 @@ } break; default: - if (b0 != 255 && b0 != 28 && (b0 < 32 || b0 > 254)) //-V560 + if (b0 != 255 && b0 != 28 && b0 < 32) return STBTT__CSERR("reserved operator"); // push immediate @@ -2282,9 +2319,51 @@ } } -static int stbtt__GetGlyphKernInfoAdvance(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph1, int glyph2) +STBTT_DEF int stbtt_GetKerningTableLength(const stbtt_fontinfo *info) { stbtt_uint8 *data = info->data + info->kern; + + // we only look at the first table. it must be 'horizontal' and format 0. + if (!info->kern) + return 0; + if (ttUSHORT(data+2) < 1) // number of tables, need at least 1 + return 0; + if (ttUSHORT(data+8) != 1) // horizontal flag must be set in format + return 0; + + return ttUSHORT(data+10); +} + +STBTT_DEF int stbtt_GetKerningTable(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, stbtt_kerningentry* table, int table_length) +{ + stbtt_uint8 *data = info->data + info->kern; + int k, length; + + // we only look at the first table. it must be 'horizontal' and format 0. + if (!info->kern) + return 0; + if (ttUSHORT(data+2) < 1) // number of tables, need at least 1 + return 0; + if (ttUSHORT(data+8) != 1) // horizontal flag must be set in format + return 0; + + length = ttUSHORT(data+10); + if (table_length < length) + length = table_length; + + for (k = 0; k < length; k++) + { + table[k].glyph1 = ttUSHORT(data+18+(k*6)); + table[k].glyph2 = ttUSHORT(data+20+(k*6)); + table[k].advance = ttSHORT(data+22+(k*6)); + } + + return length; +} + +static int stbtt__GetGlyphKernInfoAdvance(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph1, int glyph2) +{ + stbtt_uint8 *data = info->data + info->kern; stbtt_uint32 needle, straw; int l, r, m; @@ -2312,245 +2391,225 @@ return 0; } -static stbtt_int32 stbtt__GetCoverageIndex(stbtt_uint8 *coverageTable, int glyph) +static stbtt_int32 stbtt__GetCoverageIndex(stbtt_uint8 *coverageTable, int glyph) { - stbtt_uint16 coverageFormat = ttUSHORT(coverageTable); - switch(coverageFormat) { - case 1: { - stbtt_uint16 glyphCount = ttUSHORT(coverageTable + 2); + stbtt_uint16 coverageFormat = ttUSHORT(coverageTable); + switch (coverageFormat) { + case 1: { + stbtt_uint16 glyphCount = ttUSHORT(coverageTable + 2); - // Binary search. - stbtt_int32 l=0, r=glyphCount-1, m; - int straw, needle=glyph; - while (l <= r) { - stbtt_uint8 *glyphArray = coverageTable + 4; - stbtt_uint16 glyphID; - m = (l + r) >> 1; - glyphID = ttUSHORT(glyphArray + 2 * m); - straw = glyphID; - if (needle < straw) - r = m - 1; - else if (needle > straw) - l = m + 1; - else { - return m; - } + // Binary search. + stbtt_int32 l=0, r=glyphCount-1, m; + int straw, needle=glyph; + while (l <= r) { + stbtt_uint8 *glyphArray = coverageTable + 4; + stbtt_uint16 glyphID; + m = (l + r) >> 1; + glyphID = ttUSHORT(glyphArray + 2 * m); + straw = glyphID; + if (needle < straw) + r = m - 1; + else if (needle > straw) + l = m + 1; + else { + return m; } - } break; + } + break; + } - case 2: { - stbtt_uint16 rangeCount = ttUSHORT(coverageTable + 2); - stbtt_uint8 *rangeArray = coverageTable + 4; + case 2: { + stbtt_uint16 rangeCount = ttUSHORT(coverageTable + 2); + stbtt_uint8 *rangeArray = coverageTable + 4; - // Binary search. - stbtt_int32 l=0, r=rangeCount-1, m; - int strawStart, strawEnd, needle=glyph; - while (l <= r) { - stbtt_uint8 *rangeRecord; - m = (l + r) >> 1; - rangeRecord = rangeArray + 6 * m; - strawStart = ttUSHORT(rangeRecord); - strawEnd = ttUSHORT(rangeRecord + 2); - if (needle < strawStart) - r = m - 1; - else if (needle > strawEnd) - l = m + 1; - else { - stbtt_uint16 startCoverageIndex = ttUSHORT(rangeRecord + 4); - return startCoverageIndex + glyph - strawStart; - } + // Binary search. + stbtt_int32 l=0, r=rangeCount-1, m; + int strawStart, strawEnd, needle=glyph; + while (l <= r) { + stbtt_uint8 *rangeRecord; + m = (l + r) >> 1; + rangeRecord = rangeArray + 6 * m; + strawStart = ttUSHORT(rangeRecord); + strawEnd = ttUSHORT(rangeRecord + 2); + if (needle < strawStart) + r = m - 1; + else if (needle > strawEnd) + l = m + 1; + else { + stbtt_uint16 startCoverageIndex = ttUSHORT(rangeRecord + 4); + return startCoverageIndex + glyph - strawStart; } - } break; + } + break; + } - default: { - // There are no other cases. - STBTT_assert(0); - } break; - } + default: return -1; // unsupported + } - return -1; + return -1; } static stbtt_int32 stbtt__GetGlyphClass(stbtt_uint8 *classDefTable, int glyph) { - stbtt_uint16 classDefFormat = ttUSHORT(classDefTable); - switch(classDefFormat) - { - case 1: { - stbtt_uint16 startGlyphID = ttUSHORT(classDefTable + 2); - stbtt_uint16 glyphCount = ttUSHORT(classDefTable + 4); - stbtt_uint8 *classDef1ValueArray = classDefTable + 6; - - if (glyph >= startGlyphID && glyph < startGlyphID + glyphCount) - return (stbtt_int32)ttUSHORT(classDef1ValueArray + 2 * (glyph - startGlyphID)); - - // [DEAR IMGUI] Commented to fix static analyzer warning - //classDefTable = classDef1ValueArray + 2 * glyphCount; - } break; + stbtt_uint16 classDefFormat = ttUSHORT(classDefTable); + switch (classDefFormat) + { + case 1: { + stbtt_uint16 startGlyphID = ttUSHORT(classDefTable + 2); + stbtt_uint16 glyphCount = ttUSHORT(classDefTable + 4); + stbtt_uint8 *classDef1ValueArray = classDefTable + 6; - case 2: { - stbtt_uint16 classRangeCount = ttUSHORT(classDefTable + 2); - stbtt_uint8 *classRangeRecords = classDefTable + 4; + if (glyph >= startGlyphID && glyph < startGlyphID + glyphCount) + return (stbtt_int32)ttUSHORT(classDef1ValueArray + 2 * (glyph - startGlyphID)); + break; + } - // Binary search. - stbtt_int32 l=0, r=classRangeCount-1, m; - int strawStart, strawEnd, needle=glyph; - while (l <= r) { - stbtt_uint8 *classRangeRecord; - m = (l + r) >> 1; - classRangeRecord = classRangeRecords + 6 * m; - strawStart = ttUSHORT(classRangeRecord); - strawEnd = ttUSHORT(classRangeRecord + 2); - if (needle < strawStart) - r = m - 1; - else if (needle > strawEnd) - l = m + 1; - else - return (stbtt_int32)ttUSHORT(classRangeRecord + 4); - } + case 2: { + stbtt_uint16 classRangeCount = ttUSHORT(classDefTable + 2); + stbtt_uint8 *classRangeRecords = classDefTable + 4; - // [DEAR IMGUI] Commented to fix static analyzer warning - //classDefTable = classRangeRecords + 6 * classRangeCount; - } break; + // Binary search. + stbtt_int32 l=0, r=classRangeCount-1, m; + int strawStart, strawEnd, needle=glyph; + while (l <= r) { + stbtt_uint8 *classRangeRecord; + m = (l + r) >> 1; + classRangeRecord = classRangeRecords + 6 * m; + strawStart = ttUSHORT(classRangeRecord); + strawEnd = ttUSHORT(classRangeRecord + 2); + if (needle < strawStart) + r = m - 1; + else if (needle > strawEnd) + l = m + 1; + else + return (stbtt_int32)ttUSHORT(classRangeRecord + 4); + } + break; + } - default: { - // There are no other cases. - STBTT_assert(0); - } break; - } + default: + return -1; // Unsupported definition type, return an error. + } - return -1; + // "All glyphs not assigned to a class fall into class 0". (OpenType spec) + return 0; } // Define to STBTT_assert(x) if you want to break on unimplemented formats. #define STBTT_GPOS_TODO_assert(x) -static stbtt_int32 stbtt__GetGlyphGPOSInfoAdvance(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph1, int glyph2) +static stbtt_int32 stbtt__GetGlyphGPOSInfoAdvance(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph1, int glyph2) { - stbtt_uint16 lookupListOffset; - stbtt_uint8 *lookupList; - stbtt_uint16 lookupCount; - stbtt_uint8 *data; - stbtt_int32 i; - - if (!info->gpos) return 0; + stbtt_uint16 lookupListOffset; + stbtt_uint8 *lookupList; + stbtt_uint16 lookupCount; + stbtt_uint8 *data; + stbtt_int32 i, sti; - data = info->data + info->gpos; + if (!info->gpos) return 0; - if (ttUSHORT(data+0) != 1) return 0; // Major version 1 - if (ttUSHORT(data+2) != 0) return 0; // Minor version 0 + data = info->data + info->gpos; - lookupListOffset = ttUSHORT(data+8); - lookupList = data + lookupListOffset; - lookupCount = ttUSHORT(lookupList); + if (ttUSHORT(data+0) != 1) return 0; // Major version 1 + if (ttUSHORT(data+2) != 0) return 0; // Minor version 0 - for (i=0; i> 1; - pairValue = pairValueArray + (2 + valueRecordPairSizeInBytes) * m; - secondGlyph = ttUSHORT(pairValue); - straw = secondGlyph; - if (needle < straw) - r = m - 1; - else if (needle > straw) - l = m + 1; - else { - stbtt_int16 xAdvance = ttSHORT(pairValue + 2); - return xAdvance; - } - } - } break; + if (coverageIndex >= pairSetCount) return 0; - case 2: { - stbtt_uint16 valueFormat1 = ttUSHORT(table + 4); - stbtt_uint16 valueFormat2 = ttUSHORT(table + 6); + needle=glyph2; + r=pairValueCount-1; + l=0; - stbtt_uint16 classDef1Offset = ttUSHORT(table + 8); - stbtt_uint16 classDef2Offset = ttUSHORT(table + 10); - int glyph1class = stbtt__GetGlyphClass(table + classDef1Offset, glyph1); - int glyph2class = stbtt__GetGlyphClass(table + classDef2Offset, glyph2); + // Binary search. + while (l <= r) { + stbtt_uint16 secondGlyph; + stbtt_uint8 *pairValue; + m = (l + r) >> 1; + pairValue = pairValueArray + (2 + valueRecordPairSizeInBytes) * m; + secondGlyph = ttUSHORT(pairValue); + straw = secondGlyph; + if (needle < straw) + r = m - 1; + else if (needle > straw) + l = m + 1; + else { + stbtt_int16 xAdvance = ttSHORT(pairValue + 2); + return xAdvance; + } + } + } else + return 0; + break; + } - stbtt_uint16 class1Count = ttUSHORT(table + 12); - stbtt_uint16 class2Count = ttUSHORT(table + 14); - STBTT_assert(glyph1class < class1Count); - STBTT_assert(glyph2class < class2Count); + case 2: { + stbtt_uint16 valueFormat1 = ttUSHORT(table + 4); + stbtt_uint16 valueFormat2 = ttUSHORT(table + 6); + if (valueFormat1 == 4 && valueFormat2 == 0) { // Support more formats? + stbtt_uint16 classDef1Offset = ttUSHORT(table + 8); + stbtt_uint16 classDef2Offset = ttUSHORT(table + 10); + int glyph1class = stbtt__GetGlyphClass(table + classDef1Offset, glyph1); + int glyph2class = stbtt__GetGlyphClass(table + classDef2Offset, glyph2); - // TODO: Support more formats. - STBTT_GPOS_TODO_assert(valueFormat1 == 4); - if (valueFormat1 != 4) return 0; - STBTT_GPOS_TODO_assert(valueFormat2 == 0); - if (valueFormat2 != 0) return 0; + stbtt_uint16 class1Count = ttUSHORT(table + 12); + stbtt_uint16 class2Count = ttUSHORT(table + 14); + stbtt_uint8 *class1Records, *class2Records; + stbtt_int16 xAdvance; - if (glyph1class >= 0 && glyph1class < class1Count && glyph2class >= 0 && glyph2class < class2Count) { - stbtt_uint8 *class1Records = table + 16; - stbtt_uint8 *class2Records = class1Records + 2 * (glyph1class * class2Count); - stbtt_int16 xAdvance = ttSHORT(class2Records + 2 * glyph2class); - return xAdvance; - } - } break; + if (glyph1class < 0 || glyph1class >= class1Count) return 0; // malformed + if (glyph2class < 0 || glyph2class >= class2Count) return 0; // malformed - default: { - // There are no other cases. - STBTT_assert(0); - break; - } // [DEAR IMGUI] removed ; - } - } - break; - } // [DEAR IMGUI] removed ; + class1Records = table + 16; + class2Records = class1Records + 2 * (glyph1class * class2Count); + xAdvance = ttSHORT(class2Records + 2 * glyph2class); + return xAdvance; + } else + return 0; + break; + } default: - // TODO: Implement other stuff. - break; - } - } + return 0; // Unsupported position format + } + } + } - return 0; + return 0; } STBTT_DEF int stbtt_GetGlyphKernAdvance(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int g1, int g2) @@ -2559,8 +2618,7 @@ if (info->gpos) xAdvance += stbtt__GetGlyphGPOSInfoAdvance(info, g1, g2); - - if (info->kern) + else if (info->kern) xAdvance += stbtt__GetGlyphKernInfoAdvance(info, g1, g2); return xAdvance; @@ -2621,6 +2679,45 @@ STBTT_free(v, info->userdata); } +STBTT_DEF stbtt_uint8 *stbtt_FindSVGDoc(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int gl) +{ + int i; + stbtt_uint8 *data = info->data; + stbtt_uint8 *svg_doc_list = data + stbtt__get_svg((stbtt_fontinfo *) info); + + int numEntries = ttUSHORT(svg_doc_list); + stbtt_uint8 *svg_docs = svg_doc_list + 2; + + for(i=0; i= ttUSHORT(svg_doc)) && (gl <= ttUSHORT(svg_doc + 2))) + return svg_doc; + } + return 0; +} + +STBTT_DEF int stbtt_GetGlyphSVG(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int gl, const char **svg) +{ + stbtt_uint8 *data = info->data; + stbtt_uint8 *svg_doc; + + if (info->svg == 0) + return 0; + + svg_doc = stbtt_FindSVGDoc(info, gl); + if (svg_doc != NULL) { + *svg = (char *) data + info->svg + ttULONG(svg_doc + 4); + return ttULONG(svg_doc + 8); + } else { + return 0; + } +} + +STBTT_DEF int stbtt_GetCodepointSVG(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int unicode_codepoint, const char **svg) +{ + return stbtt_GetGlyphSVG(info, stbtt_FindGlyphIndex(info, unicode_codepoint), svg); +} + ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// // // antialiasing software rasterizer @@ -2970,6 +3067,23 @@ } } +static float stbtt__sized_trapezoid_area(float height, float top_width, float bottom_width) +{ + STBTT_assert(top_width >= 0); + STBTT_assert(bottom_width >= 0); + return (top_width + bottom_width) / 2.0f * height; +} + +static float stbtt__position_trapezoid_area(float height, float tx0, float tx1, float bx0, float bx1) +{ + return stbtt__sized_trapezoid_area(height, tx1 - tx0, bx1 - bx0); +} + +static float stbtt__sized_triangle_area(float height, float width) +{ + return height * width / 2; +} + static void stbtt__fill_active_edges_new(float *scanline, float *scanline_fill, int len, stbtt__active_edge *e, float y_top) { float y_bottom = y_top+1; @@ -3024,13 +3138,13 @@ float height; // simple case, only spans one pixel int x = (int) x_top; - height = sy1 - sy0; + height = (sy1 - sy0) * e->direction; STBTT_assert(x >= 0 && x < len); - scanline[x] += e->direction * (1-((x_top - x) + (x_bottom-x))/2) * height; - scanline_fill[x] += e->direction * height; // everything right of this pixel is filled + scanline[x] += stbtt__position_trapezoid_area(height, x_top, x+1.0f, x_bottom, x+1.0f); + scanline_fill[x] += height; // everything right of this pixel is filled } else { int x,x1,x2; - float y_crossing, step, sign, area; + float y_crossing, y_final, step, sign, area; // covers 2+ pixels if (x_top > x_bottom) { // flip scanline vertically; signed area is the same @@ -3042,32 +3156,83 @@ dx = -dx; dy = -dy; t = x0, x0 = xb, xb = t; - // [DEAR IMGUI] Fix static analyzer warning - (void)dx; // [ImGui: fix static analyzer warning] } + STBTT_assert(dy >= 0); + STBTT_assert(dx >= 0); x1 = (int) x_top; x2 = (int) x_bottom; // compute intersection with y axis at x1+1 - y_crossing = (x1+1 - x0) * dy + y_top; + y_crossing = y_top + dy * (x1+1 - x0); + // compute intersection with y axis at x2 + y_final = y_top + dy * (x2 - x0); + + // x1 x_top x2 x_bottom + // y_top +------|-----+------------+------------+--------|---+------------+ + // | | | | | | + // | | | | | | + // sy0 | Txxxxx|............|............|............|............| + // y_crossing | *xxxxx.......|............|............|............| + // | | xxxxx..|............|............|............| + // | | /- xx*xxxx........|............|............| + // | | dy < | xxxxxx..|............|............| + // y_final | | \- | xx*xxx.........|............| + // sy1 | | | | xxxxxB...|............| + // | | | | | | + // | | | | | | + // y_bottom +------------+------------+------------+------------+------------+ + // + // goal is to measure the area covered by '.' in each pixel + + // if x2 is right at the right edge of x1, y_crossing can blow up, github #1057 + // @TODO: maybe test against sy1 rather than y_bottom? + if (y_crossing > y_bottom) + y_crossing = y_bottom; + sign = e->direction; - // area of the rectangle covered from y0..y_crossing + + // area of the rectangle covered from sy0..y_crossing area = sign * (y_crossing-sy0); - // area of the triangle (x_top,y0), (x+1,y0), (x+1,y_crossing) - scanline[x1] += area * (1-((x_top - x1)+(x1+1-x1))/2); - step = sign * dy; + // area of the triangle (x_top,sy0), (x1+1,sy0), (x1+1,y_crossing) + scanline[x1] += stbtt__sized_triangle_area(area, x1+1 - x_top); + + // check if final y_crossing is blown up; no test case for this + if (y_final > y_bottom) { + int denom = (x2 - (x1+1)); + y_final = y_bottom; + if (denom != 0) { // [DEAR IMGUI] Avoid div by zero (https://github.com/nothings/stb/issues/1316) + dy = (y_final - y_crossing ) / denom; // if denom=0, y_final = y_crossing, so y_final <= y_bottom + } + } + + // in second pixel, area covered by line segment found in first pixel + // is always a rectangle 1 wide * the height of that line segment; this + // is exactly what the variable 'area' stores. it also gets a contribution + // from the line segment within it. the THIRD pixel will get the first + // pixel's rectangle contribution, the second pixel's rectangle contribution, + // and its own contribution. the 'own contribution' is the same in every pixel except + // the leftmost and rightmost, a trapezoid that slides down in each pixel. + // the second pixel's contribution to the third pixel will be the + // rectangle 1 wide times the height change in the second pixel, which is dy. + + step = sign * dy * 1; // dy is dy/dx, change in y for every 1 change in x, + // which multiplied by 1-pixel-width is how much pixel area changes for each step in x + // so the area advances by 'step' every time + for (x = x1+1; x < x2; ++x) { - scanline[x] += area + step/2; + scanline[x] += area + step/2; // area of trapezoid is 1*step/2 area += step; } - y_crossing += dy * (x2 - (x1+1)); - - STBTT_assert(STBTT_fabs(area) <= 1.01f); + STBTT_assert(STBTT_fabs(area) <= 1.01f); // accumulated error from area += step unless we round step down + STBTT_assert(sy1 > y_final-0.01f); - scanline[x2] += area + sign * (1-((x2-x2)+(x_bottom-x2))/2) * (sy1-y_crossing); + // area covered in the last pixel is the rectangle from all the pixels to the left, + // plus the trapezoid filled by the line segment in this pixel all the way to the right edge + scanline[x2] += area + sign * stbtt__position_trapezoid_area(sy1-y_final, (float) x2, x2+1.0f, x_bottom, x2+1.0f); + // the rest of the line is filled based on the total height of the line segment in this pixel scanline_fill[x2] += sign * (sy1-sy0); } } else { @@ -3075,6 +3240,9 @@ // clipping logic. since this does not match the intended use // of this library, we use a different, very slow brute // force implementation + // note though that this does happen some of the time because + // x_top and x_bottom can be extrapolated at the top & bottom of + // the shape and actually lie outside the bounding box int x; for (x=0; x < len; ++x) { // cases: @@ -3989,6 +4157,7 @@ STBTT_DEF int stbtt_PackFontRangesGatherRects(stbtt_pack_context *spc, const stbtt_fontinfo *info, stbtt_pack_range *ranges, int num_ranges, stbrp_rect *rects) { int i,j,k; + int missing_glyph_added = 0; k=0; for (i=0; i < num_ranges; ++i) { @@ -4000,7 +4169,7 @@ int x0,y0,x1,y1; int codepoint = ranges[i].array_of_unicode_codepoints == NULL ? ranges[i].first_unicode_codepoint_in_range + j : ranges[i].array_of_unicode_codepoints[j]; int glyph = stbtt_FindGlyphIndex(info, codepoint); - if (glyph == 0 && spc->skip_missing) { + if (glyph == 0 && (spc->skip_missing || missing_glyph_added)) { rects[k].w = rects[k].h = 0; } else { stbtt_GetGlyphBitmapBoxSubpixel(info,glyph, @@ -4010,6 +4179,8 @@ &x0,&y0,&x1,&y1); rects[k].w = (stbrp_coord) (x1-x0 + spc->padding + spc->h_oversample-1); rects[k].h = (stbrp_coord) (y1-y0 + spc->padding + spc->v_oversample-1); + if (glyph == 0) + missing_glyph_added = 1; } ++k; } @@ -4044,7 +4215,7 @@ // rects array must be big enough to accommodate all characters in the given ranges STBTT_DEF int stbtt_PackFontRangesRenderIntoRects(stbtt_pack_context *spc, const stbtt_fontinfo *info, stbtt_pack_range *ranges, int num_ranges, stbrp_rect *rects) { - int i,j,k, return_value = 1; + int i,j,k, missing_glyph = -1, return_value = 1; // save current values int old_h_over = spc->h_oversample; @@ -4109,6 +4280,13 @@ bc->yoff = (float) y0 * recip_v + sub_y; bc->xoff2 = (x0 + r->w) * recip_h + sub_x; bc->yoff2 = (y0 + r->h) * recip_v + sub_y; + + if (glyph == 0) + missing_glyph = j; + } else if (spc->skip_missing) { + return_value = 0; + } else if (r->was_packed && r->w == 0 && r->h == 0 && missing_glyph >= 0) { + ranges[i].chardata_for_range[j] = ranges[i].chardata_for_range[missing_glyph]; } else { return_value = 0; // if any fail, report failure } @@ -4132,7 +4310,7 @@ STBTT_DEF int stbtt_PackFontRanges(stbtt_pack_context *spc, const unsigned char *fontdata, int font_index, stbtt_pack_range *ranges, int num_ranges) { stbtt_fontinfo info; - int i,j,n, return_value; // [DEAR IMGUI] removed = 1 + int i, j, n, return_value; // [DEAR IMGUI] removed = 1; //stbrp_context *context = (stbrp_context *) spc->pack_info; stbrp_rect *rects; @@ -4301,15 +4479,14 @@ float y_frac; int winding = 0; - orig[0] = x; - //orig[1] = y; // [DEAR IMGUI] commented double assignment - // make sure y never passes through a vertex of the shape y_frac = (float) STBTT_fmod(y, 1.0f); if (y_frac < 0.01f) y += 0.01f; else if (y_frac > 0.99f) y -= 0.01f; + + orig[0] = x; orig[1] = y; // test a ray from (-infinity,y) to (x,y) @@ -4371,35 +4548,35 @@ return (float) STBTT_pow( x,1.0f/3.0f); } -// x^3 + c*x^2 + b*x + a = 0 +// x^3 + a*x^2 + b*x + c = 0 static int stbtt__solve_cubic(float a, float b, float c, float* r) { - float s = -a / 3; - float p = b - a*a / 3; - float q = a * (2*a*a - 9*b) / 27 + c; + float s = -a / 3; + float p = b - a*a / 3; + float q = a * (2*a*a - 9*b) / 27 + c; float p3 = p*p*p; - float d = q*q + 4*p3 / 27; - if (d >= 0) { - float z = (float) STBTT_sqrt(d); - float u = (-q + z) / 2; - float v = (-q - z) / 2; - u = stbtt__cuberoot(u); - v = stbtt__cuberoot(v); - r[0] = s + u + v; - return 1; - } else { - float u = (float) STBTT_sqrt(-p/3); - float v = (float) STBTT_acos(-STBTT_sqrt(-27/p3) * q / 2) / 3; // p3 must be negative, since d is negative - float m = (float) STBTT_cos(v); + float d = q*q + 4*p3 / 27; + if (d >= 0) { + float z = (float) STBTT_sqrt(d); + float u = (-q + z) / 2; + float v = (-q - z) / 2; + u = stbtt__cuberoot(u); + v = stbtt__cuberoot(v); + r[0] = s + u + v; + return 1; + } else { + float u = (float) STBTT_sqrt(-p/3); + float v = (float) STBTT_acos(-STBTT_sqrt(-27/p3) * q / 2) / 3; // p3 must be negative, since d is negative + float m = (float) STBTT_cos(v); float n = (float) STBTT_cos(v-3.141592/2)*1.732050808f; - r[0] = s + u * 2 * m; - r[1] = s - u * (m + n); - r[2] = s - u * (m - n); + r[0] = s + u * 2 * m; + r[1] = s - u * (m + n); + r[2] = s - u * (m - n); //STBTT_assert( STBTT_fabs(((r[0]+a)*r[0]+b)*r[0]+c) < 0.05f); // these asserts may not be safe at all scales, though they're in bezier t parameter units so maybe? //STBTT_assert( STBTT_fabs(((r[1]+a)*r[1]+b)*r[1]+c) < 0.05f); //STBTT_assert( STBTT_fabs(((r[2]+a)*r[2]+b)*r[2]+c) < 0.05f); - return 3; + return 3; } } @@ -4410,12 +4587,7 @@ int w,h; unsigned char *data; - // if one scale is 0, use same scale for both - if (scale_x == 0) scale_x = scale_y; - if (scale_y == 0) { - if (scale_x == 0) return NULL; // if both scales are 0, return NULL - scale_y = scale_x; - } + if (scale == 0) return NULL; stbtt_GetGlyphBitmapBoxSubpixel(info, glyph, scale, scale, 0.0f,0.0f, &ix0,&iy0,&ix1,&iy1); @@ -4481,18 +4653,17 @@ for (i=0; i < num_verts; ++i) { float x0 = verts[i].x*scale_x, y0 = verts[i].y*scale_y; - // check against every point here rather than inside line/curve primitives -- @TODO: wrong if multiple 'moves' in a row produce a garbage point, and given culling, probably more efficient to do within line/curve - float dist2 = (x0-sx)*(x0-sx) + (y0-sy)*(y0-sy); - if (dist2 < min_dist*min_dist) - min_dist = (float) STBTT_sqrt(dist2); - - if (verts[i].type == STBTT_vline) { + if (verts[i].type == STBTT_vline && precompute[i] != 0.0f) { float x1 = verts[i-1].x*scale_x, y1 = verts[i-1].y*scale_y; + float dist,dist2 = (x0-sx)*(x0-sx) + (y0-sy)*(y0-sy); + if (dist2 < min_dist*min_dist) + min_dist = (float) STBTT_sqrt(dist2); + // coarse culling against bbox //if (sx > STBTT_min(x0,x1)-min_dist && sx < STBTT_max(x0,x1)+min_dist && // sy > STBTT_min(y0,y1)-min_dist && sy < STBTT_max(y0,y1)+min_dist) - float dist = (float) STBTT_fabs((x1-x0)*(y0-sy) - (y1-y0)*(x0-sx)) * precompute[i]; + dist = (float) STBTT_fabs((x1-x0)*(y0-sy) - (y1-y0)*(x0-sx)) * precompute[i]; STBTT_assert(i != 0); if (dist < min_dist) { // check position along line @@ -4519,7 +4690,8 @@ float ax = x1-x0, ay = y1-y0; float bx = x0 - 2*x1 + x2, by = y0 - 2*y1 + y2; float mx = x0 - sx, my = y0 - sy; - float res[3],px,py,t,it; + float res[3] = {0.f,0.f,0.f}; + float px,py,t,it,dist2; float a_inv = precompute[i]; if (a_inv == 0.0) { // if a_inv is 0, it's 2nd degree so use quadratic formula float a = 3*(ax*bx + ay*by); @@ -4546,6 +4718,10 @@ float d = (mx*ax+my*ay) * a_inv; num = stbtt__solve_cubic(b, c, d, res); } + dist2 = (x0-sx)*(x0-sx) + (y0-sy)*(y0-sy); + if (dist2 < min_dist*min_dist) + min_dist = (float) STBTT_sqrt(dist2); + if (num >= 1 && res[0] >= 0.0f && res[0] <= 1.0f) { t = res[0], it = 1.0f - t; px = it*it*x0 + 2*t*it*x1 + t*t*x2; @@ -4805,6 +4981,12 @@ // FULL VERSION HISTORY // +// 1.25 (2021-07-11) many fixes +// 1.24 (2020-02-05) fix warning +// 1.23 (2020-02-02) query SVG data for glyphs; query whole kerning table (but only kern not GPOS) +// 1.22 (2019-08-11) minimize missing-glyph duplication; fix kerning if both 'GPOS' and 'kern' are defined +// 1.21 (2019-02-25) fix warning +// 1.20 (2019-02-07) PackFontRange skips missing codepoints; GetScaleFontVMetrics() // 1.19 (2018-02-11) OpenType GPOS kerning (horizontal only), STBTT_fmod // 1.18 (2018-01-29) add missing function // 1.17 (2017-07-23) make more arguments const; doc fix